WO2004064836A2 - Treatment of diseases with alpha-7 nach receptor full agonists - Google Patents

Treatment of diseases with alpha-7 nach receptor full agonists Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004064836A2
WO2004064836A2 PCT/IB2004/000115 IB2004000115W WO2004064836A2 WO 2004064836 A2 WO2004064836 A2 WO 2004064836A2 IB 2004000115 W IB2004000115 W IB 2004000115W WO 2004064836 A2 WO2004064836 A2 WO 2004064836A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
azabicyclo
carboxamide
alkyl
oct
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2004/000115
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2004064836A3 (en
Inventor
Vincent Edward Groppi, Jr.
Bruce Nelsen Rogers
Daniel Gregory Rudmann
Original Assignee
Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Llc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Llc filed Critical Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Llc
Priority to CA002513433A priority Critical patent/CA2513433A1/en
Priority to AU2004206107A priority patent/AU2004206107A1/en
Priority to BR0406834-3A priority patent/BRPI0406834A/en
Priority to MXPA05007689A priority patent/MXPA05007689A/en
Priority to EP04701414A priority patent/EP1587511A2/en
Priority to JP2005518724A priority patent/JP2006515023A/en
Publication of WO2004064836A2 publication Critical patent/WO2004064836A2/en
Publication of WO2004064836A3 publication Critical patent/WO2004064836A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/407Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with other heterocyclic ring systems, e.g. ketorolac, physostigmine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/439Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom the ring forming part of a bridged ring system, e.g. quinuclidine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4738Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4745Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems condensed with ring systems having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. phenantrolines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/06Anti-spasmodics, e.g. drugs for colics, esophagic dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16Otologicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/20Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/20Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • A61P31/22Antivirals for DNA viruses for herpes viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compositions and methods to treat diseases or conditions with alpha-7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (AChR) full agonists, relative to nicotine, by decreasing levels of tumor necrosis factor-alpha or by stimulating vascular angiogenesis.
  • AChR alpha-7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor
  • Nicotinic acetylcholine receptors play a large role in central nervous system (CNS) activity and in different tissues throughout the body. They are known to be involved in functions, including, but not limited to, cognition, learning, mood, emotion, and neuroprotection. There are several types of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors, and each one appears to have a different role.
  • Alpha 7 nAChR agonists are useful to treat, or used to prepare a medicament used to treat, diseases or conditions where a mammal receives symptomatic relief by decreasing levels of TNF- ⁇ .
  • Alpha 7 nAChR agonists are also useful to treat, or are used to prepare a medicament to treat, diseases or conditions where a mammal receives symptomatic relief by stimulating vascular angiogenesis.
  • nAChRs comprise a large family of ligand-gated ion channels that control neuronal
  • the ⁇ 7 nAChR is one receptor system that has proved to be a difficult target for testing. Native ⁇ 7 nAChR is not routinely able to be stably expressed in most mammalian cell lines (Cooper and Millar, J. Neurochem., 1997, 68(5):2140-51). Another feature that makes functional assays of ⁇ 7 nAChR challenging is that the receptor is rapidly (100 milliseconds) inactivated. This rapid inactivation greatly limits the functional assays that can be used to measure channel activity.
  • Agonists of the ⁇ 7 nAChR are assayed using a cell-based, calcium flux assay on FLIPR.
  • SHEP-1 cells expressing a novel, mutated form of the ⁇ 7 nAChR that permitted stable cell surface expression were used for these assays.
  • the details of the mutated form of the ⁇ 7 nAChR are described in WO 00/73431.
  • the present invention claims a method of treating, or use of the any compound of the present invention to prepare a medicament to treat, a disease or condition in a mammal in need thereof to provide symptomatic relief by decreasing levels of tumor narcrosis factor alpha (TNF- ⁇ ), and/or by stimulating vascular angiogenesis.
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor narcrosis factor alpha
  • some ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonists are the compounds of
  • Embodiments of the invention may include one or more or combination of the following.
  • Types of inflammation and/or pain that are to be treated include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: rheumatoid arthritis; rheumatoid spondylitis; muscle degeneration; osteoporosis; osteoarthritis; psoriasis; contact dermatitis; bone resorption diseases; atherosclerosis; Paget's disease; uveititis; gouty arthritis; inflammatory bowel disease; adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS); Crohn's disease; rhinitis; ulcerative colitis; anaphylaxis; asthma; Reiter's syndrome; tissue rejection of a graft; ischemia reperfusion injury; brain trauma; stroke; multiple sclerosis; cerebral malaria; sepsis; septic shock; toxic shock syndrome; fever and myalgias due to infection;
  • rheumatoid arthritis rheumatoid spondylitis
  • muscle degeneration osteoporosis
  • Types of cancer that are to be treated include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: multiple myeloma; acute and chronic myelogenous leukemia; or cancer-associated cachexia.
  • Alpha-7 nAChR full agonists can be used to treat, or be used to prepare a medicament to treat, the T ⁇ F- ⁇ aspects associated with pancreatic beta cell destruction; or type I and type It diabetes.
  • Diseases or conditions treated by stimulating vascular angiogenesis include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: wound healing (healing burns, and wounds in general including from surgery), bone fracture healing, ischemic heart disease, and stable angina pectoris.
  • wound healing heat healing
  • ischemic heart disease ischemic heart disease
  • stable angina pectoris Another aspect of the present invention includes ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonists as described elsewhere: for example, but not by way of limitation, in any one or more of the following patents and published applications: WO 01/60821A1, WO 01/36417A1, WO 02/100857A1, WO 03/042210A1, and WO 03/029252A1.
  • an ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonist is a ligand that is a full agonist of the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor relative to nicotine.
  • the use of the term ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonist is used interchangeably with ⁇ 7 nAChR agonists when discussing the compounds of the present invention.
  • Another aspect of the present invention includes the method or use of a compound of Formula I, where X is O, or X is S.
  • Another aspect of the present invention includes the method or use of a compound of Formula I, where Azabicyclo is any one or more of I, II, HI, IN, Y, VI, or NIL
  • Another aspect of the present invention includes the method or use of a compound of Formula I, where W is any one or more of (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), or (H).
  • W is any one or more of (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), or (H).
  • W is any one or more of (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), or (H), wherein the variables within each has any definition allowed.
  • W includes any one or more of the following: 4-chlorobenz-l- yl; dibenzo[b,d]thiophene-2-yl; isoquinoline-3-yl; furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-yl; 1,3- benzodioxole-5-yl; 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6-yl; l,3-benzoxazole-5-yl; thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-yl; thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6-yl; [l]benzothieno[3,2-c]pyridine- 3-yl; l,3-benzothiazole-6-yl; thien
  • the compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo I) have asymmetric centers on the quinuclidine ring.
  • the compounds of the present invention include quinuclidines having 3E configuration, 2S, 3E configuration, or 3S configuration and also include racemic mixtures and compositions of varying degrees of streochemical purities.
  • embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula I having the following stereospecificity and substitution:
  • Azabicyclo (i) is a racemic mixture
  • exo and endo are stereochemical prefixes that describe the relative configuration of a substituent on a bridge (not a bridgehead) of a bicyclic system. If a substituent is oriented toward the larger of the other bridges, it is endo. If a substituent is oriented toward the smaller bridge it is exo. Depending on the substitution on the carbon atoms, the endo and exo orientations can give rise to different stereoisomers.
  • the endo orientation gives rise to the possibility of a pair of enantiomers: either the IS, 2S, 4R isomer or its enantiomer, the IE, 2R, 4S isomer.
  • the exo orientation gives rise to the possibility of another pair of stereoisomers which are diastereomeric and C- 2 epimeric with respect to the endo isomers: either the ⁇ R, 2S, AS isomer or its enantiomer, the IS, 2R, 4R isomer.
  • the compounds of the present invention have the exo orientation at the C-2 carbon and S configuration at the C-l carbon and the R configuration at the C-2 and the C-4 carbons of the 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane ring.
  • inventive compounds exhibit much higher activity relative to compounds lacking the exo 2R, stereochemistry.
  • the ratio of activities for compounds having the exo 2R configuration to other stereochemical configurations may be greater than about 100:1.
  • pharmaceutical compositions can include one or more compounds, each having an exo 2R configuration, or mixtures of compounds having exo 2R and other configurations.
  • compositions including mixtures of compounds possess a larger percentage of species having the exo 2R configuration relative to other configurations.
  • the compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo H) have asymmetric center(s) on the [2.2.1] azabicyclic ring at C3 and C4.
  • the scope of this invention includes the separate stereoisomers of Formula I being endo-4S, endo-4R, exo-4S, exo-4R:
  • the endo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C3 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the larger of the two remaining bridges.
  • the exo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C3 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the smaller of the two remaining bridges.
  • Some embodiments of compounds of Formula I for when Azabicyclo is II include racemic mixtures where R is absent (k 2 is 0) or is at C2 or C6; or Azabicyclo II has the exo-4(S) stereochemistry and R has any definition discussed herein and is bonded at any carbon discussed herein.
  • the compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo HI) have asymmetric center(s) on the [2.2.1] azabicyclic ring at Cl, C4 and C5.
  • the scope of this invention includes racemic mixtures and the separate stereoisomers of Formula I being ( ⁇ R,4R,5S), ( ⁇ R,4R,5R), ( ⁇ S,4S,5R), (1S,4S,5S):
  • the endo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C5 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the larger of the two remaining bridges.
  • the exo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C5 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the smaller of the two remaining bridges.
  • the compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo TV) have asymmetric center(s) on the [2.2.1] azabicyclic ring at Cl, C4 and C6.
  • the scope of this invention includes racemic mixtures and the separate stereoisomers of Formula I being exo-(lS,4R,6S), ejr ⁇ -(lR,4S,6R), endo-( ⁇ S,4R,6R), and endo-(lR,4S,6S):
  • the endo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C6 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the larger of the two remaining bridges.
  • the exo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C6 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the smaller of the two remaining bridges.
  • Another group of compounds of Formula I includes R 2 . 3 is H, or is other than H and bonded at C3 or is bonded to any carbon with sufficient valancy.
  • the compounds of Formula I have asymmetric center(s) on the [3.2.1] azabicyclic ring at C3 and C5.
  • the scope of this invention includes the separate stereoisomers of Formula I being endoSS, 5R, endo-3R, 5S, exo-3R, 5R, exo-3S, 5S:
  • Azabicyclo V Another group of compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo V) includes compounds where Azabicyclo V moiety has the stereochemistry of 3R, 5R, or is a racemic mixture and the moiety is either not substituted with R 2 (each is absent) or has one to two substituents being at either C2 and/or C4.
  • the preferred substituents for substitution at C2 are alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; and for substitution at C4 are F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl.
  • the compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo is VI) have asymmetric centers on the [3.2.2] azabicyclic ring with one center being at C3 when R 2 is absent.
  • the scope of this invention includes racemic mixtures and the separate stereoisomers of Formula I being 3(5) and 3(E):
  • Azabicyclo VI Another group of compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo VI) includes compounds where Azabicyclo VI moiety is either not substituted with R 2 (each is absent) or has one to two substituents with one being at either C2 or C4 or when two are present, one being at each C2 and C4.
  • the preferred substituents for substitution at C2 are alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl
  • substitution at C4 are F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl.
  • Stereoselective syntheses and/or subjecting the reaction product to appropriate purification steps produce substantially enantiomerically pure materials.
  • Suitable stereoselective synthetic procedures for producing enantiomerically pure materials are well known in the art, as are procedures for purifying racemic mixtures into enantiomerically pure fractions.
  • the compounds of the present invention having the specified stereochemistry above have different levels of activity and that for a given set of values for the variable substitutuents one isomer may be preferred over the other isomers. Although it is desirable that the stereochemical purity be as high as possible, absolute purity is not required. It is preferred to carry out stereoselective syntheses and/or to subject the reaction product to appropriate purification steps so as to produce substantially enantiomerically pure materials.
  • Suitable stereoselective synthetic procedures for producing enantiomerically pure materials are well known in the art, as are procedures for purifying racemic mixtures into enantiomerically pure fractions.
  • the invention provides an alpha 7 nAChR full agonist of the present invention can also be administered in combination with other agents when treating symptoms associated with infection, inflammation, cancer, or diabetes.
  • a medicament can be prepared comprising a compound of formula I.
  • the same medicament or separate medicament(s) can be prepared comprising any one of the following: an antibacterial; antiviral agent; at least one or more anticancer agent(s) and/or antiemetic agent(s); or at least one agent to treat diabetes.
  • the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist can be co-administered with an antibacterial or antiviral agent, as one medicament or as two separate medicament, to treat an infection, for example, but not limiting, rhinitis.
  • the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist can also be co-administered with anticancer agent(s) and/or antiemetic agent(s) when the disease or condition being treated is cancer, so there could be one medicament or separate medicaments for each agent: one medicament for the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist, at least one medicament for at least one anticancer agent, and at least one medicament for at least one antiemetic agent.
  • the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist can be co-administered with at least one agent or more to treat diabetes in one medicament or as separate medicaments.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art of using these other agents knows what is generally used for these other agents and, therefore, a list of those other agents does not need to be repeated herein.
  • the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and the other agent(s) can be administered simultaneously or at separate intervals.
  • the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and the other agent(s) can be incorporated into a single pharmaceutical composition, e.g., a pharmaceutical combination therapy composition.
  • more than one e.g., two or more separate compositions, i.e., one containing an alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and the other containing, for example, the antibacterial agent, can be administered.
  • the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an alpha 7 nAChR full agonist according to the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and optionally other adjuvants.
  • Acceptable carriers, diluents, and adjuvants are any of those commercially used in the art, in particular, those used in pharmaceutical compositions comprising, for example but not limitation, an antibacterial agent. Accordingly, such carriers, diluents, and adjuvants need not be repeated here.
  • compositions may be formulated with common excipients, diluents or carriers, and compressed into tablets, or formulated elixirs or solutions for convenient oral administration or administered by intramuscular intravenous routes.
  • the compounds can be administered rectally, topically, orally, sublingually, or parenterally and maybe formulated as sustained relief dosage forms and the like.
  • compositions containing and alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and other agent(s) are administered on a different schedule.
  • One may be administered before the other as long as the time between the two administrations falls within a therapeutically effective interval.
  • a therapeutically effective interval is a period of time beginning when one of either (a) the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist, or (b) the other agent(s) is administered to a mammal and ending at the limit of the beneficial effect in the treatment of the disease or condition to be treated from the combination of (a) and (b).
  • the methods of administration of the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and the other agent(s) may vary. Thus, either agent or both agents may be administered rectally, topically, orally, sublingually, or parenterally.
  • the amount of therapeutically effective alpha 7 nAChR full agonist that is administered and the dosage regimen for treating a disease or condition with the compounds and/or compositions of this invention depends on a variety of factors, including the age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject, the severity of the disease, the route and frequency of administration, and the particular compound(s) employed, and thus may vary widely.
  • the compositions contain well know carriers and excipients in addition to a therapeutically effective amount of alpha 7 nAChR full agonist.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may contain the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist in the range of about 0.001 to 100 mg kg/day for an adult, preferably in the range of about 0.1 to 50 mg/kg/day for an adult.
  • a total daily dose of about 1 to 1000 mg of a compound of Formula I may be appropriate for an adult.
  • the daily dose can be administered in one to four doses per day.
  • These compositions may be formulated with common excipients, diluents or carriers, and compressed into tablets, or formulated elixirs or solutions for convenient oral administration or administered by intramuscular intravenous routes.
  • the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist can be administered rectally, topically, orally, sublingually, or parenterally and maybe formulated as sustained relief dosage forms and the like.
  • the combined administration of the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and the other agent(s) is expected to require less of the generally-prescribed dose for either agent when used alone and or is expected to result in less frequent administration of either or both agents.
  • the skilled clinician may in fact learn that behavioral problems are secondary to the cognitive problems and can be treated with lower dosages of the other agent(s). Determining such dosages and routes of administration should be a routine determination by one skilled in the art of treating patients with the diseases or conditions discussed herein. Further aspects and embodiments of the invention may become apparent to those skilled in the art from a review of the following detailed description, taken in conjunction with the examples and the appended claims. While the invention is susceptible of embodiments in various forms, described hereafter are specific embodiments of the invention with the understanding that the present disclosure is intended as illustrative, and is not intended to limit the invention to the specific embodiments described herein.
  • ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonists administered to a mammal in need thereof provide symptomatic relief by decreasing levels of tumor narcrosis factor alpha (TNF- ⁇ ), and/or by stimulating vascular angiogenesis.
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor narcrosis factor alpha
  • the present invention claims any compound that is a full agonists to an ⁇ 7 nAChR or ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonists, described either herein or elsewhere and in particular, and by way of example but not limitation, some ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonists are the compounds of Formula I as described herein.
  • the present invention claims any compound that is a full agonist relative to nicotine of an ⁇ 7 Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor (nAChR), or ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonists, described either herein or elsewhere and in particular, and by way of example and not limitation some ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonists include compounds of Formula I as described herein.
  • the ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonists are administered in combination with psychostimulants and/or monoamine reuptake inhibitors.
  • X is O, or S
  • Ro is H, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, or lower haloalkyl
  • Each Ri is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl;
  • Each R 2 is independently F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or R 2 is absent;
  • R - 3 is H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl;
  • Each R 3 is independently H, alkyl, or substituted alkyl;
  • R 4 is H, alkyl, an amino protecting group, or an alkyl group having 1-3 substituents selected from F, Cl, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -NH 2 , -NH(alkyl), or -N(alkyl) 2 ;
  • Lower alkyl is both straight- and branched-chain moieties having from 1-4 carbon atoms
  • Lower haloalkyl is lower alkyl having 1 to (2n+l) substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I where n is the maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety;
  • Lower substituted alkyl is lower alkyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I and further having 1 substituent selected from R 5 , R 6 , -CN, -NO 2 , -OR 8 , -SR 8 , -N(R 8 ) 2 , -C(O)R 8 , -C(O)OR 8 , -C(S)R 8 , -C(O)N(R 8 ) 2 , -NR 8 C(O)N(R 8 ) 2 , -NR 8 C(O)R 8 , -S(O)R 8 , -S(O) 2 R 8 , -OS(O) 2 R 8 , -S(O) 2 N(R 8 ) 2 , -NR 8 S(O) 2 R 8 , phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R 9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
  • Alkyl is both straight- and branched-chain moieties having from 1-6 carbon atoms;
  • Haloalkyl is alkyl having 1 to (2n+l) substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I where n is the maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety;
  • Substituted alkyl is alkyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from
  • Alkenyl is straight- and branched-chain moieties having from 2-6 carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond;
  • Haloalkenyl is alkenyl having 1 to (2n-l) substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I where n is the maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety; Substituted alkenyl is alkenyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl, and further having 1 substituent selected from R 5 , R 6 , -CN, -NO , -OR 8 , -SR 8 , -N(R 8 ) 2 , -C(O)R 8 , -C(O)OR 8 , -C(S)R 8 , -C(O)N(R 8 ) 2 , ⁇ NR 8 C(O)N(R 8 ) 2 ,
  • Alkynyl is straight- and branched-chained moieties having from 2-6 carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond;
  • Haloalkynyl is alkynyl having 1 to (2n-3) substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I where n is the maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety; Substituted alkynyl is alkynyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl, and further having 1 substituent selected from R5, R 6 , -CN, -NO 2 , -OR 8 , -SR 8 , -N(R 8 ) 2 , -C(O)R 8 , -C(O)OR 8 , -C(S)R 8 , -C(O)N(R 8 ) 2 , -NR 8 C(O)N(R 8 ) 2 ,
  • Cycloalkyl is a cyclic alkyl moiety having from 3-6 carbon atoms;
  • Halocycloalkyl is cycloalkyl having 1-4 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl;
  • Substituted cycloalkyl is cycloalkyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl, and further having 1 substituent selected from R 5 , R 6 , -CN, -NO 2 , -OR 8 , -SR 8 , -N(R 8 ) 2 , -C(O)R 8 , -C(O)OR 8 , -C(S)R 8 , -C(O)N(R 8 ) 2 , -NR 8 C(O)N(R 8 ) 2 , -NR 8 C(O)R 8 , -S(O)R 8 , -S(O) 2 R 8 , -OS(O) 2 R 8 , -S(O) 2 N(R 8 ) 2 , -NR 8 S(O) 2 R 8 , phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R 9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or
  • Haloheterocycloalkyl is heterocycloalkyl having 1-4 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl; Substituted heterocycloalkyl is heterocycloalkyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl, and further having 1 substituent selected from R 5 , R 6 , -CN, -NO 2 , -OR 8 , -SR 8 , -N(R 8 ) 2 , -C(O)R 8 , -C(O)OR 8 , -C(S)R 8 , -C(O)N(R 8 ) 2 , -NR 8 C(O)N(R 8 ) 2 , -NR 8 C(O)R 8 , -S(O)R 8 , -S(O) 2 R 8 , -OS(O) 2 R 8 , ⁇ S(O) 2 N(R 8 ) 2 , -NR 8 S(O) 2 R 8 , phenyl, or
  • Aryl is phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl, or substituted naphthyl; Substituted phenyl is a phenyl either having 1-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, or having 1 substituent selected from R ⁇ and 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I; Substituted naphthyl is a naphthalene moiety either having 1-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, or having 1 substituent selected from R ⁇ and 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, where the substitution can be independently on either only one ring or both rings of said naphthalene moiety; Substituted phenoxy is a phenoxy either having 1-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, or having 1 substituent selected from R ⁇ and 0-2 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
  • L is CR 12 or N, 1- ⁇ and L 3 are independently selected from CR 12 , C(R ⁇ 2 ) 2 , O, S, N, or NRio, provided that both L 2 and L are not simultaneously O, simultaneously S, or simultaneously O and S, or
  • L is CR i2 or N
  • L 2 and L are independently selected from CR 12 , O, S, N, or NRio
  • each 9-membered fused-ring moiety having 0-1 substituent selected from R 9 and further having 0-3 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, wherein the R 5 moiety attaches to other substituents as defined in formula I at any position as valency allows;
  • R is alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, -OR ⁇ , -CN, -NO , -N(R 8 ) 2 ;
  • Each R 8 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R ⁇ 3 , cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R ⁇ 3 , heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R ⁇ 3 , haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
  • R 9 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, -OR i4 , -SR M , -N(R i4 ) 2 , -C(O)R ⁇ 4
  • R 10 is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R 7 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
  • Each R ⁇ is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
  • Each R ⁇ 2 is independently H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CN, -NO 2 , -OR ⁇ , -SR ⁇ , -N(R ⁇ 4 ) ,
  • R 13 is -OR 14 , -SRj 4 , -N(R ⁇ 4 ) 2 , -C(O)R i4 , -C(O)N(R 14 ) 2 , -CN, -CF 3 , -NR 14 C(O)R 14 , -S(O) 2 N(R 14 ) 2 , -NR 14 S(O) 2 R ⁇ 4 , or -NO 2 ;
  • Each R 14 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
  • W is (A):
  • R A -i a is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, -R 5 , R 6 , -OR A -3, -OR A - 4 , -SR A - 3 , F, Cl, Br, I, -N(R A - 3 ) 2 , -N(R A .
  • R A -i b is -O-R A - 3 , -S-RA- 3 , -S(O)-R A _ 3 , -C(O)-R A - 7 , and alkyl substituted on the ⁇ carbon with R A . 7 where said ⁇ carbon is determined by counting the longest carbon chain of the alkyl
  • Each RA- 3 is independently selected from H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 5 , R 6 , phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
  • R A - 4 is selected from cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, or substituted heterocycloalkyl;
  • Each R A - 5 is independently selected from cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 5 , R 6 , phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
  • Each R A - 6 is independently selected from alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 5 , R 6 , phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
  • R - is selected from aryl, R 5 , or R 6 ;
  • is -O-, -S-, or -N(RB-O)-
  • R B - I is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted hetero
  • Limited substituted alkyl is alkyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, and further having 1 substituent on either only the ⁇ carbon and selected from -OR B - 4 , -SR B _ 4 , -N(R B - ) 2 , -C(O)R B - , -NO 2 , -C(O)N(R B - 4 )2, -CN, -NR B - 2 C(O)R B - 4 , -S(O) 2 N(R B - 2 )2, or -NR B - 2 S(O) 2 R B - 2 , or on any carbon with sufficient valency but not on the ⁇ carbon and selected from -R 5 , -R 6 , -OR ⁇ - , -SR B - 2 , -N(RB-2) 2 , -C(O)RB- 2 , -NO 2 , -C(O)N(RB- 2
  • Limited substituted alkenyl is alkenyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, and further having 1 substituent on either only the ⁇ carbon and selected from -OR B - , -SR B -4, -N(R B - 4 ) 2 , -C(O)R B - 4 , -NO 2 , -C(O)N(R B - 4 ) 2 , -CN, -NR B - 2 C(O)R B .
  • Limited substituted alkynyl is alkynyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, and further having 1 substituent on either only the ⁇ carbon and selected from -OR B -4, -SR B -4, -N(R B -4) 2 , -C(O)R B . 4 , -NO 2 , -C(O)M(R B . 4 ) 2 , -CN, -NR B - 2 C(O)R B -4, -S(O) 2 N(RB- 2 )2 5 or -NR B .
  • Each R B _ is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 5 , R 6 , phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
  • Each R B - 3 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, limited substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl;
  • R B - 4 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
  • (C) is a six-membered heterocyclic ring system having 1-2 nitrogen atoms or a 10-membered bicyclic-six-six-f used-ring system having up to two nitrogen atoms within either or both rings, provided that no nitrogen is at a bridge of the bicyclic-six- six-fused-ring system, and further having 1-2 substitutents independently selected from Rc-r,
  • Each Rc-i is independently H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, -NO 2 , -CN, -OR c _ 2 , -SR c - 2 , ⁇ SOR C - 2 , -SO 2 R c .
  • Rc- 2 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rc- 5 , cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rc- 5 , heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rc- 5 , heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rc- 5 , heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substitu
  • Rc- 4 is H, alkyl, an amino protecting group, or an alkyl group having 1-3 substituents selected from F, Cl, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -NH 2 , -NH(alkyl), or -N(alkyl) 2 ;
  • Rc-s is -CN, -CF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR c - 6 , -SR C -e, -N(R C - 6 ) 2 , -C(O)R C - 6 , -SOR C -e, -SO 2 Rc-e, -C(O)N(R C -e)2, -NR C -eC(O)R C - 6 , -S(O) 2 N(R c .
  • Rc- 6 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
  • D°, D 1 , D 2 , and D 3 are N or C(R D - provided that up to one of D°, D 1 , D 2 , or D is N and the others are C(RD- I ), further provided that when the core molecule is attached at D 2 and D° or D 1 is N, D 3 is C(H), and further provided that there is only one attachment to the core molecule;
  • Each R D - ⁇ is independently H, F, Br, I, Cl, -CN, -CF 3 , -OR - 5 , -SR D - 5 , -N(R D -5) 2 , or a bond to -C(X)- provided that only one of RD-I, RD-3, and RD- 4 is said bond;
  • Each R D - 2 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 5 , or R 6 ;
  • Each R D - 3 is independently H, F, Br, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, -CN, -NO , -ORD-IO, -C(O)N(R D - ⁇ ) 2 , -NR D - ⁇ oCOR D - ⁇ 2 , -N(R D -io) 2 , -SR D - ⁇ o, -S(O) 2 R D - ⁇ o, -C(O)R D -I2, -CO 2 R D -I O , aryl, R 5 , R 6 , or a bond to -C(X)- provided that only one of RD-I, RD-3, and
  • Each R D - 5 is independently H, C 1 - 3 alkyl, or C 2 - 4 alkenyl;
  • D 7 is O, S, or N(R D - 2 );
  • D 8 and D 9 are C(R D - I ), provided that when the molecule is attached to the phenyl moiety at D 9 , D 8 is CH;
  • Each R D - IO is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl;
  • Each R D - ⁇ is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R ⁇ 3 , cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R ⁇ , heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R 13 , haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
  • R D - I2 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl;
  • is CH orN
  • R E - O is H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloa ⁇ ryl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, R 5 , R 6 , -OR E - 3 , -OR E . 4 , -SR E . 3 , -SR E . 5 , -N(R E .
  • E 1 is O, CR E - ⁇ - ⁇ , or C(R E - ⁇ - ⁇ ) 2 , provided that when E 1 is CR E - ⁇ - ⁇ , one R E - ⁇ is a bond to CR E . ⁇ - ⁇ , and further provided that at least one of E 1 or E 2 is O;
  • Each R E - I - I is independently H, F, Br, Cl, CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, -OR E , or -N(R E ) 2 , provided that at least one R E - ⁇ - ⁇ is H when E 1 is C(R E - ⁇ - ⁇ ) 2 ;
  • Each R E - ⁇ is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or a bond to E 1 provided that E 1 is CR E - ⁇ - ⁇ ;
  • E 2 is O, CR E - 2 - 2 , or C(R E . 2 - ) 2 , provided that when E 2 is CR E - 2 - 2 , one R E - 2 is a bond to CR E - - 2 , and further provided that at least one of E or E is O;
  • Each R E - - 2 is independently H, F, Br, Cl, CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, -OR E , or -N(R E ) 2 , provided that at least one R E - - 2 is H when E 2 is C(R E . 2 - 2 ) 2 ;
  • Each R E - 2 is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or a bond to E provided that E is CR E - 2 - 2 ;
  • Each R E is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
  • Each R E - 3 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 5 , R 6 , phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R 9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I or substituted phenyl;
  • R B - is H, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalky
  • Each R E -5 is independently H, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 5 , or R 6;
  • Each R E - 6 is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R 5 , R 6 , phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R 9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
  • F 4 is N(R F - 7 ), O, or S;
  • R F - ⁇ is H, F, Cl, Br, I, -CN, -CF 3 , -OR F - 8 , -SR F - 8 , or -N(R F - 8 ) 2 ;
  • R F - 2 is H, F, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, R 5 , R 6 , -N(R F _ 4 )-aryl, -N(R F - 4 )-substituted phenyl, -N(R F - 4 )-substituted naphthyl, -O-substituted phenyl, -O-substituted naphthyl, -S-substituted phenyl, -S -substituted naphthyl, or alkyl substituted on the ⁇ carbon with R F - 9 where said
  • R F - 3 is H, F, Br, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, -CN, -NO 2 , -OR F - 8 , -C(O)N(R F - 8 ) 2 , -NHR F - 8 , -NR F - 8 COR F - 8 , -N(R F - 8 ) 2 , -SR F . 8 , -C(O)R F - 8 , -CO 2 R F - 8 , aryl, R 5 , or R 6 ;
  • R F - 4 is H, or alkyl
  • Each R F - 5 is independently F, Br, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, -CF 3 , -ORp-s, -C(O)NH 2 , -NHR F - 8 , -SR F - 8 , -CO 2 R F - 8 , aryl, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, heteroaryl, -N(R F - 4 )-aryl, or -O-substituted aryl;
  • R F -e is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, F, Br, Cl, I, -OR F - S , -C(O)NH 2 , -NHR F .
  • R F _e is independently selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, F, Br, Cl, I, -ORF- S , -C(O)NH 2 , -NHR F - 8 , -SR F - 8 , -CO 2 R F - 8 , aryl, R 5 , or R 6 ;
  • R F - is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R 9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
  • R F - 8 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl;
  • R F -9 is aryl, R 5 , or R 6 ;
  • G 1 is N or CH
  • Each G 2 is N or C(R G - ⁇ ), provided that no more than one G 2 is N;
  • Each R G - I is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, -NO 2 , F, Br, Cl, I, -C(O)N(R G - ) 2 , -N(R G - 3 ) 2 , -SR G . 6 , -S(O) 2 R G - 6 , -OR G - 6 , -C(O)R G .
  • R 6 , -CO R G -e, aryl, R5, R 6 , or two R G - ⁇ on adjacent carbon atoms may combine for W to be a 6-5-6 fused-tricyclic-heteroaromatic-ring system optionally substituted on the newly formed ring where valency allows with 1-2 substitutents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, and R G .
  • R G - is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, -OR G - 8 , -SR G - 8 , -S(O) 2 R G -8, -S(O)R G -8, -OS(O) 2 R G - 8 , -N(R G - 8 ) 2 , -C(O)R G - 8 , -C(S)R G - 8 , -C(O)OR G - 8 , -CN, -C(O)N(R G - 8 ) 2 , -NR G .
  • R G - ⁇ is other than H, F, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl or alkynyl;
  • Each R G is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R G - 4 , cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R G - 4 , heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R G - 4 , haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
  • R G - 4 is -OR G -5, -SR G -5, -N(R G - 5 ) 2 , -C(O)R G - 5 , -SOR G - 5 , -SO 2 R G - 5 , ⁇ C(O)N(R G - 5 ) 2 , -CN, -CF 3 , -NR G - 5 C(O)R G - 5 , -S(O) 2 N(R G - 5 ) 2 , -NR G - 5 S(O) 2 R G .
  • Each R G - 5 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
  • R G -e is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl having 0-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, and R G - 7 ;
  • R G -7 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, -OR G -s, -CN, -NO 2 , -N(R G - 3 ) 2 ;
  • Each R G - 8 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with 0-4 independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or R G - 7 ;
  • H' is N or CH
  • Each R H - ⁇ is independently F, Cl, Br, I, -CN, -NO 2 , alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocyclcoalkyl, aryl, R 5 , R 6 , -OR 8 , -SR 8 , -SOR 8 , -SO 2 R 8 , -SCN, -S(O)N(R 8 ) 2 , -S(O) 2 N(R 8 ) 2 , -C(O)R 8 , -C(O) 2 R 8 , -C(O)N(R
  • RH- 2 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, -OR H - 3 , -SR H - 3 ,
  • Each R H - 3 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with 0-4 independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or R 7 ; or pharmaceutical composition, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, racemic mixture, or pure enantiomer thereof.
  • AChR refers to acetylcholine receptor.
  • nAChR refers to nicotinic acetylcholine receptor.
  • Pre-senile dementia is also known as mild cognitive impairment.
  • 5HT 3 R refers to the serotonin-type 3 receptor.
  • ⁇ -btx refers to ⁇ -bungarotoxin.
  • FLJPR refers to a device marketed by Molecular Devices, Inc. designed to ⁇ precisely measure cellular fluorescence in a high throughput whole-cell assay.
  • TLC thin-layer chromatography
  • HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
  • MeOH refers to methanol
  • EtOH refers to ethanol
  • -PA refers to isopropyl alcohol.
  • THF refers to tetrahydrofuran.
  • DMSO refers to dimethylsulfoxide.
  • DMF refers to N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • EtOAc refers to ethyl acetate.
  • TMS refers to tetramethylsilane.
  • TEA refers to triethylamine.
  • DIEA refers to N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
  • MLA refers to methyllycaconitine
  • Ether refers to diethyl ether.
  • HATU refers to O-(7-azabenzotriazol-l-yl)- ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ ', N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate.
  • CDI refers to carbonyl diimidazole.
  • NMO refers to N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide.
  • TPAP refers to tetrapropylammonium perruthenate.
  • Na 2 SO refers to sodium sulfate.
  • K 2 CO 3 refers to potassium carbonate.
  • MgSO 4 refers to magnesium sulfate.
  • Non-inclusive examples of moieties that fall within the definition of R 5 and R 6 include, but are not limited to, thienyl, benzothienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, quinolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolyl, benzoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, pydridazinyl, triazinyl, isoindolyl, purinyl, oxadiazolyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl examples include, but are not limited to, tetrahydrofurano, tetrahydropyrano, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazine, azetidino, azetidinono, oxindolo, dihydroimidazolo, and pyrrolidinono
  • Amino protecting group includes, but is not limited to, carbobenzyloxy (CBz), tert butoxy carbonyl (BOC) and the like. Examples of other suitable amino protecting groups are known to person skilled in the art and can be found in "Protective Groups in Organic synthesis," 3rd Edition, authored by Theodora Greene and Peter Wuts.
  • Alkyl substituted on an ⁇ carbon with R A - 7 is determined by counting the longest carbon chain of the alkyl moiety with the C-1 carbon being the carbon attached to the W moiety and the ⁇ carbon being the carbon furthest, e.g., separated by the greatest number of carbon atoms in the chain, from said C-1 carbon. Therefore, when determining the ⁇ carbon, the C-1 carbon will be the carbon attached, as valency allows, to the W moiety and the ⁇ carbon will be the carbon furthest from said C-1 carbon.
  • Brine refers to an aqueous saturated sodium chloride solution.
  • Equ means molar equivalents.
  • IR refers to infrared spectroscopy.
  • Lv refers to leaving groups within a molecule, including Cl, OH, or mixed anhydride.
  • NMR nuclear (proton) magnetic resonance spectroscopy
  • MS refers to mass spectrometry expressed as m/e or mass/charge unit.
  • HRMS refers to high resolution mass spectrometry expressed as m/e or mass/charge unit.
  • [M+H] + refers to an ion composed of the parent plus a proton.
  • [M-H] " refers to an ion composed of the parent minus a proton.
  • [M+Na] + refers to an ion composed of the parent plus a sodium ion.
  • [M+K] + refers to an ion composed of the parent plus a potassium ion.
  • El refers to electron impact.
  • ESI refers to electrospray ionization.
  • Cl refers to chemical ionization.
  • FAB refers to fast atom bombardment.
  • Alpha-7 nAChR full agonists within the present invention may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases, and salts prepared from inorganic acids, and organic acids. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc, and the like.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N, N-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2- dimethylamino-ethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N- ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, and the like.
  • cyclic amines such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N, N
  • Salts derived from inorganic acids include salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, phosphorous acid and the like.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic acids include salts of C ⁇ - 6 alkyl carboxylic acids, di-carboxylic acids, and tri-carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, adipic acid, and citric acid, and aryl and alkyl sulfonic acids such as toluene sulfonic acids and the like.
  • an effective amount of a compound as provided herein is meant a nontoxic but sufficient amount of the compound(s) to provide the desired therapeutic effect.
  • the exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the disease that is being treated, the particular compound(s) used, the mode of administration, and the like. Thus, it is not possible to specify an exact "effective amount.” However, an appropriate effective amount may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using only routine experimentation.
  • the compositions use may also comprise one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable carrier materials or excipients. A generally recognized compendium of such methods and ingredients is Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences by E.W.
  • carrier material or excipient means any substance, not itself a therapeutic agent, used as a carrier and/or diluent and/or adjuvant, or vehicle for delivery of a therapeutic agent to a subject or added to a pharmaceutical composition to improve its handling or storage properties or to permit or facilitate formation of a dose unit of the composition into a discrete article such as a capsule or tablet suitable for oral administration.
  • Excipients can include, by way of illustration and not limitation, diluents, disintegrants, binding agents, adhesives, wetting agents, polymers, lubricants, glidants, substances added to mask or counteract a disagreeable taste or odor, flavors, dyes, fragrances, and substances added to improve appearance of the composition.
  • Acceptable excipients include lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuric acids, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and then tableted or encapsulated for convenient administration.
  • Such capsules or tablets may contain a controlled-release formulation as may be provided in a dispersion of active compound in hydroxypropyl-methyl cellulose, or other methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid. If desired, other active ingredients may be included in the composition.
  • the compositions of the present invention may be administered by any suitable route, e.g., parenterally, bucal, intravaginal, and rectal, in the form of a pharmaceutical composition adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended. Such routes of administration are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the compositions may, for example, be administered parenterally, e.g., intravascularly, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, or intramuscularly.
  • parenteral administration saline solution, dextrose solution, or water may be used as a suitable carrier.
  • Formulations for parenteral administration may be in the form of aqueous or non-aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions. These solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders or granules having one or more of the carriers or diluents mentioned for use in the formulations for oral administration.
  • the compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, EtOH, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, and/or various buffers.
  • Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art.
  • the serotonin type 3 receptor is a member of a superfamily of ligand- gated ion channels, which includes the muscle and neuronal nAChR, the glycine receptor, and the ⁇ -aminobutyric acid type A receptor. Like the other members of this receptor superfamily, the 5HT 3 R exhibits a large degree of sequence homology with ⁇ 7 nAChR but functionally the two ligand-gated ion channels are very different. For example, ⁇ 7 nAChR is rapidly inactivated, is highly permeable to calcium and is activated by acetylcholine and nicotine.
  • 5HT 3 R is inactivated slowly, is relatively impermeable to calcium and is activated by serotonin.
  • ⁇ 7 nAChR and 5HT 3 R proteins have some degree of homology, but function very differently. Indeed the pharmacology of the channels is very different.
  • Ondansetron a highly selective 5HT 3 R antagonist, has little activity at the ⁇ 7 nAChR.
  • GTS-21 a highly selective ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonist, has little activity at the 5HT 3 R.
  • ⁇ 7 nAChR is a ligand-gated Ca ++ channel formed by a homopentamer of ⁇ 7 subunits.
  • ⁇ -bungarotoxin binds selectively to this homopetameric, ⁇ 7 nAChR subtype, and that ⁇ 7 nAChR has a high affinity binding site for both ⁇ -btx and methyllycaconitine (MLA).
  • MVA methyllycaconitine
  • ⁇ 7 nAChR is expressed at high levels in the hippocampus, ventral tegmental area and ascending cholinergic projections from nucleus basilis to thalamocortical areas.
  • ⁇ 7 nAChR full agonists increase neurotransmitter release, and increase cognition, arousal, attention, learning and memory.
  • the ⁇ 7 nAChR is one receptor system that has proved to be a difficult target for testing.
  • Native ⁇ 7 nAChR is not routinely able to be stably expressed in most mammalian cell lines (Cooper and Millar, J. Neurochetn., 1997, 68(5):2140-51).
  • Another feature that makes functional assays of ⁇ 7 nAChR challenging is that the receptor is rapidly (100 milliseconds) inactivated. This rapid inactivation greatly limits the functional assays that can be used to measure channel activity.
  • Eisele et al. Eisele et al.
  • TNF- ⁇ is a pro-inflammatory cytokine secreted by a variety of cells, including monocytes and macrophages, in response to many inflammatory stimuli (e.g., lipoporysaccharide— LPS) or external cellular stresses (e.g., osmotic shock and peroxide). Elevated levels of TNF- ⁇ over basal levels have been implicated in mediating or exacerbating ' a number of diseases or conditions involving inflammation, pain, cancer, and diabetes. TNF- ⁇ is upstream in the cytokine cascade of inflammation.
  • inflammatory stimuli e.g., lipoporysaccharide— LPS
  • LPS lipoporysaccharide
  • osmotic shock and peroxide e.g., osmotic shock and peroxide.
  • Elevated levels of TNF- ⁇ over basal levels have been implicated in mediating or exacerbating ' a number of diseases or conditions involving inflammation,
  • TNF- ⁇ By decreasing levels of TNF- ⁇ , not only are levels of TNF- ⁇ minimized, but also elevated levels of other inflammatory and proinflammatory cytokines, such as IL-1, IL-6, and IL-8. TNF- ⁇ plays a role in head trauma, stroke, and ischemia. Shohami et al., J. Cereb. Blood Flow Metab., 14, 615 (1994). TNF- ⁇ promotes the infiltration of other cytokines (IL-lbeta, IL-6) and also chemokines, which promote neutrophil infiltration into the infarct area.
  • TNF- ⁇ plays a role in promoting certain viral life cycles and disease states associated with them; for instance, TNF- ⁇ secreted by monocytes induced elevated levels of HIV expression in a chronically infected T cell clone. Clouse et al., J. Immunol, 142, 431 (1989); Lahdevirte et al., Am. J. Med. 85, 289 (1988). TNF- ⁇ is associated with the HJN mediated states of cachexia due to cancer and muscle degradation.
  • T ⁇ F- ⁇ plays a role in pancreatic beta cell destruction and diabetes.
  • Pancreatic beta cells produce insulin which helps mediate blood-glucose homeostasis. Deterioration of pancreatic beta cells often accompanies type I diabetes. Pancreatic beta cell functional abnormalities may occur in patients with type II diabetes. Type ⁇ diabetes is characterized by a functional resistance to insulin. Further, type II diabetes is also often accompanied by elevated levels of plasma glucagon and increased rates of hepatic glucose production.
  • TNF- ⁇ In rheumatoid arthritis, TNF- ⁇ induces synoviocytes and chondrocytes to produce collagenase and neutral proteases, which lead to tissue destruction within the arthritic joints.
  • CIA collagen-induced arthritis
  • Brahn et al. Lymphokine Cytokine Res., 11, 253 (1992); and Cooper, Clin. Exp. Immunol, 898, 244 (1992).
  • Alpha 7 nAChR full agonists are useful to treat, or used to prepare a medicament used to treat, diseases or conditions where a mammal receives symptomatic relief from the decrease of levels of TNF- ⁇ ; these diseases or conditions include, but are not limited to, any one or more or combination of the following: rheumatoid arthritis; rheumatoid spondylitis; muscle degeneration; osteoporosis; osteoarthritis; psoriasis; contact dermatitis; bone resorption diseases; atherosclerosis; Paget's disease; uveititis; gouty arthritis; inflammatory bowel disease; adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS); Crohn's disease; rhinitis; ulcerative colitis; anaphylaxis; asthma; Reiter's syndrome; tissue rejection of a
  • Some nicotinic receptors regulate vascular angiogenesis regulate vascular angiogenesis; for example, the binding of nicotine to the alpha-7 nAChR stimulates DNA synthesis and proliferation of vascular endothelial cells.
  • the present invention includes alpha-7 nAChR full agonists that are also useful to treat, or are used to prepare a medicament to treat, diseases or conditions where a mammal receives symptomatic relief from the stimulation of vascular angiogenesis; these diseases or conditions include, but not limited to, any one or more of the following: wound healing (healing burns, and wounds in general including from surgery), bone fracture healing, ischemic heart disease, and stable angina pectoris.
  • Suitable activating reagents are well known in the art, for examples see Kiso, Y., Yajima, H. "Peptides” pp. 39-91, San Diego, CA, Academic Press, (1995), and include, but are not limited to, agents such as carbodiimides, phosphonium and uronium salts (such as HATU).
  • the carboxylic acid is activated with a uronium salt, preferably HATU (see J. Am. Chem. Soc, 4397 (1993)), in the presence of the Azabicyclico moiety and a base such as DIEA in DMF to afford the desired amides.
  • a uronium salt preferably HATU (see J. Am. Chem. Soc, 4397 (1993)
  • the carboxylic acid is converted to the acyl azide by using DPPA; the appropriate amine precursor is added to a solution of the appropriate anhydride or azide to give the desired final compounds.
  • the ester (Lv being OMe or OEt) may be reacted directly with the amine precursor in refluxing methanol or ethanol to give the compounds of Formula I.
  • 6-substituted-[2.2.2]-3-amines (Azabicyclo 1) are known in the art. The preparation of compounds where R 2 is present is described in Acta Pol Pharm. 179-85 (1981). Alternatively, the 6-substituted-[2.2.2]-3-amine can be prepared by reduction of an oxime or an imine of the corresponding 6-substituted-3- quinuclidinone by methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art (see /. Labelled Compds. Radiopharm., 53-60 (1995), /. Med. Chem. 988-995, (1998), Synth. Commun. 1895-1911 (1992), Synth. Commun. 2009-2015 (1996)).
  • the 6-substituted-[2.2.2]-3-amine can be prepared from a 6-substituted-3- hydroxyquinuclidine by Mitsunobu reaction followed by deprotection as described in Synth. Commun. 1895-1911 (1995).
  • the 6-substituted-[2.2.2]-3-amine can be prepared by conversion of a 6-substituted-3-hydroxyquinuclidine into the corresponding mesylate or tosylate, followed by displacement with sodium azide and reduction as described in J. Med. Chem. 587-593 (1975).
  • the oximes can be prepared by treatment of the 3-quinuclidinones with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of base.
  • the imines can be prepared by treatment of the 3-quinuclidinones with a primary amine under dehydrating conditions.
  • the 3-hydroxyquinuclidines can be prepared by reduction of the 3- quinuclidinones.
  • the 6-substituted-3-quinuclidinones can be prepared by known procedures (see J. Gen. Chem. Russia 3791-3795, (1963), J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 7409-420 (1991), J. Org. Chem. 3982-3996 (2000)).
  • Compounds for Azabicyclo ⁇ where. R 2 is present can also be prepared by modification of intermediates described in the synthesis of exo-3 -amino- 1- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane as the bis(hydro para-toluenesulfonate) salt, described in detail herein.
  • hit 6 can be oxidized to the aldehyde and treated with an organometallic reagent to provide Int 20 using procedures described in Tetrahedron (1999), 55, p 13899.
  • hit 20 can be converted into the amine using methods described for the synthesis of ex ⁇ -3-amino-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane as the bis(hydro para- toluenesulfonate) salt. Once the amine is obtained, the desired salt can be made using standard procedures.
  • the respective amine precursors for Azabicyclo m and Azabicyclo IV can be prepared by reduction of an oxime or an imine of the corresponding N-2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]- heptanone by methods known to one skilled in the art (see J. Labelled Compds.
  • the oximes can be prepared by treatment of the N-2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanones with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base.
  • the imines can be prepared by treatment of the N-2- azabicyclo[2.2.1]-heptanones with a primary amine under dehydrating conditions.
  • the N-2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanones can be prepared by known procedures (see Tet. Lett. 1419-1422 (1999), J. Med. Chem. 2184-2191 (1992), /. Med. Chem. 706-720 (2000), J. Org. Chem., 4602-4616 (1995)).
  • exo- and e «d ⁇ -l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-amines are prepared from 1- azabicyclic[3.2.1]octan-3-one (Thill, B. P., Aaron, H. S., J. Org. Chem., 4376-4380 (1968)) according to the general procedure as discussed in Lewin, A.H., et al., J. Med. Chem., 988-995 (1998).
  • Benzoyl chloride (14.9 mL, 128 mmol) is added to a stirred solution of nitroethanol (9.2 mL, 128 mmol) in dry benzene (120 mL). The solution is refluxed for 24 hr and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (80:20) affords it 1 as a white solid (68% yield): 1H NMR (CDC1 3 ) ⁇ 8.0, 7.6, 7.4, 4.9, 4.8.
  • Step B Preparation of ethyl E-4-(benzylamino)-2-butenoate (Int 2).
  • Ethyl E-4-bromo-2-butenoate (10 mL, 56 mmol, tech grade) is added to a stirred solution of benzylamine (16 mL, 146 mmol) in CH C1 (200 mL) at rt.
  • the reaction mixture stirs for 15 min, and is diluted with ether (1 L).
  • the mixture is washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 solution (3x) and water, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel.
  • Step C Preparation of tran s-4-mito- 1 -(phenylmethyl)-3-pynolidineacetic acid ethyl ester (Int 3).
  • hit 1 (6.81 g, 34.9 mmol)
  • Int 2 (7.65 g, 34.9 mmol)
  • Step D Preparation of tr n5 , -4-amino-l-(phenylmethyl)-3-pyrrolidineacetic acid ethyl ester (hit 4).
  • hit 4 A mixture of hit 3 (3.28 g, 11.2 mmol) and RaNi (1.5 g) in EtOH (100 mL) is placed in a Pan bottle and hydrogenated for 4 h under an atmosphere of hydrogen (46 psi) at rt.
  • Step E Preparation of trans-4-( 1 , 1 -dimethylethoxycarbonylamido)- 1 -
  • Step F Preparation of trans (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-l- (N-phenylmethyl) pynolidine (hit 6).
  • LiAlH 4 powder (627 mg, 16.5 mmol) is added in small portions to a stined solution of Int 5 (3.0 g, 8.3 mmol) in anhydrous THF (125 mL) in a -5°C bath.
  • the mixture is stined for 20 min in a -5°C bath, then quenched by the sequential addition of water (0.6 mL), 15% (w/v) aqueous NaOH (0.6 mL) and water (1.8 mL).
  • Excess anhydrous K 2 CO 3 is added, and the mixture is stined for 1 h, then filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel.
  • Int 6 is a racemic mixture that can be resolved via chromatography using a
  • Step G Preparation of exo 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-l- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (Int 7).
  • TEA 8.0 g, 78.9 mml
  • CH 2 C1 2 50 mL
  • CH 3 SO Cl 5.5 g, 47.8 mmol
  • the resulting yellow mixture is diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 solution, extracted with CH 2 C1 2 several times until no product remains in the aqueous layer by TLC.
  • the organic layers are combined, washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the residue is dissolved in EtOH (85 mL) and is heated to reflux for 16 h.
  • the reaction mixture is allowed to cool to rt, transfened to a Pan bottle and treated with 10% Pd/C catalyst (1.25 g).
  • the bottle is placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen (53 psi) for 16 h.
  • the mixture is filtered through Celite, and fresh catalyst (10% Pd/C, 1.25 g) is added. Hydrogenolysis continues overnight.
  • Step H Preparation of e o-3-amino-l-azabicyclo[2.2. ljheptane bis(hydro- ⁇ r -toluenesulf onate) .
  • P ⁇ ra-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (1.46 g, 7.68 mmol) is added to a stined solution of hit 7 (770 mg, 3.63 mmol) in EtOH (50 mL).
  • hit 7 770 mg, 3.63 mmol
  • EtOH 50 mL
  • Step I Preparation of ethyl 5-hydroxy-6-oxo-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine-4- carboxylate (Int 10).
  • Absolute EtOH (92.0 mL, 1.58 mol) is added to a mechanically stined suspension of potassium ethoxide (33.2 g, 395 mmol) in dry toluene (0.470 L).
  • 2-pyrrolidinone (33.6 g, 395 mmol) is added, and then a solution of diethyl oxalate (53.1 mL, 390 mmol) in toluene (98 mL) is added via an addition funnel.
  • toluene (118 mL) and EtOH (78 mL) are added sequentially.
  • the mixture is heated to reflux for 18 h.
  • Step L Preparation of benzyl cw-3-hydroxy-4-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine- 1 - carboxylate (Int 13).
  • N-(benzyloxy carbonyloxy)succinimide (3.04 g, 12.2 mmol) is added to a stined solution of hit 12 (1.6 g, 12.2 mmol) in saturated aqueous ⁇ aHCO 3 (15 mL) at rt.
  • hit 12 1.6 g, 12.2 mmol
  • saturated aqueous ⁇ aHCO 3 15 mL
  • the mixture is stined at rt for 18 h.
  • the organic and aqueous layers are separated.
  • the aqueous layer is extracted with ether (3X).
  • Step M Preparation of benzyl cw-3-hydroxy-4-[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl oxymethyl]piperidine-l -carboxylate (Int 14).
  • P ⁇ r ⁇ -toluenesulfonyl chloride (1.0 g, 5.3 mmol) is added to a stined solution of Int 13 (3.6 g, 5.3 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) in a -15°C bath. The mixture is stined for 4 h, followed by addition of HCl (4.5 mL of a 6.0 M solution). CH 2 C1 (5 mL) is added. The organic and aqueous layers are separated. The aqueous layer is extracted with CH C1 2 .
  • Step N Preparation of e o-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-ol (hit 15).
  • Step O Preparation of en o-3-azido-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (hit 16).
  • h t 15 1.0 g, 8.9 mmol
  • triphenyl phosphine 3.0 g, 11.5 mmol
  • toluene-THF 50 mL, 3:2
  • diethyl azadicarboxylate 1.8 mL, 11.5 mmol
  • the mixture is extracted with aqueous 1.0M HCl solution.
  • the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers are discarded.
  • the pH of the aqueous layer is adjusted to 9 with 50% aqueous NaOH solution.
  • the aqueous layer is extracted with CH 2 C1 2 (3X), and the combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel.
  • Step P Preparation of e «-io-3-amino-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane bis(hydro- p ra-toluenesulf onate) .
  • Methyl propiolate (52 ml, 0.583 mole) is combined with recrystallized N- bromo-succinimide (120 g, 0.674 mole) in 1,700 ml acetone under nitrogen.
  • the solution is treated with silver nitrate (9.9 g, 0.0583 mole) neat in a single lot and the reaction is stined 6 h at RT.
  • the acetone is removed under reduced pressure (25°C, bath temperature) to provide a gray sluny.
  • the slurry is washed with 2 x 200 ml hexane, the gray solid is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to provide 95 g of a pale yellow oily residue.
  • Methyl-3-bromo-propiolate (83.7 g, 0.513 mole) is added to N-t-butyloxy- pynole (430 ml, 2.57 mole) under nitrogen.
  • the dark mixture is warmed in a 90 °C bath for 30 h, is cooled, and the bulk of the excess N-t-butyloxy-pynole is removed in vacuo using a dry ice/acetone condenser.
  • the dark oily residue is chromatographed over 1 kg silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 0-15% EtOAc/hexane.
  • (+l-)Endo-7-tert-hutyl 2-methyl 7-azabicyclo[2.2. l]heptane-2,7-dicarboxylate (72.8 g, 0.285 mole) is dissolved in 1000 ml dry MeOH in a dried flask under nitrogen. The solution is treated with solid NaOMe (38.5 g, 0.713 mole) neat, in a single lot and the reaction is warmed to reflux for 4h. The mixture is cooled to 0°C, is treated with 400 ml water, and the reaction is stined lh as it warms to RT. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo to about 400 ml and the pH of the aqueous residue is adjusted to 4.5 with 12N HCl.
  • (+/-) exo-tert-buty ⁇ 2- ⁇ [(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino ⁇ -7- azabicyclo[2.2.1]l ⁇ eptane-7-carboxylate (+/-)Exo-7-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylic acid (32.5 g, 0.135 mole) is combined with TEA (24.4 ml, 0.175 mole) in 560 ml dry toluene in a dry flask under nitrogen. The solution is treated drop- wise with diphenylphosphoryl azide (37.7 ml, 0.175 mole), and is allowed to stir for 20 min at RT.
  • the mixture is treated with benzyl alcohol (18.1 ml, 0.175 mole), and the reaction is stined overnight at 50°C.
  • the mixture is cooled, is extracted successively with 2 x 250 ml 5% citric acid, 2 x 200 ml water, 2 x 200 ml saturated sodium bicarbonate, and 2 x 100 ml saturated NaCl.
  • the organic layer is dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated in vacuo to an amber oil.
  • the crude material was chromatographed over 800 g silica gel (230-400 mesh), eluting with 15-50% EtOAc/hexane.
  • the 2R enantiomer is triturated with 12 ml ether followed by 12 ml hexane (to remove lingering diastereo and enantiomeric impurities) and is dried to afford 9.5 g (43%) of purified exo-tert-butyl (IS, 2R, 4i?)-(+)-2 ⁇ [(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino ⁇ -7- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-7 -carboxylate with 99% enantiomeric excess.
  • MS (ET) for C ⁇ 9 H 26 N 2 O 4 , m/z: 346 (M) + . [ ⁇ ] 25 D 22, (c 0.42, chloroform).
  • Acetyl chloride (270 mL, 3.8 mol) was carefully added to a flask containing chilled (0°C) methanol (1100 mL). After the addition was complete, the acidic solution stined for 45 min (0 °C) and then (3R)-l-[(S)-l-phenethyl]-3- (cyanomethyl)pynolidine (40.50 g, 189.0 mmol) in methanol (200 mL) was added.
  • tert-Butyl 4-(2-oxopropylidene)piperidine-l -carboxylate hit 101: Sodium hydride (60% oil dispersion, 2.01 g, 50.2 mmol) is washed with pentane (3X) and suspended in dry THF (40 mL). The solution is cooled to 0°C before diethyl (2-oxopropyl)phosphonate (9.75 g, 50.2 mmol) is added dropwise. After complete addition, the solution is warmed to rt and stined for 30 min.
  • tert- Butyl 4-oxo- 1-piperidinecarboxylate (5.0g, 25.1 mmol) is added in portions over 10 min, followed by stining at rt for 2 h. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride is added, followed by dilution with ether. The organic layer is extracted with water. The organic layer is dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated to a yellow oil. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with hexanes-ether (60:40) gave 4.5 g (75%)of hit 101 as a white solid: 1H NMR (CDC1 3 ) ⁇ 6.2, 3.5, 3.4, 2.9, 2.3, 2.2, 1.5.
  • the amine can be coupled to form the appropriate amides or thioamides as a racemic mixture.
  • the racemic mixture can then be resolved by chromatography using chiral columns or chiral HPLC, techniques widely known in the art, to provide the requisite resolved enantiomers 3(E) and 3(S) of said amides.
  • the compounds made therein may be for one specific Azabicyclo moiety, the procedures discussed, or slight non-critical changes thereof, can be used to make the compounds of formula I.
  • the intermediates providing the W of formula I either are commercially available or prepared using known procedures, making non-critical changes.
  • the free base can also be prepared directly from n-butyl furo[2,3- c]pyridine-5-carboxylate by direct condensation using at least 1.5 molar equivalents of (R)-3-aminoquinuclidine and heating in ethanol or n-butyl alcohol.
  • 2-Chloro-3-pyridinol (20.0 g, 0.154 mole), NaHCO 3 (19.5g, 0.232 mole, 1.5 equ), and 150 mL of water are placed in a flask.
  • the flask is placed in an oil bath at 90°C, and after 5 min, 37% aqueous formaldehyde (40.5 mL, 0.541 mole, 3.5 equ) is added in six unequal doses in the following order: 12 mL, 3 8 mL, then 2.2 mL all at 90-min intervals and then the final 2.3 mL after the reaction stirs for 15 h at 90°C.
  • the reaction is stined at 90°C for another 4 h and then cooled by placing the flask in an ice bath. The pH of the reaction is then adjusted to 1 using 6N HCl. The reaction is stined for 1.5 h in an ice bath allowing an undesired solid to form. The undesired solid is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is extracted seven times with EtOAc.
  • I-2-D (13.9 g, 48.6 mmol) is combined with trimethylsilylacetylene (9.6 mL, 68 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride (1.02 g, 1.46 mmol) and cuprous iodide (139 mg, 0.73 mmol) in 80 mL CHCl 3 /40 mL THF under N 2 .
  • TEA 21 mL, 151 mmol
  • the reaction is stined 3 h at rt and is diluted with 200 mL CHC1 3 .
  • the crude material is chromatographed over 300 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 30-40% EtOAc/hexane. Two sets of fractions with two different desired compounds are identified by TLC/UV. The two compounds eluted separately.
  • the early-eluting pool of fractions is combined and concentrated to afford [7-chloro-2- (trimethylsilyl)furo[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl]methanol (I-5-D as a white solid (46% yield).
  • the later-eluting pool of fractions is combined and concentrated to provide (7- chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)methanol (I-4-D) as a white solid (27% yield).
  • I-16-D is used to obtain I-16-D with fewer steps: I-3-D (44.6 g, 174.4 mmol) is combined with cuprous iodide (1.66 g, 8.72 mmol) and diisopropylamine (44 ml, 300 mmol) in 300 ml methanol under nitrogen. The reaction is warmed to 45-50°C for 6 h, is cooled to rt and treated with 100 ml saturated NaHCO 3 followed by 100 ml 2N NaOH.
  • I-4-D (32.0 g, 174 mmol) is combined with zinc powder (34.2 g, 523 mmol) in absolute EtOH (900 mL), using an overhead stiner.
  • the mixture is heated to 70°C, HCl (87.2 mL, 1.05 mol) is added slowly drop-wise, and the mixture is heated to reflux for 1 h.
  • the mixture is cooled slightly, filtered to remove the metallic zinc and concentrated to near-dryness.
  • the yellow oil is diluted with H 2 O (150 mL) and EtOAc (950 mL) and is treated slowly drop-wise with 20% Na 2 CO 3 (310 mL) as the mixture is warmed to reflux.
  • the vigorously stined (using overhead stiner) mixture is refluxed for 1 h, cooled slightly and the organics removed via cannula under reduced pressure.
  • Additional EtOAc (600 mL) is added, the mixture is heated to reflux for 1 h, cooled slightly and the organics removed as above.
  • More EtOAc (600 mL) is added, the mixture is stirred at rt overnight then heated to reflux for 1 h, cooled slightly and most of the organics removed as above.
  • the remaining mixture is filtered through celite, rinsed with EtOAc until no additional product elutes, and the layers separated.
  • the aqueous layer is further extracted with EtOAc (2 X 400 mL).
  • Oxalyl chloride (685 ⁇ L, 7.8 mmol) is dissolved in 30 mL CH 2 C1 2 in a dry flask under N 2 .
  • the flask is placed in a dry-ice/acetone bath, DMSO (1.11 mL, 15.6 mmol) in 5 mL CH 2 C1 2 is added drop-wise, and the mixture is stined for 20 min.
  • I-16-D (1.0 g, 6.7 mmol) in 10 mL CH 2 C1 2 is added, and the reaction is stined 30 min at -78°C.
  • I-17-D (850 mg, 5.8 mmol) is dissolved in 10 mL DMSO.
  • KH 2 PO 4 (221 mg, 1.6 mmol) in 3 mL H 2 O is added and then NaClO (920 mg, 8.2 mmol) in 7 mL H O is added, and the reaction is stirred 3 h at rt.
  • the reaction is diluted with 25 mL water, the pH is adjusted to 10 with 2N NaOH, and the mixture is extracted with 3 x 20 mL ether. The combined ether layer is discarded.
  • the pH of the aqueous layer is adjusted to 3.5 with 10% aqueous HCl and is extracted with 13 x 10 mL 10% MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 .
  • 3-Bromofuran (8.99 mL, 100.0 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (8.5 mL), cooled to 0°C, treated dropwise with POCl 3 (9.79 mL, 105.0 mmol), stined for 1 h at RT and then heated to 80°C for 2 h. The mixture is cooled to RT, poured over ice (1 kg) and neutralized to pH 9 with solid K 2 CO 3 . The mixture is stined for 1 h, extracted with Et 2 O (3 X 500 mL), dried (K CO 3 ) and concentrated to a dark brown oil.
  • 3-Bromo-2-furaldehyde (14.22 g, 81.3 mmol) is combined with ethylene glycol (6.55 mL, 117.4 mmol) and p ⁇ r ⁇ -toluene sulfonic acid monohydrate (772 mg, 4.06 mmol) in benzene (200 mL) and heated to reflux with a Dean-Stark trap for 5 h. Additional ethylene glycol (1.64 mL, 29.41 mmol) and benzene (150 mL) are added and the solution is heated for an additional 2 h. The mixture is cooled to RT, treated with saturated NaHCO 3 and stined for 0.5 h.
  • 2-(l,3-Dioxolan-2-yl)-3-furaldehyde (2.91 g, 17.31 mmol) is combined with formic acid (17 mL, 451 mmol) and water (4.25 mL) and stined at RT for 18 h.
  • the mixture is slowly transfened into a solution of NaHCO 3 (45 g, 541 mmol) in water (600 mL), then strined for 0.5 h.
  • EtOAc 200 mL
  • the combined organics are dried (Na SO 4 ) and concentrated to a yellow oil (3.28 g).
  • Methyl (acetylamino)(dimethoxyphosphoryl)acetate (2.34 g, 9.8 mmol) is dissolved in CHC1 (40 mL), treated with DBU (1.46 mL, 9.8 mmol), stined for 5 min then added dropwise to a 0°C solution of furan-2,3-dicarbaldehyde (1.65 g, 8.9 mmol) in CHC1 (80 mL).
  • the mixture is stined for 2.5 h as the cooling bath expires then 5.5 h at RT and finally 24 h at 50°C.
  • the mixture is concentrated in vacuo to a yellow oily-solid (6.66 g).
  • Methyl furo[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxylate (1.55 g, 8.74 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (30 mL) and H 2 O (15 mL), treated with 3 N NaOH (6.4 mL) and stined at RT for 7 h.
  • the mixture is concentrated to dryness, dissolved in H 2 O (10 mL) and acidified to pH 2 with concentrated HCl.
  • the solution is concentrated to dryness, suspended in a smaller amount of water (7 mL) and the resulting solid collected via filtration (lot A).
  • the filtrate is concentrated, triturated with water (3 mL) and the resulting solid collected via filtration (lot B).
  • I-6-D (3.0 g, 16.5 mmol) is dissolved in 40 mL DMSO.
  • KH 2 PO 4 (561 mg, 4.1 mmol) in 6.5 mL H 2 O is added and then NaClO 2 (2.6 g, 23.1 mmol) in 24 mL H 2 O is added, and the reaction is stined overnight at rt.
  • the reaction is diluted with 200 mL H 2 O, the pH is adjusted to 9 with 2N NaOH, and any remaining aldehyde is extracted into 3 x 50 mL ether.
  • the pH of the aqueous layer is adjusted to 3 with 10% aqueous HCl and is extracted with 4 x 50 mL EtOAc.
  • I-7-D (980 mg, 4.98 mmol) is dissolved in 75 mL MeOH containing 500 mg 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon in a 250 mL Pan shaker bottle.
  • the reaction mixture is hydrogenated at 20 PSI for 24 h.
  • the catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to a white solid.
  • the solid is dissolved in MeOH and is loaded onto 20 mL Dowex 50W-X2 ion exchange resin (hydrogen form) which had been prewashed with MeOH.
  • Oxalyl chloride (869 ⁇ L, 9.9 mmol) is dissolved in 50 mL CH 2 C1 2 in a dry flask under N 2 .
  • the flask is placed in a dry-ice/acetone bath at -78°C, DMSO (1.41 mL, 19.8 mmol) in 5 mL CH 2 C1 is added drop- wise, and the mixture is stined for 20 min. 1-21-D (1.53 g, 8.5 mmol) in 5 mL CH 2 C1 2 is then added, and the reaction is stined 30 min at -78°C.
  • TEA (5.9 mL, 42.5 mmol) is added and the reaction is stined 20 min at -78°C.
  • 1-22-D (1.35 g, 7.62 mmol) is dissolved in 40 mL THF, 20 mL t-butanol, and
  • Oxalyl chloride (784 ⁇ L, 8.9 mmol) is dissolved in 25 mL CH C1 2 in a dry flask under N 2 .
  • the flask is placed in a dry-ice/acetone bath at -78°C, and DMSO (1.26 mL, 17.8 mmol) in 5 mL CH 2 C1 2 is added.
  • the mixture is stined for 20 min and I-25-D (1.53 g, 8.5 mmol) in 5 mL CH 2 C1 2 is added.
  • the reaction is stined 1 h,
  • I-50-D (5.51 g, 16.9 mmol) is suspended in benzene (30 mL) in a dry flask under N .
  • Azo(bis)isobutyryl nitrile (289 mg, 1.8 mmol) is added, the mixture is rapidly heated to reflux, and tributyltin hydride (4.91 mL, 18.2 mmol) in benzene (10 mL) is added.
  • the solution is refluxed for 1.5 h, allowed to cool to rt and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Oxalyl chloride (1.16 mL, 13.2 mmol) is added to CH C1 2 (30 mL) in a dry flask under N 2 and in a dry-ice/acetone bath at -78°C.
  • DMSO (18.80 mL, 26.5 mmol) is slowly added.
  • the solution is stined for 20 min, and I-54-D (1.88 g, 11.5 mmol) is added.
  • the mixture is stined for 1 h at -78°C, then 30 min at 0-5°C.
  • the material is washed with saturated NaHCO 3 (75 mL), dried (K 2 CO 3 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid (3.23 g).
  • the layers are separated and the residual aldehyde extracted with additional ether.
  • the aqueous layer is acidified to pH 3 with concentrated HCl, then extracted with CH 2 C1 (4 X). Large amounts of acid remained in the aqueous layer, so the aqueous layer is concentrated to dryness.
  • the solid is triturated with CHC1 3 (4 X), and then 10% MeOH CH 2 Cl 2 (4 X) to extract much of the acid into the supernatant.
  • the combined organic layer is dried (Na SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to a tan solid (1.69 g, greater than 100% isolated yield).
  • the solid is diluted with CHC1 3 and is heated to reflux for 3 h. The flask is removed from heat, allowed to cool slightly, then filtered.
  • Ethyl glycolate (35.5 mL, 375 mmol) is slowly added (over 20 min) to a sluny of NaOH (15.8 g, 394 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (400 mL) under N 2 with the flask being in an ice bath.
  • the mixture is allowed to warm to rt, is stined for 30 min, and ethyl 2-chloronicotinate (27.84 g, 150 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (50 mL) is added over 10 minutes.
  • the reaction is warmed to 65°C for 15h in an oil bath.
  • 2-Nitrothiophene (33.76 g, 261.4 mmol) is suspended in concentrated HCl (175 mL) and heated to 50°C.
  • Stannous chloride (118.05 g, 523.2 mmol) is added portionwise, maintaining the reaction temperature between 45-50°C with an ice bath, that is removed after the addition.
  • the solution is allowed to cool slowly to 30°C over an hour.
  • the solution is then cooled in an ice bath and filtered.
  • the cake is washed with concentrated HCl (20 mL), dried in a stream of air, and washed with ether (50 mL) to afford the hexachlorostannate salt of 2-aminothiophene as a brown solid (26% yield).
  • 3,3-Dimethyl-2-formyl propionitrile sodium (3.33 g, 20.2 mmol) can readily be prepared from the method described by Bertz, S.H., et al., J. Org. Chem., 47, 2216- 2217 (1982).
  • 3,3-Dimethyl-2-formyl propionitrile sodium is dissolved in MeOH (40 mL), and concentrated HCl (4 mL) and the hexachlorostannate salt of 2- aminothiophene (10.04 g, 19.1 mmol) in MeOH (130 mL) is slowly added drop-wise to the mixture.
  • 2-Nitrothiophene (12.9 g, 99.9 mmol) is dissolved in concentrated HCl (200 mL) and stined vigorously at 30°C.
  • Granular tin 25 g, 210 mmol is slowly added portionwise.
  • zinc chloride (66.1 g, 44.7 mmol) in EtOH (70 mL) is added drop-wise, the mixture is heated to 85°C, and malondialdehyde diethyl acetal (24 mL, 100 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) is added.
  • the solution continued stining at 85°C for 1 h, and is quenched by pouring over ice (100 g).
  • THF (200 mL) is chilled to -70°C in a dry flask under N 2 , and N-butyllithium (24.4 mL, 55.0 mmol) is added drop- wise.
  • the reaction is placed in an ice bath and DIA (7.71 mL, 55.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added drop-wise.
  • the solution is again chilled to -70°C, and 3-chloropyridine (4.75 mL, 50.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added drop-wise.
  • the reaction is allowed to stir for 4 h at -70°C and ethyl formate (4.44 mL, 55.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added.
  • Methyl 3-aminofhiophene-2-carboxylate (1.52 g, 9.68 mmol) is dissolved in 2M NaOH (10 mL, 20 mmol) and heated to reflux in a 115°C oil bath for 30 min. The mixture is cooled to rt, placed in an ice bath, and carefully acidified with concentrated HCl. The slurry is filtered and rinsed with H 2 O (25 mL). The cake is then dissolved in acetone (50 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to a thick paste. The crude material is dissolved in 1-propanol (25 mL), and oxalic acid (0.90 g, 10.0 mmol) is added portionwise.
  • I-135-D (6.16 g, 32.6 mmol) is suspended in MeOH (200 mL) and added drop-wise to the acidic solution. The mixture is heated to reflux at 80°C for 5 h when an additional 20 mL concentrated HCl and 20 mL H O are added; the mixture continues refluxing for another 12 h. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo, and the residue is dissolved with cold H 2 O (100 mL). The resulting precipitate is filtered off and dried, giving thieno[3,2-b]pyridine- 6-carbonitrile (I-136-D) as a brown solid (44% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C 8 H 4 N 2 S+H: 161.0173, found 161.0170 (M+H).
  • 4-Chloropyridine hydrochloride (15 g, 99.9 mmol) is free-based by stining in lOOOmL 1:1 saturated NaHCO 3 /ether for 1 h. The layers are allowed to separate, the aqueous layer is extracted with ether (2 x 175 mL), and the combined organic layer is dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to an oil. THF (300 mL) is chilled to -70°C in a dry flask. N-butyllithium (105.1 mL, 168.2 mmol) is added drop-wise, and the mixture is placed in an ice bath. Diisopropylamine (23.6mL.
  • I-150-D (11.6 g, 51.5 mmol) is dissolved in absolute MeOH (120 mL) and chilled in an ice bath. Concentrated sulfuric acid (2.0 mL) is carefully added drop- wise. The ice bath is allowed to expire as the solution stined for 2 days. The reaction is quenched by pouring onto a mixture of 500 g ice with saturated NaHCO 3 solution (400 mL).
  • I-151-D (11.76 g, 46.4 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (50 mL) under N 2 and heated to 70°C.
  • Phosphorous trichloride (23.2 mL, 46.4 mmol) is added drop-wise via syringe, and the solution is stined for 18 h at 70°C.
  • Trimethyl phosphite (5.47 mL, 46.4 mmol) is then added drop-wise, and stining continued for an additional 2 h at 70°C.
  • the mixture is concentrated in vacuo to an oil, and the crude material is dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO 3 (3 x 50 mL).
  • 2,3-Thiophene dicarboxaldehyde (1.40 g, 9.99 mmol) is dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (100 mL) and the flask is placed in an ice bath.
  • 1-152-D (2.63 g, 11.0 mmol) is dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (50 mL), l,8-dia ⁇ abicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (1.65 mL, 11.0 mmol) is added, and this solution is added drop-wise to the chilled thiophene solution.
  • the reaction mixture is stined for 1 h while the flask is in an ice bath and then over night at rt.
  • Methyl thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxylate (I-155-D) (678 mg, 3.5 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (16 mL) and H 2 O (2 mL). 2M NaOH (1.8 mL, 3.6 mmol) is added drop-wise, and the solution stined at rt. After 2 days (complete disappearance of ester by TLC), the solution is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in H 2 O (12 mL), and the pH is adjusted to 3.5 with 10% HCl.
  • 2,4-Lutidine (51.4 mL, 0.445 mole) is added drop-wise to 250 mL fuming sulfuric acid in a flask under N 2 in an ice bath.
  • the solution is treated portionwise with potassium nitrate (89.9 g, 0.889 mole) over a 15 min period.
  • the reaction is stined lh in an ice bath, 2 h at rt, is gradually warmed in a 100°C oil bath for 5 h, and then in a 130°C oil bath for 4 h.
  • the mixture is cooled, is poured into 1000 mL ice, and the mixture is neutralized with NaHCO 3 (1,100 g, 13.1 mole).
  • the precipitated Na 2 SO 4 is removed by filtration, the solid is washed with 500 mL H 2 O and the filtrate is extracted with 4 x 500 mL ether. The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO 4 ) and is concentrated in vacuo to a yellow oil (50 g).
  • the crude oil is distilled under vacuum to provide three fractions: 16 g recovered 2,4-lutidine (85°C), 16 g 2,4- dimethyl-3-nitro-pyridine (I-169-D) contaminated with 25% 2,4-dimethyl-5-nitro- pyridine (135-145°C), and 16 g 2,4-dimethyl-5-nitro-pyridine (I-170-D) contaminated with 2,4-dimethyl-3-nitropyridine (145-153°C).
  • I-1730-D (800 mg, 4.21 mmol) is dissolved in 44 mL 10% aqueous acetonitrile.
  • p-Toluene sulfonic acid (630 mg, 3.3 mmol) is added, and the mixture is heated to reflux for 5 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, is concentrated in vacuo, and the resultant residue is diluted with 15 mL saturated NaHCO 3 . A pale yellow solid is collected, washed with water, and is dried to afford lH-pynolo[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carbaldehyde (I-174-D) (81% yield).
  • I-175-D (920 mg, 4.5 mmol) is dissolved in 25 mL 10% aqueous acetonitrile in a flask.
  • p-Toluene sulfonic acid (630 mg, 3.3 mmol) is added, and the mixture is heated to 90°C for 8 h.
  • the mixture is cooled to rt, concentrated in vacuo, and the residue is partitioned between 15 mL saturated NaHCO and CH 2 C1 2 (4 x 10 mL).
  • the combined organic layer is dried (K 2 CO 3 ) and is concentrated in vacuo to afford 1 - methyl-pynolo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde (I-177-D) (99% yield).
  • Furo[2,3-c]pyridin-5-ylmethyl acetate (5.17 g, 27.05 mmol) is dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (130 mL), layered with saturated NaHCO 3 (220 mL), treated with Br 2 (8.36 mL, 162.3 mmol) and stined very slowly for 4.5 h at rt.
  • the mixture is stined vigorously for 30 min, is diluted with CH 2 C1 (100 mL) and the layers separated.
  • the aqueous layer is extracted with CH C1 (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organics are concentrated to a small volume under a stream of nitrogen.
  • the solution is diluted with EtOH (200 mL), treated with K 2 CO 3 (22.13 g, 160.1 mmol) and stined for 2.5 days at rt.
  • the mixture is concentrated to dryness, partitioned between 50% saturated NaCl (200 mL) and CH 2 C1 2 (5 x 200 mL), dried (Na 2 SO ) and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid (6.07 g).
  • the crude material is adsorbed onto silica gel (12 g) and chromatographed over 250 g sluny-packed silica gel, eluting with a gradient of 50% EtOAc / hexane to 100% EtOAc.
  • Oxalyl chloride (1.77 mL, 20.1 mmol) is combined with CH 2 C1 (60 mL) in a dried flask under nitrogen, cooled to -78°C, treated dropwise with DMSO (2.86 mL, 40.25 mmol) and stirred for 20 min.
  • the cooled solution is treated drop-wise with a solution of (3-bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)methanol (4.0 mg, 17.5 mmol) in THF (50 mL), stirred for 1 h, then treated drop-wise with El 3 N (12.2 mL, 87.5 mmol).
  • the mixture is stined for 30 min at -78°C, then 30 min at 0°C.
  • the mixture is washed with saturated NaHCO 3 (120 mL) and the organics dried (K 2 CO 3 ) and concentrated in vacuo to a dark yellow solid (3.91 g).
  • the crude material is chromatographed
  • 3-Bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde (3.26 g, 14.42 mmol) is dissolved in THF (100 mL)/t-BuOH (50 mL)/H 2 O (50 mL), treated with a single portion of NaOCl 2 (4.89 g, 43.3 mmol) and KH 2 PO 4 (3.92 g, 28.8 mmol) and stined at rt for 18 h.
  • the white solid is collected via filtration and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to dryness.
  • the residue is suspended in water (25 mL), acidified to pH 2 with concentrated HCl and the resulting solid collected via filtration.
  • Furo[2,3-c]pyridin-5-ylmethyl acetate (956 mg, 5 mmol) is dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (40 mL) and cooled to 0°C. Chlorine gas is bubbled through the solution for 15 min, the cooling bath is immediately removed and the mixture stined for 2 h. The mixture is re-cooled to 0°C, saturated with chlorine gas, the cooling bath removed and the solution warmed to rt. The solution is layered with saturated NaHCO 3 (20 mL), stined gently for 2 h then stined vigorously for 15 min.
  • the mixture is diluted with saturated NaHCO 3 (50 mL), extracted with CH 2 C1 2 (1 x 40 mL then 1 x 20 mL), dried (K 2 CO 3 ) and concentrated to a volume of 20 mL under a stream of nitrogen.
  • the solution is diluted with EtOH (35 mL), treated with K 2 CO 3 (4.09 g, 29.6 mmol) and stined for 18 h at rt. Water (7 mL) is added and the mixture stined for 2 days.
  • the mixture is concentrated to dryness, partitioned between 50% saturated NaCl (50 mL) and CH 2 C1 2 (4 x 50 mL), dried (K 2 CO 3 ) and concentrated in vacuo to a brown solid (833 mg).
  • 3-Chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde (317 mg, 1.74 mmol) is dissolved in THF (10 mL)/t-BuOH (5 mL)/H 2 ⁇ (5 mL), treated with a single portion of sodium chlorite (592 mg, 5.24 mmol) and KH 2 PO (473 mg, 3.48 mmol) and stined at rt for 18 h.
  • the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to dryness, suspended in water (10 mL), acidified to pH 3.5 with concentrated HCl and stined at rt for 2 h.
  • N-butyl lithium (150.6 ml, 241 mmol) is added dropwise to ether (100 ml) at -20°C under N 2 .
  • 3-Bromothianaphthene (10.5 ml, 80.3 mmol) is dissolved in ether (50 ml) and also added dropwise to the chilled solution, stining cold for 0.5 h.
  • DMF (16.3 ml, 210 mmol) is dissolved in ether (75 ml) and added dropwise, and the solution stined an additional 15 h at -20°C.
  • the reaction is quenched onto ice (300 g) in 10% H 2 SO 4 (200 ml) and stined until both layers turn yellow in color.
  • Methyl (acetylamino)(dimethoxyphosphoryl) acetate (1-152-D) (2.63 g, 11.0 mmol) is dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (50 ml) and added to l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (1.65 ml, 11.0 mmol), stining for 5 minutes. This solution is added dropwise to the chilled thiophene solution. The reaction mixture is stined in the ice bath for 1 h and then over night at rt.
  • 3,4-Dibromothiophene (12.5 ml, 113 mmol) is combined with CuCN (30.4 g, 339 mmol) in DMF (40 ml) in a dry flask under nitrogen utilizing an over-head stiner.
  • the reaction is allowed to reflux at 180°C for 5 h.
  • the dark mixture is then poured into a solution of FeCl 3 (113.6 g, 700 mmol) in 1.7M HCl (200 ml) and heated at 65°C for 0.5 h, again using the over-head stiner.
  • the reaction is cooled to rt and extracted with CH 2 C1 2 (7 x 300 ml).
  • 3,4-Dicyanothiophene (5.0 g, 37.2 mmol) is suspended in benzene (150 ml) in a dry flask under nitrogen utilizing an over-head stiner.
  • Diisobutyl aluminum hydride (l.OM in toluene) (82.0 ml, 82.0 mmol) is added dropwise, and the reaction stined at rt for 2 h.
  • the reaction is then carefully quenched with MeOH (5 ml) and poured onto 30% H 2 SO 4 (60 ml) with ice (200 g). The slurry is stined until all lumps are dissolved, and the layers are allowed to separate.
  • 3,4-Thiophene dicarboxaldehyde (1.0 g, 7.13 mmol) is dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (40 ml) and chilled to 0°C.
  • Methyl (acetylamino)(dimethoxyphosphoryl)acetate (1.88 g, 7.85 mmol) is dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (30 ml) and combined with DBU (1.1 ml, 7.85 mmol). This solution is added dropwise to the chilled thiophene solution after stining for 5 min.
  • the reaction mixture is stined at 0°C for 1 h and then overnight at rt.
  • Methyl thieno[3,4-c]pyridine-6-carboxylate (250 mg, 1.3 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (7 ml) and water (1 ml). 2M NaOH (0.72 ml, 1.43 mmol) is added drop- wise. The reaction is stined overnight at rt and is monitored by TLC. The volatiles are removed in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in water (2 ml). 10% HCl is used to adjust the pH to 3, and the reaction again stined overnight at rt. The aqueous solution is extracted repeatedly with EtOAc (20 x 10 ml). The combined organics are dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to a yellow solid.
  • Acid A can be prepared from ethyl 4,5-dihydroxypyridine-2-carboxylate (see Z. Naturfirsch, 34b, 1729-1736, 1979). Alkylation with 1,2-dibromoethane gives B. Saponification of B with aqueous NaOH would provide the requisite carboxylic acid A. The resulting acid is coupled with an Azabicyclo using conditions described herein. Substituents can be introduced for R E - I or R E - 2 where E° is CH and E 1 and E 2 are each Oais described in Taniguchi, Eiji, et al., Biosci. Biotech. Biochem., 56 (4), 630-635, 1992.
  • is N
  • at least one R E _ ⁇ and/or at least one R E - 2 is other than H and is not a bond
  • the compounds can be obtained using methods described herein for where E° is CH.
  • 6-Bromo-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-2-yl)methanol is prepared according to literature reports for 6-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-benzo-l,4-dioxin-2-yl)-methanol. See Henning, R.; Lattrell, R.; Gerhards, H. J.; Leven, M.; J.Med.Chem.; 30; 5; 1987; 814- 819.
  • the reaction mixture is placed in an oil bath at 90°C and after 5 min is treated with 37% aqueous formaldehyde (40.5 ml, 0.541 mole, 3.5 equ) which is added in six unequal doses; 12 ml initially, 3 x 8 ml followed by 1 x 2.2 ml all at 90 min intervals with the final 2.3 ml added after maintaining at 90°C overnight (15 h).
  • 37% aqueous formaldehyde 40.5 ml, 0.541 mole, 3.5 equ
  • the flask is placed in ice bath, and the contents are treated with 100 ml of crushed ice, acidified with 39 ml of 6 N HCl to pH 1, and the precipitated material is stined for 1.5 h in an ice bath.
  • 2-Chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodopyridin-3-ol (5.7 g, 20 mmol) is combined with bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride (1.12 g, 1.6 mmol) in 50 ml DMF under nitrogen.
  • the mixture is treated with tetravinyl tin, is warmed to 60°C for 6 h followed by 50°C for 18 h, and at rt for 72 h.
  • the mixture is diluted with 250 ml
  • 2-Chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-vinylpyridin-3-ol (1.35 g, 7.8 mmol) is dissolved in 12 ml DMF in a dry flask under nitrogen.
  • the yellow solution is treated with 60% sodium hydride (312 mg, 7.8 mmol), is stined 30 min, and is treated with allyl bromide (744 ⁇ L, 8.6 mmol).
  • the reaction is stined 6 h at RT, is diluted with 50 ml EtOAc, and is washed with 4 x 25 ml 2:1:1 water/sat' d NaCl/sat'd NaHCO 3 .
  • the aldehyde (685 mg, 4.2 mmol) is combined with NaClO 2 (80%, 1.42 g, 12.6 mmol) and KH 2 PO in 15 ml THF/7 ml t-BuOH/ 7 ml water and the reaction is stined overnight under a stream of nitrogen. The reaction is concentrated to dryness in vaci ⁇ and the residue is dissolved in 10 ml water. The pH of the mixture is adjusted to 5 with 12 N HCl, the white solid is collected, washed with water, and is dried in vacuo at 50°C to afford 565 mg (82%) of 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrano[2,3- c]pyridine-6-carboxylic acid as a white solid.
  • ⁇ RMS (FAB) calcd for C 9 ⁇ 9 NO 3 +H: 180.0661 , found 180.0652 (M+H) + .
  • the flask is placed in an oil bath at 90°C, and after 5 minutes, 37% aqueous formaldehyde (40.5 mL, 0.541 mole, 3.5 equ) is added in six unequal doses in the following order: 12 mL, 3 x 8 mL, then 2.2 mL all at 90-minute intervals and then the final 2.3 mL after the reaction had stined for 15 h at 90°C.
  • the reaction is stined at 90°C for another 4 h and then is cooled by placing the flask in an ice bath. The pH of the reaction is then adjusted to 1 using 6N HCl.
  • the reaction is stined for 1.5 h in an ice bath allowing an undesired solid to form.
  • the mixture is stined until homogeneous, the flask is placed in an ice bath, iodine (19.4 g, 76.3 mmol) is added, and the reaction is stined over the weekend at rt.
  • the pH of the mixture is adjusted to 3 with 2N NaHSO 4 , and the mixture is extracted with 4 x 50 mL EtOAc.
  • the combined organic layer is dried (MgSO 4 ), is filteredi and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid.
  • 4-(Benzylamino)-2-chloiO-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3-pyridinol (I-13-F) may be produced by amination of 2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodo-3-pyridinol (I-12-F) with benzylamine under palladium catalysis.
  • Amination of aryl iodides with primary amines such as benzylamine under palladium catalysis is generally described in a review by B.H. Yang and S.L. Buchwald in J. Organomet. Chem., 576, 125-146, 1999 and in greater detail in the references therein.
  • I-13-F may be oxidized to 4-(benzylamino)-2-chloro-3-hydroxypyridine-6- carboxaldehyde (I-14-F) under a wide variety of conditions (e.g., TPAP and NMO in CH 2 C1 2 ).
  • I-14-F may be oxidized to produce the conesponding carboxylic acid I-15-F using an oxidizing reagent such as NaClO 2 and KH 2 PO 4 in DMSO/H O or Ag O, or hydrogen peroxide or ruthenium tetroxide.
  • Removal of the benzyl group and the chloro group of Acid I-15-F may be accomplished by utilizing hydrogen or a hydrogen source (e.g., cyclohexene, cyclohexadiene, ammonium formate, hydrazine, etc.) in the presence of Pd/C or other catalyst, under a variety of conditions and in various solvents, to produce 4-amino-5- hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid (Acid I-16-F).
  • hydrogen or a hydrogen source e.g., cyclohexene, cyclohexadiene, ammonium formate, hydrazine, etc.
  • Cyclocondensation of Acid I-16-F with trimethyl orthoformate in the presence of catalytic p ⁇ ra-toluenesulfonic acid may be conducted to produce [l,3]oxazolo[5,4- c]pyridine-6-carboxylic acid.
  • Intermediate F7 can be made by the saponification of the methyl ester I-20-E. which can be made pursuant to Wynberg, Hans, et al., Reel Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas (1968), 87(10), 1006-1010.
  • Methyl 3-hydroxy-4-iodobenzoate (5.22 g, 18.8 mmol) is combined with trimethylsilylacetylene (3.71 mL, 26.3 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride (386 mg, 0.55 mmol) and cuprous iodide (54 mg, 0.28 mmol) in THF (20 mL) / CHC1 3 (40 mL) in a dry flask, under nitrogen.
  • TEA (8.14 mL ⁇ 58.4 mmol) is added and the mixture is heated to 50°C for 4 h.
  • Methyl 3-hydroxy-4-[(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]benzoate (540 mg, 2.17 mmole) is combined with 4 ml formic acid under nitrogen. The reaction is warmed to 80°C for 12 h, is cooled to rt, and the volatiles are removed in vacuo. The black residue is chromatographed over 25 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 15% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to provide 350 mg (83%) of methyl 4-acetyl-3-hydroxybenzoate as a pale yellow solid. 1H NMR (CDCI 3 ) ⁇ 2.70, 3.95, 7.54, 7.64, 7.82, 12.10 ppm.
  • Methyl 4-acetyl-3-hydroxybenzoate (350 mg, 1.8 mmole) is combined with 5 ml absolute EtOH. The solution is treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (125 mg, 1.8 mmole) dissolved in 0.9 ml 2N aqueous NaOH, and the reaction is stined overnight at rt. The volatiles are removed in vacuo and the residue is washed with H 2 O, collected, and dried to give 294 mg (78%) of methyl 3-hydroxy-4-[N- hydroxyethanimidoyl]benzoate as a tan solid. MS (El) m/z : 209 (M + ).
  • Methyl 3-hydroxy-4-[N-hydroxyethanimidoyl]benzoate (250 mg, 1.19 mmole) is combined with triphenylphosphine (446 mg, 1.7 mmole) in 14 ml dry THF in a dry flask under nitrogen.
  • the solution is treated slowly dropwise with N,N'- diethylazidodicarboxylate (268 ⁇ L, 1.7 mmole) in 10 ml dry THF.
  • the reaction is stined 4 h at rt.
  • the volatiles are removed in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over 30 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 10% EtOAc/hexane.
  • Methyl 3 -methyl- l,2-benzisoxazole-6-carboxylate (170 mg, 0.89 mmole) is dissolved in 6 ml MeOH under nitrogen.
  • the solution is treated with 2N aqueous NaOH (1 ml, 2 mmole) and the mixture is stined 4 h at rt.
  • the volatiles are removed in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in 4 ml water.
  • the pH of the solution is adjusted to 3 with 10% aqueous HCl, the white precipitate is collected, is washed with water, and is dried to give 144 mg (92%) of 3-methyl-l,2-benzisoxazole-6-carboxylic acid as a white solid.
  • carboxylic acids can be synthesized by known procedures, or modification thereof, some of which are described herein.
  • 3-(pynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine)carboxylic acid can be synthesized from the conesponding pynole-2-carboxaldehyde by reaction with an isocyanoacetate in the presence of base as described in J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 7788 and J. Org. Chem. 1976, 41, 1482 or by methods described in Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1987, 491.
  • Scheme IG depicts this transformation.
  • the pynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine acid fragment can be prepared using the methods shown in Scheme 2G.
  • the ester intermediate can be prepared using methods described in Dekhane, M.; Potier, P.; Dodd, R. H. Tetrahedron 1993, 49, 8139-46, whereby the requisite pynole-2-carboxaldehyde is reacted with aminoester diethylacetal to form the imine.
  • the imine can then be cyclized under acidic conditions to afford the desired bicyclic core.
  • the resulting ester can be hydrolyzed under typical hydrolysis procedures well known in the art to afford the requisite pynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine acids.
  • the pynole-2-carboxaldehydes can be obtained from commercial sources or can be synthesized by known procedures.
  • pynole-2-carboxaldehyde can be converted into 4-halo, 5-halo and 4,5-dihalopynole-2-carboxaldehydes as described in Bull Soc. Chim. Fr. 1973, 351. See Examples 12-22.
  • substituted pynoles can be converted into pynole carboxaldehydes by Vilsmeier formylation using procedures well known in the art (see J. Ret. Chem. 1991, 28, 2053, Synth. Commun. 1994, 24, 1389 or Synthesis, 1995, 1480.
  • Scheme 3G depicts these transformations.
  • Ethyl pynolo[l ,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (4. Ig, 21.2mmol) is dissolved/suspended in lOOmL concentrated HCl. The mixture is heated under reflux.
  • Methyl nicotinate 1-oxide (Coperet, C; Adolfsson, H; Khuong, T-A. V.; Yudin, A. K.; Sharpless, K. B. J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 1740-41.) (5.0 g, 32.2 mmol) and dimethylsulfate (3.2 ml, 33.2 mmol) are placed in a 100 ml flask and heated to 65- 70°C for 2 h. Upon cooling a salt precipitates. The resulting precipitate is dissolved in water (12 ml).
  • the reaction mixture is heated to 35°C with an oil bath for 1 h.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to 0°C in an ice-bath and neutralized with ammonium hydroxide at such a rate that the temperature did not rise above 5°C.
  • the mixture is extracted with CH C1 2 (3 x 200 ml) and the combined organic layers are dried (NaSO 4 ), filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum.
  • Methyl imidazo [l,2-a]pyridin-6-carboxylate (3.2 g, 18.0 mmol) is dissolved in 3N HCl (200 ml) and heated under reflux for 3 h. The solvent is removed under vacuum and the resulting brown solid is recrystallized from H 2 O/EtOH/Et 2 O to afford a light brown solid (4.3 g, 21.6 mmol, 119%) for imidazo [l,5-a]pyridine-7-carboxylic acid.
  • HRMS (FAB) calcd for C 8 H 6 N 2 O 2 +H 163.0508, found 163.0489.
  • reaction mixture is filtered through a pad of celite, and the solvent removed in vacuo to give an orange oil (9.59 g) for ethyl 3-ethoxy-O-ethyl-N-(lH-pynol-2- ylmethylene)serinate that is used without purification: MS (ESI+) for Ci 4 ⁇ 22 N 2 ⁇ 4 m/z 282.96 (M+H) + .
  • the black mixture is allowed to stir at 65°C for 18 h at which point it is cooled to rt and neutralized with sat. Na ⁇ CO 3 and solid NaHCO 3 to pH - 9.
  • the phases are separated and the basic phase extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL).
  • the organic phases are combined, washed with brine, dried (NaSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to give a black oil that is purified with silica gel chromatography (35%
  • Ethyl 9H-beta-carboline-3-carboxylate and ethyl pyrazino[l,2-a]indole-3- carboxylate are prepared according to Dekhane, M., et al, Tetrahedron, 49, 1993, 8139-46, to give a dark colored solid that is purified with silica gel chromatography (20% to 75% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent) to give the ethyl 9H-beta-carboline-3- carboxylate as a brown solid (yield 16%) and the ethyl pyrazino[l,2-a]indole-3- carboxylate as a brown soild (yield 35%).
  • (+)-3-aminoquinuclidine dihydrochloride (0.71g, 3.5mmol) and excess TEA (5.0mL, 68.1mmol). After 60h, IN NaOH solution is added. The mixture is extracted with CHC1 , dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (Biotage 40S, 90:9:1 CHCl 3 /MeOH NH 4 ⁇ H). Example 1(H) is prepared and recrystallized from MeOH/EtOAc to afford 289 mg (25%) of a white solid. HRMS (FAB) calcd for CnHi 5 BrN 4 O+H 299.0508, found 299.0516.
  • Phenyl 4-iodo-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate (1.6g, 5.2mmol) and (R)-(+)-3- aminoquinuclidine dihydrochloride (l.Og, 5.2mmol) are suspended in lOmL DMF.
  • DIEA (2.7mL, 15.5mmol) is added dropwise. After 36 h, the solvent is removed and the residue is taken up in IN NaOH and CHCI 3 . The aqueous layer is extracted with CHCI 3 , dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated.
  • Membrane Preparation Male Sprague-Dawley rats (300-350g) are sacrificed by decapitation and the brains (whole brain minus cerebellum) are dissected quickly, weighed and homogenized in 9 volumes/g wet weight of ice-cold 0.32 M sucrose using a rotating pestle on setting 50 (10 up and down strokes). The homogenate is centrifuged at 1,000 x g for 10 minutes at 4 °C. The supernatant is collected and centrifuged at 20,000 x g for 20 minutes at 4 °C. The resulting pellet is resuspended to a protein concentration of 1-8 mg/mL.
  • Binding Assay For saturation studies, 0.4 mL homogenate are added to test tubes containing buffer and various concentrations of radioligand, and are incubated in a final volume of 0.5 mL for 1 hour at 25 °C. Nonspecific binding was determined in tissues incubated in parallel in the presence of 0.05 ml MLA for a final concentration of 1 ⁇ M MLA, added before the radioligand. In competition studies, drugs are added in increasing concentrations to the test tubes before addition of 0.05 ml [ 3 H]-MLA for a final concentration of 3.0 to 4.0 nM [ 3 H]-MLA.
  • the incubations are terminated by rapid vacuum filtration through Whatman GF/B glass filter paper mounted on a 48 well Brandel cell harvester. Filters are pre-soaked in 50 mM Tris HCl pH 7.0 - 0.05 % polyethylenimine. The filters are rapidly washed two times with 5 mL aliquots of cold 0.9% saline and then counted for radioactivity by liquid scintillation spectrometry.

Abstract

The present invention relates to compositions and methods to treat diseases or conditions with alpha-7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (AChR) full agonists by decreasing levels of tumor necrosis factor-alpha and/or by stimulating vascular angiogenesis.

Description

TREATMENT OF DISEASES WITH ALPHA-7 nACh RECEPTOR FULL AGONISTS
FIELD OF INVENTION
The present invention relates to compositions and methods to treat diseases or conditions with alpha-7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (AChR) full agonists, relative to nicotine, by decreasing levels of tumor necrosis factor-alpha or by stimulating vascular angiogenesis.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Nicotinic acetylcholine receptors (nAChRs) play a large role in central nervous system (CNS) activity and in different tissues throughout the body. They are known to be involved in functions, including, but not limited to, cognition, learning, mood, emotion, and neuroprotection. There are several types of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors, and each one appears to have a different role. Some nicotinic receptors regulate CNS function; some regulate pain, inflammation, cancer, and diabetes by controlling tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-α); and some regulate vascular angiogenesis; for example, the binding of nicotine to the alpha-7 nAChR stimulates DNA synthesis and proliferation of vascular endothelial cells in vitro (Nillablanca, A.C., 1998, J. Appl. Physiol, 84(6):2089-2098) and induces angiogenesis in vivo (Heeschen C, et al. 2002, J. Clin. Invest, 110:527-535; Heeschen, C, et al. 2001, Nature Medicine, 7(7): 833-839). Nicotine affects all such receptors, and has a variety of activities. Unfortunately, not all of the activities are desirable. In fact, undesirable properties of nicotine include its addictive nature and the low ratio between efficacy and safety.
Alpha 7 nAChR agonists are useful to treat, or used to prepare a medicament used to treat, diseases or conditions where a mammal receives symptomatic relief by decreasing levels of TNF-α. Alpha 7 nAChR agonists are also useful to treat, or are used to prepare a medicament to treat, diseases or conditions where a mammal receives symptomatic relief by stimulating vascular angiogenesis.
Cell surface receptors are, in general, excellent and validated drug targets. nAChRs comprise a large family of ligand-gated ion channels that control neuronal
- l - activity and brain function. These receptors have a pentameric structure. In mammals, this gene family is composed of nine alpha and four beta subunits that co- assemble to form multiple subtypes of receptors that have a distinctive pharmacology. Acetylcholine is the endogenous regulator of all of the subtypes, while nicotine non- selectively activates all nAChRs.
The α7 nAChR is one receptor system that has proved to be a difficult target for testing. Native α7 nAChR is not routinely able to be stably expressed in most mammalian cell lines (Cooper and Millar, J. Neurochem., 1997, 68(5):2140-51). Another feature that makes functional assays of α7 nAChR challenging is that the receptor is rapidly (100 milliseconds) inactivated. This rapid inactivation greatly limits the functional assays that can be used to measure channel activity.
Agonists of the α7 nAChR are assayed using a cell-based, calcium flux assay on FLIPR. SHEP-1 cells expressing a novel, mutated form of the α7 nAChR that permitted stable cell surface expression were used for these assays. The details of the mutated form of the α7 nAChR are described in WO 00/73431.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention claims a method of treating, or use of the any compound of the present invention to prepare a medicament to treat, a disease or condition in a mammal in need thereof to provide symptomatic relief by decreasing levels of tumor narcrosis factor alpha (TNF-α), and/or by stimulating vascular angiogenesis. By way of example but not limitation, some α7 nAChR full agonists are the compounds of
Formula I as described herein.
Embodiments of the invention may include one or more or combination of the following.
Disease or conditions treated by decreasing levels of TNF-α, including, but are not limited to, any one or more or combination of the following: inflammation; pain; cancer; or diabetes. Types of inflammation and/or pain that are to be treated include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: rheumatoid arthritis; rheumatoid spondylitis; muscle degeneration; osteoporosis; osteoarthritis; psoriasis; contact dermatitis; bone resorption diseases; atherosclerosis; Paget's disease; uveititis; gouty arthritis; inflammatory bowel disease; adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS); Crohn's disease; rhinitis; ulcerative colitis; anaphylaxis; asthma; Reiter's syndrome; tissue rejection of a graft; ischemia reperfusion injury; brain trauma; stroke; multiple sclerosis; cerebral malaria; sepsis; septic shock; toxic shock syndrome; fever and myalgias due to infection; HIV-1, HIN-2, and HIV-3; cytomegalovirus (CMN); influenza; adenovirus; a herpes virus (including HSN-1, HSN-2); or herpes zoster. Types of cancer that are to be treated include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: multiple myeloma; acute and chronic myelogenous leukemia; or cancer-associated cachexia. Alpha-7 nAChR full agonists can be used to treat, or be used to prepare a medicament to treat, the TΝF-α aspects associated with pancreatic beta cell destruction; or type I and type It diabetes.
Diseases or conditions treated by stimulating vascular angiogenesis include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: wound healing (healing burns, and wounds in general including from surgery), bone fracture healing, ischemic heart disease, and stable angina pectoris. Another aspect of the present invention includes α7 nAChR full agonists as described elsewhere: for example, but not by way of limitation, in any one or more of the following patents and published applications: WO 01/60821A1, WO 01/36417A1, WO 02/100857A1, WO 03/042210A1, and WO 03/029252A1. As meant herein, an α7 nAChR full agonist is a ligand that is a full agonist of the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor relative to nicotine. The use of the term α7 nAChR full agonist is used interchangeably with α7 nAChR agonists when discussing the compounds of the present invention.
Another aspect of the present invention includes the method or use of a compound of Formula I, where X is O, or X is S. Another aspect of the present invention includes the method or use of a compound of Formula I, where Azabicyclo is any one or more of I, II, HI, IN, Y, VI, or NIL The method or use of a compound of Formula I, where Ri is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl; each R is independently F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or R2 is absent; and R2.3 is H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl. The method or use of a compound of Formula I, where the variables of formula I have any definition discussed herein. Another aspect of the present invention includes the method or use of a compound of Formula I, where W is any one or more of (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), or (H). The method or use of a compound of Formula I, where W is any one or more of (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), or (H). The method or use of a compound of Formula I, where W is any one or more of (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), or (H), wherein the variables within each has any definition allowed. For example, and not by way of limitation, W includes any one or more of the following: 4-chlorobenz-l- yl; dibenzo[b,d]thiophene-2-yl; isoquinoline-3-yl; furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-yl; 1,3- benzodioxole-5-yl; 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6-yl; l,3-benzoxazole-5-yl; thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-yl; thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6-yl; [l]benzothieno[3,2-c]pyridine- 3-yl; l,3-benzothiazole-6-yl; thieno[3,4-c]pyridine-6-yl; 2,3-dihydro-l-benzofuran-5- yl; l-benzofuran-5-yl; furo[3,2-c]pyridine-6-yl; [l]benzothieno[2,3-c]pyridine-3-yl; dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-yl; l-benzofuran-6-yl; 2-naphthyl; lH-indole-6-yl; pyrrolo[l,2- c]pyrimidine-3-yl; l-benzothiophene-5-yl; l-benzothiophene-5-yl; 1-benzothiophene- 6-yl; pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3-yl; lH-indole-6-yl; pyrazino[l,2-a]indole-3-yl; 1,3- benzothiazole-6-yl; [l]benzofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-3-yl; [l]benzofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-3- yl; 2H-chromene-6-yl; indolizine-6-yl; and [l,3]dioxolo[4,5-c]pyridine-6-yl; any of which is optionally substituted as allowed in formula I. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize how the variables are defined by comparing the named radicals with the different values for W. When W is (D), it is preferred that one of RD-I is the bond to C(X). Specific compounds within the scope of this invention include any one or more of the following as the free base or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-4-chlorobenzamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2 2 ...22]]oct-3-yl]dibenzo[b,d]thiophene-2-carboxarnide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2 2.:2]oct-3-yl]isoquinoline-3-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-1 -azabicyclo[2 2 2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)- 1 -azabicyclo [2 2.2]oct-3-yl]-l,3-benzodioxole-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2 2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-methylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N- [(3R)- 1 -azabicyclo [2 2.2]oct-3-yl]-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6-carboxamide; N- [(3R)- 1 -azabicyclo [2 2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-methylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N- [( 1 S ,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ] hept-2-yι] isoquinoline-3 -carboxamide ; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-methylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l,3-benzoxazole-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-methyl-l,3-benzoxazole-5-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heρt-2-yl]thieno[2,3-c]ρyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]thieno[3,2-c]ρyridine-6-carboxamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-ethylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-isopropylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide; 5-{[(2R)-7-azoniabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ylamino]carbonyl}-3-ethylfuro[2,3-c]pyridin-
6-ium dichloride;
5-{[(2R)-7-azoniabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ylamino]carbonyl}-3-isopropylfuro[2,3- c]pyridin-6-ium dichloride;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl[l]benzothieno[3,2-c]pyridine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l,3-benzothiazole-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-ylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]thieno[3,4-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide; N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]-3-methylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-3-methylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2,3-dihydro-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]fuiO[3s2-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)- 1 -azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]hept-3-yl]thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]3-ethyIfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]3-isopropylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]3-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]-4-chlorobenzamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]thieno[3,4-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]dibenzo[b,d]thiophene-2-carboxamide; N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl][l]benzothieno[2,3-c]pyridine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl][l]benzothieno[2,3-c]pyridine-3- carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxarnide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-6-carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-naphthamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]pyrrolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide; N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-lH-indole-6-carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5- caiboxamide;
3-methyl-N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6- carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]pyrrolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3- carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l,3-benzothiazole-6-carboxamide; N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]pyιτolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxarmde;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzothiophene-5-carboxamide;
N- [( 1 S ,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo [2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl]pyrrolo [ 1 ,2-c]pyrimidine-3 -carboxamide ;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hep 3-yl]pylτolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide; N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-3-bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-l,3-benzodioxole-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-bromo-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[( 1 S ,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo [2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl]-3-bromo- 1 -benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-bromothieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-bromothieno[2,3-c]ρyridine-5- carboxa ide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-l-benzothiophene-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-methyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-methyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-methyl-l-benzofuran-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)- 1 -azabicyclo [3.2.1 ]oct-3-yl]- 1 -benzofuran-6-carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-6-carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzothiophene-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzothiophene-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxamide;
N- [(3 R,4S)-1 -azabicyclo [2.2. l]hept-3-yl]-l-benzothiophene-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-methyl-lH-indole-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-isopropyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[( lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl]-3-isopropyl- 1 -benzofuran-5- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-ethynylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-lH-indazoIe-6-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-methyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N- [( 1 S ,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo [2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl]-2-methyl- 1 -benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicycIo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]pyrazino[l,2-a]indole-3-carboxamide; 3-bromo-N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N- [(3R,5R)- 1 -azabicyclo [3.2.1] oct-3 -yl]pyrrolo [ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine-3 -carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-7-methoxy-2-naρhthamide; N-[(l S,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2. l]hept-2-yl]pyrrolo[l ,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]-l,3-benzothiazole-6-carboxarnide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-3-bromo-l-benzofuran-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl][l]benzofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl][l]benzofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-3- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-ethynyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-ethynyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2H-chromene-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-prop-l-ynyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-phenyl-l,3-benzodioxole-5-carboxamide;
N- [(3R)- 1 -azabicyclo [2.2.2] oct-3-yl]-6-bromopyrrolo [ 1 ,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-prop-l-ynylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]indolizine-6-carboxamide;
2-amino-N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l,3-benzothiazole-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-6-ethynylpyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-8-methoxy-2-naphthamide; N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]indolizine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl][l,3]dioxolo[4,5-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl][l,3]dioxolo[4,5-c]pyridine-6- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-cyano-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl][l,3]dioxolo[4,5-c]pyridine-6-carboxarnide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-ethyl-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6- carboxamide;
N- [(3R)- 1 -azabicyclo [2.2.2]oct-3-yl] -7-hydroxy-2-naphthamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-ethynylfuro[2,3-c]ρyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-6-chloroisoquinoline-3-carboxamide;
N- [(3R)- 1 -azabicyclo [2.2.2]oct-3-yl] -3-ethyl-2,3-dihydro- 1 ,4-benzodioxine-6- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-ethyl-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-6-methylisoquinoline-3-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-6-methylisoquinoline-3-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-cyanofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-ylj-2-naphthamide; and
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-carboxamide.
The compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo I) have asymmetric centers on the quinuclidine ring. The compounds of the present invention include quinuclidines having 3E configuration, 2S, 3E configuration, or 3S configuration and also include racemic mixtures and compositions of varying degrees of streochemical purities. For example, and not by limitation, embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula I having the following stereospecificity and substitution:
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein the Azabicyclo (i) is a racemic mixture;
(ii) has the stereochemistry of 3E at C3;
(iii) has the 3E,2S stereochemistry at C3 and C2, respectively;
(iv) has the stereochemistry of 3S at C3; or
(v) is a racemic mixture; and for (iii) and (v), R2 has any definition or specific value discussed herein.
The compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo VII) have asymmetric centers on the
7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane ring which can exhibit a number of stereochemical configurations.
Figure imgf000011_0001
The terms exo and endo are stereochemical prefixes that describe the relative configuration of a substituent on a bridge (not a bridgehead) of a bicyclic system. If a substituent is oriented toward the larger of the other bridges, it is endo. If a substituent is oriented toward the smaller bridge it is exo. Depending on the substitution on the carbon atoms, the endo and exo orientations can give rise to different stereoisomers. For instance, when carbons 1 and 4 are substituted with hydrogen and carbon 2 is bonded to a nitrogen-containing species, the endo orientation gives rise to the possibility of a pair of enantiomers: either the IS, 2S, 4R isomer or its enantiomer, the IE, 2R, 4S isomer. Likewise, the exo orientation gives rise to the possibility of another pair of stereoisomers which are diastereomeric and C- 2 epimeric with respect to the endo isomers: either the \R, 2S, AS isomer or its enantiomer, the IS, 2R, 4R isomer. The compounds of this invention exist in the exo orientation. For example, when R is absent (C3 is -CH2-) and R = H, the absolute stereochemistry is ejrø-(lS, 2R, 4R).
The compounds of the present invention have the exo orientation at the C-2 carbon and S configuration at the C-l carbon and the R configuration at the C-2 and the C-4 carbons of the 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane ring. Unexpectedly, the inventive compounds exhibit much higher activity relative to compounds lacking the exo 2R, stereochemistry. For example, the ratio of activities for compounds having the exo 2R configuration to other stereochemical configurations may be greater than about 100:1. Although it is desirable that the stereochemical purity be as high as possible, absolute purity is not required. For example, pharmaceutical compositions can include one or more compounds, each having an exo 2R configuration, or mixtures of compounds having exo 2R and other configurations. In mixtures of compounds, those species possessing stereochemical configurations other than exo 2R act as diluents and tend to lower the activity of the pharmaceutical composition. Typically, pharmaceutical compositions including mixtures of compounds possess a larger percentage of species having the exo 2R configuration relative to other configurations. The compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo H) have asymmetric center(s) on the [2.2.1] azabicyclic ring at C3 and C4. The scope of this invention includes the separate stereoisomers of Formula I being endo-4S, endo-4R, exo-4S, exo-4R:
Figure imgf000012_0001
endo'-4S
Figure imgf000012_0002
exo-4R
The endo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C3 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the larger of the two remaining bridges. The exo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C3 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the smaller of the two remaining bridges. Thus, there can be four separate isomers: exo-4(R), exo-4(S), endo-4(R), and endo- 4(S). Some embodiments of compounds of Formula I for when Azabicyclo is II include racemic mixtures where R is absent (k2 is 0) or is at C2 or C6; or Azabicyclo II has the exo-4(S) stereochemistry and R has any definition discussed herein and is bonded at any carbon discussed herein. The compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo HI) have asymmetric center(s) on the [2.2.1] azabicyclic ring at Cl, C4 and C5. The scope of this invention includes racemic mixtures and the separate stereoisomers of Formula I being (\R,4R,5S), (\R,4R,5R), (\S,4S,5R), (1S,4S,5S):
Figure imgf000012_0003
endo-\R,4R,5R endo-lS,4S,5S exo-lR,4R,5S exo-lS,4S,5R
The endo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C5 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the larger of the two remaining bridges. The exo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C5 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the smaller of the two remaining bridges. Thus, there can be four separate isomers: e;rø-(li?,4i?,5S), exo-(lS,4S,5R), endo-
(1S,4S,5S), endo-(\R,4R,5R). Another group of compounds of Formula I includes R -3 is absent, or is present and either at C3 or bonds to any carbon with sufficient valancy.
The compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo TV) have asymmetric center(s) on the [2.2.1] azabicyclic ring at Cl, C4 and C6. The scope of this invention includes racemic mixtures and the separate stereoisomers of Formula I being exo-(lS,4R,6S), ejrø-(lR,4S,6R), endo-(\S,4R,6R), and endo-(lR,4S,6S):
Figure imgf000013_0001
endo-\R,4S,6S endo-\S,4R,6R exo-lR,4S,6R exo-\S,4R,6S The endo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C6 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the larger of the two remaining bridges. The exo isomer is the isomer where the non-hydrogen substituent at C6 of the [2.2.1] azabicyclic compound is projected toward the smaller of the two remaining bridges. Thus, there can be four separate isomers: exo-(lS,4R,6S), exo-(lE,4S,6E), endo- (1S,4E,6E), and endo-(lR,4S,6S). Another group of compounds of Formula I includes R2.3 is H, or is other than H and bonded at C3 or is bonded to any carbon with sufficient valancy.
The compounds of Formula I have asymmetric center(s) on the [3.2.1] azabicyclic ring at C3 and C5. The scope of this invention includes the separate stereoisomers of Formula I being endoSS, 5R, endo-3R, 5S, exo-3R, 5R, exo-3S, 5S:
Figure imgf000013_0002
endo-3S, 5R endo-IR, 5S exo-3R, 5R exo-3S, 5S
Another group of compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo V) includes compounds where Azabicyclo V moiety has the stereochemistry of 3R, 5R, or is a racemic mixture and the moiety is either not substituted with R2 (each is absent) or has one to two substituents being at either C2 and/or C4. When the moiety is substituted, the preferred substituents for substitution at C2 are alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; and for substitution at C4 are F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl. The compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo is VI) have asymmetric centers on the [3.2.2] azabicyclic ring with one center being at C3 when R2 is absent. The scope of this invention includes racemic mixtures and the separate stereoisomers of Formula I being 3(5) and 3(E):
Figure imgf000014_0001
3(S) 3(E)
Another group of compounds of Formula I (Azabicyclo VI) includes compounds where Azabicyclo VI moiety is either not substituted with R2 (each is absent) or has one to two substituents with one being at either C2 or C4 or when two are present, one being at each C2 and C4. When the moiety is substituted, the preferred substituents for substitution at C2 are alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; and for substitution at C4 are F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl. Stereoselective syntheses and/or subjecting the reaction product to appropriate purification steps produce substantially enantiomerically pure materials. Suitable stereoselective synthetic procedures for producing enantiomerically pure materials are well known in the art, as are procedures for purifying racemic mixtures into enantiomerically pure fractions. The compounds of the present invention having the specified stereochemistry above have different levels of activity and that for a given set of values for the variable substitutuents one isomer may be preferred over the other isomers. Although it is desirable that the stereochemical purity be as high as possible, absolute purity is not required. It is preferred to carry out stereoselective syntheses and/or to subject the reaction product to appropriate purification steps so as to produce substantially enantiomerically pure materials. Suitable stereoselective synthetic procedures for producing enantiomerically pure materials are well known in the art, as are procedures for purifying racemic mixtures into enantiomerically pure fractions.
In another aspect, the invention provides an alpha 7 nAChR full agonist of the present invention can also be administered in combination with other agents when treating symptoms associated with infection, inflammation, cancer, or diabetes. For treating these diseases or conditions, a medicament can be prepared comprising a compound of formula I. The same medicament or separate medicament(s), can be prepared comprising any one of the following: an antibacterial; antiviral agent; at least one or more anticancer agent(s) and/or antiemetic agent(s); or at least one agent to treat diabetes. For example, the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist can be co-administered with an antibacterial or antiviral agent, as one medicament or as two separate medicament, to treat an infection, for example, but not limiting, rhinitis. The alpha 7 nAChR full agonist can also be co-administered with anticancer agent(s) and/or antiemetic agent(s) when the disease or condition being treated is cancer, so there could be one medicament or separate medicaments for each agent: one medicament for the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist, at least one medicament for at least one anticancer agent, and at least one medicament for at least one antiemetic agent. And, the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist can be co-administered with at least one agent or more to treat diabetes in one medicament or as separate medicaments. One of ordinary skill in the art of using these other agents knows what is generally used for these other agents and, therefore, a list of those other agents does not need to be repeated herein. In a combination therapy, the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and the other agent(s) can be administered simultaneously or at separate intervals. When administered simultaneously, the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and the other agent(s) can be incorporated into a single pharmaceutical composition, e.g., a pharmaceutical combination therapy composition. Alternatively, more than one, e.g., two or more separate compositions, i.e., one containing an alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and the other containing, for example, the antibacterial agent, can be administered.
In another aspect, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an alpha 7 nAChR full agonist according to the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and optionally other adjuvants. Acceptable carriers, diluents, and adjuvants are any of those commercially used in the art, in particular, those used in pharmaceutical compositions comprising, for example but not limitation, an antibacterial agent. Accordingly, such carriers, diluents, and adjuvants need not be repeated here.
These compositions may be formulated with common excipients, diluents or carriers, and compressed into tablets, or formulated elixirs or solutions for convenient oral administration or administered by intramuscular intravenous routes. The compounds can be administered rectally, topically, orally, sublingually, or parenterally and maybe formulated as sustained relief dosage forms and the like.
When separately administered, therapeutically effective amounts of compositions containing and alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and other agent(s) are administered on a different schedule. One may be administered before the other as long as the time between the two administrations falls within a therapeutically effective interval. A therapeutically effective interval is a period of time beginning when one of either (a) the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist, or (b) the other agent(s) is administered to a mammal and ending at the limit of the beneficial effect in the treatment of the disease or condition to be treated from the combination of (a) and (b). The methods of administration of the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and the other agent(s) may vary. Thus, either agent or both agents may be administered rectally, topically, orally, sublingually, or parenterally.
The amount of therapeutically effective alpha 7 nAChR full agonist that is administered and the dosage regimen for treating a disease or condition with the compounds and/or compositions of this invention depends on a variety of factors, including the age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject, the severity of the disease, the route and frequency of administration, and the particular compound(s) employed, and thus may vary widely. The compositions contain well know carriers and excipients in addition to a therapeutically effective amount of alpha 7 nAChR full agonist. The pharmaceutical compositions may contain the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist in the range of about 0.001 to 100 mg kg/day for an adult, preferably in the range of about 0.1 to 50 mg/kg/day for an adult. A total daily dose of about 1 to 1000 mg of a compound of Formula I may be appropriate for an adult. The daily dose can be administered in one to four doses per day. These compositions may be formulated with common excipients, diluents or carriers, and compressed into tablets, or formulated elixirs or solutions for convenient oral administration or administered by intramuscular intravenous routes. The alpha 7 nAChR full agonist can be administered rectally, topically, orally, sublingually, or parenterally and maybe formulated as sustained relief dosage forms and the like.
The combined administration of the alpha 7 nAChR full agonist and the other agent(s) is expected to require less of the generally-prescribed dose for either agent when used alone and or is expected to result in less frequent administration of either or both agents. The skilled clinician may in fact learn that behavioral problems are secondary to the cognitive problems and can be treated with lower dosages of the other agent(s). Determining such dosages and routes of administration should be a routine determination by one skilled in the art of treating patients with the diseases or conditions discussed herein. Further aspects and embodiments of the invention may become apparent to those skilled in the art from a review of the following detailed description, taken in conjunction with the examples and the appended claims. While the invention is susceptible of embodiments in various forms, described hereafter are specific embodiments of the invention with the understanding that the present disclosure is intended as illustrative, and is not intended to limit the invention to the specific embodiments described herein.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Surprisingly, we have found that α7 nAChR full agonists administered to a mammal in need thereof provide symptomatic relief by decreasing levels of tumor narcrosis factor alpha (TNF-α), and/or by stimulating vascular angiogenesis.
The present invention claims any compound that is a full agonists to an α7 nAChR or α7 nAChR full agonists, described either herein or elsewhere and in particular, and by way of example but not limitation, some α7 nAChR full agonists are the compounds of Formula I as described herein.
The present invention claims any compound that is a full agonist relative to nicotine of an α7 Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor (nAChR), or α7 nAChR full agonists, described either herein or elsewhere and in particular, and by way of example and not limitation some α7 nAChR full agonists include compounds of Formula I as described herein. The α7 nAChR full agonists are administered in combination with psychostimulants and/or monoamine reuptake inhibitors. Alpha 7 nAChR full agonists within the scope of the present invention include compounds of Formula I: Azabicyclo-N(Rι)-C(=X)-W
Formula I wherein Azabicyclo is
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000018_0001
VII
X is O, or S;
Ro is H, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, or lower haloalkyl;
Each Ri is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl;
Each R2 is independently F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or R2 is absent;
R -3 is H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl;
Each R3 is independently H, alkyl, or substituted alkyl; R4 is H, alkyl, an amino protecting group, or an alkyl group having 1-3 substituents selected from F, Cl, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), or -N(alkyl)2;
Lower alkyl is both straight- and branched-chain moieties having from 1-4 carbon atoms;
Lower haloalkyl is lower alkyl having 1 to (2n+l) substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I where n is the maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety;
Lower substituted alkyl is lower alkyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I and further having 1 substituent selected from R5, R6, -CN, -NO2, -OR8, -SR8, -N(R8)2, -C(O)R8, -C(O)OR8, -C(S)R8, -C(O)N(R8)2, -NR8C(O)N(R8)2, -NR8C(O)R8, -S(O)R8, -S(O)2R8, -OS(O)2R8, -S(O)2N(R8)2, -NR8S(O)2R8, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Alkyl is both straight- and branched-chain moieties having from 1-6 carbon atoms; Haloalkyl is alkyl having 1 to (2n+l) substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I where n is the maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety;
Substituted alkyl is alkyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from
F, Cl, Br, or I and further having 1 substituent selected from R5, R6, -CN, -NO2, -OR8,
-SR8, -N(R8)2, -C(O)R8, -C(O)OR8, -C(S)R8, -C(O)N(R8)2, -NR8C(O)N(R8)2, -NR8C(O)R8, -S(O)R8, -S(O)2R8, -OS(O)2R8, -S(O)2N(R8)2, -NR8S(O)2R8, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Alkenyl is straight- and branched-chain moieties having from 2-6 carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond;
Haloalkenyl is alkenyl having 1 to (2n-l) substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I where n is the maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety; Substituted alkenyl is alkenyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl, and further having 1 substituent selected from R5, R6, -CN, -NO , -OR8, -SR8, -N(R8)2, -C(O)R8, -C(O)OR8, -C(S)R8, -C(O)N(R8)2, ~NR8C(O)N(R8)2,
-NR8C(O)R8, -S(O)R8, -S(O)2R8, -OS(O)2R8, -S(O)2N(R8)2, ,NR8S(O)2R8, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Alkynyl is straight- and branched-chained moieties having from 2-6 carbon atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond;
Haloalkynyl is alkynyl having 1 to (2n-3) substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I where n is the maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety; Substituted alkynyl is alkynyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl, and further having 1 substituent selected from R5, R6, -CN, -NO2, -OR8, -SR8, -N(R8)2, -C(O)R8, -C(O)OR8, -C(S)R8, -C(O)N(R8)2, -NR8C(O)N(R8)2,
-NR8C(O)R8, -S(O)R8, -S(O)2R8, -OS(O)2R8, -S(O)2N(R8)2, -NR8S(O)2R8, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Cycloalkyl is a cyclic alkyl moiety having from 3-6 carbon atoms; Halocycloalkyl is cycloalkyl having 1-4 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl;
Substituted cycloalkyl is cycloalkyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl, and further having 1 substituent selected from R5, R6, -CN, -NO2, -OR8, -SR8, -N(R8)2, -C(O)R8, -C(O)OR8, -C(S)R8, -C(O)N(R8)2, -NR8C(O)N(R8)2, -NR8C(O)R8, -S(O)R8, -S(O)2R8, -OS(O)2R8, -S(O)2N(R8)2, -NR8S(O)2R8, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I; Heterocycloalkyl is a cyclic moiety having 4-7 atoms with 1-2 atoms within the ring being -S-, -N(Rιo)-, or -O-;
Haloheterocycloalkyl is heterocycloalkyl having 1-4 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl; Substituted heterocycloalkyl is heterocycloalkyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, or Cl, and further having 1 substituent selected from R5, R6, -CN, -NO2, -OR8, -SR8, -N(R8)2, -C(O)R8, -C(O)OR8, -C(S)R8, -C(O)N(R8)2, -NR8C(O)N(R8)2, -NR8C(O)R8, -S(O)R8, -S(O)2R8, -OS(O)2R8, ~S(O)2N(R8)2, -NR8S(O)2R8, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Lactam heterocycloalkyl is a cyclic moiety having from 4-7 atoms with one atom being only nitrogen with the bond to the lactam heterocycloalkyl thru said atom being only nitrogen and having a =O on a carbon adjacent to said nitrogen, and having up to 1 additional ring atom being oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen and further having 0-2 substituents selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or R where valency allows;
Aryl is phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphthyl, or substituted naphthyl; Substituted phenyl is a phenyl either having 1-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, or having 1 substituent selected from Rπ and 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I; Substituted naphthyl is a naphthalene moiety either having 1-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, or having 1 substituent selected from Rπ and 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, where the substitution can be independently on either only one ring or both rings of said naphthalene moiety; Substituted phenoxy is a phenoxy either having 1-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, or having 1 substituent selected from Rπ and 0-2 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
R5 is 5-membered heteroaromatic mono-cyclic moieties containing within the ring 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of -O-, =N~, -N(Rιo)-, and -S-, and having 0-1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, or R5 is 9-membered fused- ring moieties having a 6-membered ring fused to a 5-membered ring and having the formula
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein Li is O, S, or NRio,
Figure imgf000021_0002
wherein L is CR12 or N, 1-^ and L3 are independently selected from CR12, C(Rι2)2, O, S, N, or NRio, provided that both L2 and L are not simultaneously O, simultaneously S, or simultaneously O and S, or
Figure imgf000021_0003
wherein L is CRi2 or N, and L2 and L are independently selected from CR12, O, S, N, or NRio, and each 9-membered fused-ring moiety having 0-1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, wherein the R5 moiety attaches to other substituents as defined in formula I at any position as valency allows;
R6 is 6-membered heteroaromatic mono-cyclic moieties containing within the ring 1-3 heteroatoms selected from =N- and having 0-1 substituent selected from R9 and 0-3 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, or R6 is 10- membered heteroaromatic bi-cyclic moieties containing within one or both rings 1-3 heteroatoms selected from =N-, including, but not limited to, quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl, each 10-membered fused-ring moiety having 0-1 substituent selected from R9 and 0-3 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, wherein the R6 moiety attaches to other substituents as defined in formula I at any position as valency allows;
R is alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, -ORπ, -CN, -NO , -N(R8)2; Each R8 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rι3, cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rι3, heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rι3, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl; R9 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, -ORi4, -SRM, -N(Ri4)2, -C(O)Rι4, -C(O)N(Rι4)2, -CN, -NRMC(O)Ri4, -S(O)2N(Rι4)2, -NRι4S(O)24, -NO2, alkyl substituted with 1-4 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or Rι3, cycloalkyl substituted with 1-4 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or Rι3, or heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1-4 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or RJ3;
R10 is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R7 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Each Rπ is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
Each Rι2 is independently H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CN, -NO2, -ORι , -SRι , -N(Rι4) ,
-C(O)Rι4, -C(O)N(Rι4)2, -NRι4C(O)Ri4, -S(O)2N(RI4)2, -NR14S(O)2Ri4, or a bond;
R13 is -OR14, -SRj4, -N(Rι4)2, -C(O)Ri4, -C(O)N(R14)2, -CN, -CF3, -NR14C(O)R14, -S(O)2N(R14)2, -NR14S(O)24, or -NO2;
Each R14 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
wherein W is (A):
Figure imgf000022_0001
(A-1) (A-2) wherein RA-ia is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, -R5, R6, -ORA-3, -ORA-4, -SRA-3, F, Cl, Br, I, -N(RA-3)2, -N(RA.5)2, -C(O)RA-3, -C(O)RA-5, -CN, -C(O)N(RA-3)2, -C(O)N(RA-6)2, -NRA-3C(O)RA-3, -S(O)RA-3, -OS(O)2RA-3, -NRA-3S(O)2RA-3, -NO2, and -N(H)C(O)N(H)RA-3; RA-ib is -O-RA-3, -S-RA-3, -S(O)-RA_3, -C(O)-RA-7, and alkyl substituted on the ω carbon with RA.7 where said ω carbon is determined by counting the longest carbon chain of the alkyl moiety with the C-1 carbon being the carbon attached to the phenyl ring attached to the core molecule and the ω carbon being the carbon furthest from said C-1 carbon;
Each RA-3 is independently selected from H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
RA-4 is selected from cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, or substituted heterocycloalkyl;
Each RA-5 is independently selected from cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
Each RA-6 is independently selected from alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
R - is selected from aryl, R5, or R6;
wherein W is (B):
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein B° is -O-, -S-, or -N(RB-O)-
B1 and B2 are independently selected from =N-, or =C(RB-I)-;
B is =N-, or =CH-, provided that when both B and B" are =C(RB-I)- and B is =CH-, only one =C(RB-I)- can be =CH-, and further provided that when B is -O-, B2 is =C(RB-ι)- and B3 is =C(H)-, B1 cannot be =N-,
RB-O is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, limited substituted alkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, or aryl, and provided that when B is (B-2) and B is =N- and B is N(RB-O), RB-O cannot be phenyl or substituted phenyl; RB-I is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, limited substituted alkyl, limited substituted alkenyl, limited substituted alkynyl, aryl, -ORB-2, -ORB-3, -SRB-2, -SRB-3, F, Cl, Br, I, -N(RB.2)2, -N(RB.3)2, -C(O)RB-2, -C(O)RB-3, -C(O)N(RB-2)2, -C(O)N(RB-3)2, -CN, -NRB-2C(O)RB-4, -S(O)2N(RB-2)2, -OS(O)2RB-4, -S(O)2RB-2, -S(O)2RB-3, -NRB-2S(O)2RB-2, -N(H)C(O)N(H)RB-2, -NO2, R5, and R6;
Limited substituted alkyl is alkyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, and further having 1 substituent on either only the ω carbon and selected from -ORB-4, -SRB_4, -N(RB- )2, -C(O)RB- , -NO2, -C(O)N(RB-4)2, -CN, -NRB-2C(O)RB-4, -S(O)2N(RB-2)2, or -NRB-2S(O)2RB-2, or on any carbon with sufficient valency but not on the ω carbon and selected from -R5, -R6, -ORβ- , -SRB-2, -N(RB-2)2, -C(O)RB-2, -NO2, -C(O)N(RB-2)2, -CN, -NRB-2C(O)RB-2, -S(O)2N(RB-2)2, -NRB-2S(O)2RB-2, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
Limited substituted alkenyl is alkenyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, and further having 1 substituent on either only the ω carbon and selected from -ORB- , -SRB-4, -N(RB-4)2, -C(O)RB-4, -NO2, -C(O)N(RB-4)2, -CN, -NRB-2C(O)RB.4, -S(O)2N(RB-2)2, or -NRB-2S(O)2RB-2, or on any carbon with sufficient valency but not on the ω carbon and selected from -R5, -R6, -ORβ. , -SRB-2, -N(RB.2)2, -C(O)RB-2, -NO2, -C(O)N(RB-2)2, -CN, -NRB-2C(O)RB-2, -S(O)2N(RB-2)2, -NRB-2S(O)2RB.2, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
Limited substituted alkynyl is alkynyl having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, and further having 1 substituent on either only the ω carbon and selected from -ORB-4, -SRB-4, -N(RB-4)2, -C(O)RB.4, -NO2, -C(O)M(RB.4)2, -CN, -NRB-2C(O)RB-4, -S(O)2N(RB-2)25 or -NRB.2S(O)2RB-2, or on any carbon with sufficient valency but not on the ω carbon and selected from -R5, -Re, -ORB-2. -SRB. , -N(RB.2)2, -C(O)RB-2, -NO2, -C(O)N(RB-2)2, -CN, -NRB.2C(O)RB-2, -S(O)2N(RB-2)2, -NRB-2S(O) RB- , phenyl, or substituted phenyl; Each RB_ is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or substituted phenyl; Each RB-3 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, limited substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl;
RB-4 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
wherein W is (C):
(C) is a six-membered heterocyclic ring system having 1-2 nitrogen atoms or a 10-membered bicyclic-six-six-f used-ring system having up to two nitrogen atoms within either or both rings, provided that no nitrogen is at a bridge of the bicyclic-six- six-fused-ring system, and further having 1-2 substitutents independently selected from Rc-r,
Each Rc-i is independently H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, -NO2, -CN, -ORc_2, -SRc-2, ~SORC-2, -SO2Rc.2, -NRc-2C(O)RC-3, -NRc-2C(O)Rc-2, -NRc-2C(O)Rc-4, -N(RC-2)2, -C(O)RC-2, -C(O)2RC-2, -C(O)N(RC-2)2, -SCN, -S(O)N(RC-2)2, -S(O)2N(Rc-2)2, -NRc-2S(O)2Rc-2, R5, or R6; Each Rc-2 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rc-5, cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rc-5, heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rc-5, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl; Each Rc-3 is independently H, alk}L or substituted alkyl;
Rc-4 is H, alkyl, an amino protecting group, or an alkyl group having 1-3 substituents selected from F, Cl, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), or -N(alkyl)2;
Rc-s is -CN, -CF3, -NO2, -ORc-6, -SRC-e, -N(RC-6)2, -C(O)RC-6, -SORC-e, -SO2Rc-e, -C(O)N(RC-e)2, -NRC-eC(O)RC-6, -S(O)2N(Rc.6)2, or -NRc-eS(O)2RC-6; Each Rc-6 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
wherein W is (D):
Figure imgf000026_0001
provided that the bond between the -C(=X)- group and the W group may be attached at any available carbon atom within the D group as provided in RD-I, RD-3, and RD-4;
D°, D1, D2, and D3 are N or C(RD- provided that up to one of D°, D1, D2, or D is N and the others are C(RD-I), further provided that when the core molecule is attached at D2 and D° or D1 is N, D3 is C(H), and further provided that there is only one attachment to the core molecule;
D ___D 5„_ D<5 is selected from N(RD-2)-C(RD-3)=C(RD-3), N=C(RD-3)-C(RD-4)2, C(RD-3)=C(RD-3)-N(RD-2), C(RD-3)2-N(RD-2)-C(RD-3)2, C(RD-4)2-C(RD-3)=N, N(RD-2)-C(RD-3)2-C(RD-3)2, C(RD-3)2-C(RD-3)2-N(RD-2), O-C(RD-3)=C(RD-3),
O-C(RD-3)2-C(RD-3)2, C(RD-3)2-O-C(RD-3)2, C(RD.3)=C(RD-3)-O, C(RD-3)2-C(RD.3)2-O, S-C(RD-3)=C(RD-3), S-C(RD-3)2-C(RD-3)2, C(RD-3)2-S-C(RD-3)2, C(RD-3)=C(RD-3)-S, or C(RD-3)2-C(RD-3)2-S; provided that when C(X) is attached to W at D2 and D6 is O, N(RD-2), or S, D4— D5 is not CH=CH; and further provided that when C(X) is attached to W at D2 and D4 is O, N(RD-2), or S, D5— D6 is not CH=CH;
Each RD-ι is independently H, F, Br, I, Cl, -CN, -CF3, -OR -5, -SRD-5, -N(RD-5)2, or a bond to -C(X)- provided that only one of RD-I, RD-3, and RD-4 is said bond;
Each RD-2 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, or R6;
Each RD-3 is independently H, F, Br, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, -CN, -NO , -ORD-IO, -C(O)N(RD-π)2, -NRD-ιoCORD2, -N(RD-io)2, -SRD-ιo, -S(O)2RD-ιo, -C(O)RD-I2, -CO2RD-IO, aryl, R5, R6, or a bond to -C(X)- provided that only one of RD-I, RD-3, and RD-4 is said bond; Each RD-4 is independently H, F, Br, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, -CN, -NO2, -ORD-IO, -C(O)N(RD-Π)2, -NRD-ιoCORD2, -N(RD-ii)2, -SRD-ιo, -CO2RD-ιo, aryl, R5, R6, or a bond to -C(X)- provided that only one of RD-I, RD-3, and RD-4 is said bond;
Each RD-5 is independently H, C1-3 alkyl, or C2-4 alkenyl;
D7 is O, S, or N(RD-2);
D8 and D9 are C(RD-I), provided that when the molecule is attached to the phenyl moiety at D9, D8 is CH; Each RD-IO is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl;
Each RD-Π is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rι3, cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rι , heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R13, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
RD-I2 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl;
wherein W is (E):
Figure imgf000027_0001
E° is CH orN;
RE-O is H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloaϋryl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, R5, R6, -ORE-3, -ORE.4, -SRE.3, -SRE.5, -N(RE.3)2, -NRE.3RE-6, -N(RE-6)2, -C(O)RE-3, -CN, -C(O)N(RE-3)2, -NRE-3C(O)RE-3, -S(O)RE-3, -S(O)RE-5, -OS(O)2RE.3, -NRE-3S(O)2RE-3, -NO2, or -N(H)C(O)N(H)RE-3;
E1 is O, CRE-ι-ι, or C(RE-ι-ι)2, provided that when E1 is CRE-ι-ι, one RE-ι is a bond to CRE.ι-ι, and further provided that at least one of E1 or E2 is O; Each RE-I-I is independently H, F, Br, Cl, CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, -ORE, or -N(RE)2, provided that at least one RE-ι-ι is H when E1 is C(RE-ι-ι)2;
Each RE-ι is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or a bond to E1 provided that E1 is CRE-ι-ι;
E2 is O, CRE-2-2, or C(RE.2- )2, provided that when E2 is CRE-2-2, one RE-2 is a bond to CRE- -2, and further provided that at least one of E or E is O;
Each RE- -2 is independently H, F, Br, Cl, CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, -ORE, or -N(RE)2, provided that at least one RE- -2 is H when E2 is C(RE.2-2)2;
Each RE-2 is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or a bond to E provided that E is CRE-2-2;
Each RE is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl; Each RE-3 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I or substituted phenyl; RB- is H, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
Each RE-5 is independently H, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, or R6;
Each RE-6 is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
wherein W is (F):
Figure imgf000029_0001
F° is C(H) wherein F1— F2— F3 is selected from O-C(RF-2)=N, O-C(RF.3)(RF-2)-N(RF- ), O-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-S, O-N=C(RF_3), O-C(RF.2)(RF-5)-O, O-C(RF.2)(RF.3)-O, S-C(RF-2)=N, S-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-N(RF.4), S-N=C(RF-3), N=C(RF-2)-O, N=C(RF.2)-S, N=C(RF.2)-N(RF.4), N(RF-4)-N=C(RF-3),
N(RF_4)-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-O, N(RF.4)-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-S, N(RF.4)-C(RF.3)(RF-2)-N(RF-4), C(RF-3)2-O-N(RF-4), C(RF_3)2-N(RF-4)-O, C(RF-3)2-N(RF.4)-S, C(RF.3)=N-O, C(RF-3)=N-S, C(RF-3)=N-N(RF-4), C(RF-3)(RF-6)-C(RF-2)(RF-6)-C(RF-3)(RF-6), or C(RF-3)2-C(RF-2)(RF-3)-C(RF-3)2; F° is N wherein F1— F2— F3 is selected from O-C(RF-2)=N,
O-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-N(RF-4), O-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-S, O-N=C(RF-3) O-C(RF-2)(RF-3)-O, S-C(RF-2)=N, S-C(RF.3)(RF-2)-N(RF-4), S-N=C(RF-3), N=C(RF-2)-O, N=C(RF-2)-S, N=C(RF-2)-N(RF- ), N(RF-4)-N=C(RF-3), N(RF-4)-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-O, N(RF.4)-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-S, N(RF-4)-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-N(RF.4), C(RF-3)2-O-N(RF-4), C(RF-3)2-N(RF-4)-O, C(RF-3)2-N(RF.4)-S, C(RF.3)=N-O, C(RF-3)=N-S,
C(RF-3)=N-N(RF-4), C(RF-3)=C(RF-2)-C(RF-3)2, or C(RF-3)2-C(RF-2)(RF-3)-C(RF-3)2; F4 is N(RF-7), O, or S;
RF-ι is H, F, Cl, Br, I, -CN, -CF3, -ORF-8, -SRF-8, or -N(RF-8)2; RF-2 is H, F, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, R5, R6, -N(RF_4)-aryl, -N(RF-4)-substituted phenyl, -N(RF-4)-substituted naphthyl, -O-substituted phenyl, -O-substituted naphthyl, -S-substituted phenyl, -S -substituted naphthyl, or alkyl substituted on the ω carbon with RF-9 where said ω carbon is determined by counting the longest carbon chain of the alkyl moiety with the C-1 carbon being the carbon attached to W and the ω carbon being the carbon furthest, e.g., separated by the greatest number of carbon atoms in the chain, from said C-1 carbon;
RF-3 is H, F, Br, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, -CN, -NO2, -ORF-8, -C(O)N(RF-8)2, -NHRF-8, -NRF-8CORF-8, -N(RF-8)2, -SRF.8, -C(O)RF-8, -CO2RF-8, aryl, R5, or R6;
RF-4 is H, or alkyl;
Each RF-5 is independently F, Br, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -ORp-s, -C(O)NH2, -NHRF-8, -SRF-8, -CO2RF-8, aryl, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, heteroaryl, -N(RF-4)-aryl, or -O-substituted aryl;
One of RF-e is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, F, Br, Cl, I, -ORF-S, -C(O)NH2, -NHRF.8, -SRF-8, -CO2RF-8, aryl, R5, or R6, and each of the other two RF_e is independently selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, F, Br, Cl, I, -ORF-S, -C(O)NH2, -NHRF-8, -SRF-8, -CO2RF-8, aryl, R5, or R6;
RF- is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
RF-8 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl;
RF-9 is aryl, R5, or R6;
wherein W is (G):
Figure imgf000030_0001
G1 is N or CH;
Each G2 is N or C(RG-ι), provided that no more than one G2 is N; Each RG-I is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, -NO2, F, Br, Cl, I, -C(O)N(RG- )2, -N(RG-3)2, -SRG.6, -S(O)2RG-6, -ORG-6, -C(O)RG.6, -CO RG-e, aryl, R5, R6, or two RG-ι on adjacent carbon atoms may combine for W to be a 6-5-6 fused-tricyclic-heteroaromatic-ring system optionally substituted on the newly formed ring where valency allows with 1-2 substitutents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, and RG.2; RG- is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, -ORG-8, -SRG-8, -S(O)2RG-8, -S(O)RG-8, -OS(O)2RG-8, -N(RG-8)2, -C(O)RG-8, -C(S)RG-8, -C(O)ORG-8, -CN, -C(O)N(RG-8)2, -NRG.8C(O)RG-8, -S(O)2N(RG-8)2, -NRG-8S(O)2RG-8, -NO2, -N(RG-8)C(O)N(RG.8)2, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl having 0-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I and RG-7, naphthyl, or naphthyl having 0-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or RG-7; provided that when G2 adjacent to the bridge N is C(RG-ι) and the other G2 are
CH, that RG-ι is other than H, F, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl or alkynyl;
Each RG. is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from RG-4, cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from RG-4, heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from RG-4, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
RG-4 is -ORG-5, -SRG-5, -N(RG-5)2, -C(O)RG-5, -SORG-5, -SO2RG-5, ~C(O)N(RG-5)2, -CN, -CF3, -NRG-5C(O)RG-5, -S(O)2N(RG-5)2, -NRG-5S(O)2RG.5, or -NO2; Each RG-5 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
RG-e is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl having 0-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, and RG-7; RG-7 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, -ORG-s, -CN, -NO2, -N(RG-3)2;
Each RG-8 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with 0-4 independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or RG-7;
wherein W is (H)
Figure imgf000032_0001
H' is N or CH;
Each RH-ι is independently F, Cl, Br, I, -CN, -NO2, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocyclcoalkyl, aryl, R5, R6, -OR8, -SR8, -SOR8, -SO2R8, -SCN, -S(O)N(R8)2, -S(O)2N(R8)2, -C(O)R8, -C(O)2R8, -C(O)N(R8)2, C(R8)=N-OR8, -NC(O)R5, -NC(O)RH-3, -NC(O)R6, -N(R8)2, -NR8C(O)R8, -NR8S(O)2R8, or two RH-ι on adjacent carbon atoms may fuse to form a 6-membered ring to give a 5-6 fused, bicyclic moiety where the 6-membered ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 substitutents selected from RH-2; mH is O, l, or 2;
RH-2 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, -ORH-3, -SRH-3,
-S(O)2RH-3, -S(O)RH-3, -OS(O)2RH-3, -N(RH-3)2, -C(O)RH-3, -C(S)RH-3, -C(O)ORH-3, -CN, -C(O)N(RH-3)2, -NRH-3C(O)RH-3, -S(O)2N(RH-3)2, -NRH-3S(O)2RH-3, -NO* -N(RH-3)C(O)N(RH-3)2, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl having 0-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I and R7, naphthyl, naphthyl having 0-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or R7, or two RH-2 on adjacent carbon atoms may combine to form a three-ring-fused-5- 6-6 system optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from Br, Cl, F, I, -CN, -NO2, -CF3, -N(RH-3)2, -N(RH-3)C(O)RH-3, alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl;
Each RH-3 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with 0-4 independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or R7; or pharmaceutical composition, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, racemic mixture, or pure enantiomer thereof. Abbreviations which are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be used (e.g., "Ph" for phenyl, "Me" for methyl, "Et" for ethyl, "h" or "hr" for hour or hours, "min" for minute or minutes, and "rt" for room temperature).
All temperatures are in degrees Centigrade. Room temperature is within the range of 15-25 degrees Celsius.
AChR refers to acetylcholine receptor. nAChR refers to nicotinic acetylcholine receptor.
Pre-senile dementia is also known as mild cognitive impairment.
5HT3R refers to the serotonin-type 3 receptor. α-btx refers to α-bungarotoxin.
FLJPR refers to a device marketed by Molecular Devices, Inc. designed to ■ precisely measure cellular fluorescence in a high throughput whole-cell assay. (Schroeder et. al., J. Biomolecular Screening, 1(2), p 75-80, 1996).
TLC refers to thin-layer chromatography. HPLC refers to high pressure liquid chromatography.
MeOH refers to methanol.
EtOH refers to ethanol.
-PA refers to isopropyl alcohol.
THF refers to tetrahydrofuran. DMSO refers to dimethylsulfoxide.
DMF refers to N,N-dimethylformamide.
EtOAc refers to ethyl acetate.
TMS refers to tetramethylsilane.
TEA refers to triethylamine. DIEA refers to N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
MLA refers to methyllycaconitine.
Ether refers to diethyl ether.
HATU refers to O-(7-azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-Ν,Ν,Ν', N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate. CDI refers to carbonyl diimidazole.
NMO refers to N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide.
TPAP refers to tetrapropylammonium perruthenate.
Na2SO refers to sodium sulfate. K2CO3 refers to potassium carbonate. MgSO4 refers to magnesium sulfate.
When Na2SO4, K2CO3, or MgSO4 is used as a drying agent, it is anhydrous. Halogen is F, Cl, Br, or I. The carbon atom content of various hydrocarbon-containing moieties is indicated by a prefix designating the minimum and maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e., the prefix Q.j indicates a moiety of the integer 'i" to the integer "j" carbon atoms, inclusive. Thus, for example, -e alkyl refers to alkyl of one to six carbon atoms. Non-inclusive examples of moieties that fall within the definition of R5 and R6 include, but are not limited to, thienyl, benzothienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, quinolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolyl, benzoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, pydridazinyl, triazinyl, isoindolyl, purinyl, oxadiazolyl, furazanyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthridinyl, and furopyridinyl.
Non-inclusive examples of heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, tetrahydrofurano, tetrahydropyrano, morpholino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazine, azetidino, azetidinono, oxindolo, dihydroimidazolo, and pyrrolidinono
Some of the amines described herein require the use of an amine-protecting group to ensure functionalization of the desired nitrogen. One of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate where, within the synthetic scheme to use said protecting group. Amino protecting group includes, but is not limited to, carbobenzyloxy (CBz), tert butoxy carbonyl (BOC) and the like. Examples of other suitable amino protecting groups are known to person skilled in the art and can be found in "Protective Groups in Organic synthesis," 3rd Edition, authored by Theodora Greene and Peter Wuts. Alkyl substituted on an ω carbon with RA-7 is determined by counting the longest carbon chain of the alkyl moiety with the C-1 carbon being the carbon attached to the W moiety and the ω carbon being the carbon furthest, e.g., separated by the greatest number of carbon atoms in the chain, from said C-1 carbon. Therefore, when determining the ω carbon, the C-1 carbon will be the carbon attached, as valency allows, to the W moiety and the ω carbon will be the carbon furthest from said C-1 carbon.
The core molecule is Azabicyclo-N(Rι)-C(=X)-:
Bond to core molecule
X
\ ^ _ U Azabicyclo
W N "core molecule" R . Mammal denotes human and other mammals.
Brine refers to an aqueous saturated sodium chloride solution.
Equ means molar equivalents.
IR refers to infrared spectroscopy.
Lv refers to leaving groups within a molecule, including Cl, OH, or mixed anhydride.
NMR refers to nuclear (proton) magnetic resonance spectroscopy, chemical shifts are reported in ppm (δ) downfield from TMS.
MS refers to mass spectrometry expressed as m/e or mass/charge unit. HRMS refers to high resolution mass spectrometry expressed as m/e or mass/charge unit. [M+H]+ refers to an ion composed of the parent plus a proton. [M-H]" refers to an ion composed of the parent minus a proton. [M+Na]+ refers to an ion composed of the parent plus a sodium ion. [M+K]+ refers to an ion composed of the parent plus a potassium ion. El refers to electron impact. ESI refers to electrospray ionization. Cl refers to chemical ionization. FAB refers to fast atom bombardment. Alpha-7 nAChR full agonists within the present invention may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases, and salts prepared from inorganic acids, and organic acids. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc, and the like. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N, N-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2- dimethylamino-ethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N- ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, and the like. Salts derived from inorganic acids include salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, phosphorous acid and the like. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic acids include salts of Cι-6 alkyl carboxylic acids, di-carboxylic acids, and tri-carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, adipic acid, and citric acid, and aryl and alkyl sulfonic acids such as toluene sulfonic acids and the like.
By the term "effective amount" of a compound as provided herein is meant a nontoxic but sufficient amount of the compound(s) to provide the desired therapeutic effect. As pointed out below, the exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the disease that is being treated, the particular compound(s) used, the mode of administration, and the like. Thus, it is not possible to specify an exact "effective amount." However, an appropriate effective amount may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using only routine experimentation. In addition to the compound(s) of Formula I, the compositions use may also comprise one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable carrier materials or excipients. A generally recognized compendium of such methods and ingredients is Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences by E.W. Martin (Mark Publ. Co., 15th Ed., 1975). The term "carrier" material or "excipient" herein means any substance, not itself a therapeutic agent, used as a carrier and/or diluent and/or adjuvant, or vehicle for delivery of a therapeutic agent to a subject or added to a pharmaceutical composition to improve its handling or storage properties or to permit or facilitate formation of a dose unit of the composition into a discrete article such as a capsule or tablet suitable for oral administration. Excipients can include, by way of illustration and not limitation, diluents, disintegrants, binding agents, adhesives, wetting agents, polymers, lubricants, glidants, substances added to mask or counteract a disagreeable taste or odor, flavors, dyes, fragrances, and substances added to improve appearance of the composition. Acceptable excipients include lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuric acids, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and then tableted or encapsulated for convenient administration. Such capsules or tablets may contain a controlled-release formulation as may be provided in a dispersion of active compound in hydroxypropyl-methyl cellulose, or other methods known to those skilled in the art. For oral administration, the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid. If desired, other active ingredients may be included in the composition. In addition to the oral dosing, noted above, the compositions of the present invention may be administered by any suitable route, e.g., parenterally, bucal, intravaginal, and rectal, in the form of a pharmaceutical composition adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended. Such routes of administration are well known to those skilled in the art. The compositions may, for example, be administered parenterally, e.g., intravascularly, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, or intramuscularly. For parenteral administration, saline solution, dextrose solution, or water may be used as a suitable carrier. Formulations for parenteral administration may be in the form of aqueous or non-aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions. These solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders or granules having one or more of the carriers or diluents mentioned for use in the formulations for oral administration. The compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, EtOH, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, and/or various buffers. Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art.
The serotonin type 3 receptor (5HT3R) is a member of a superfamily of ligand- gated ion channels, which includes the muscle and neuronal nAChR, the glycine receptor, and the γ-aminobutyric acid type A receptor. Like the other members of this receptor superfamily, the 5HT3R exhibits a large degree of sequence homology with α7 nAChR but functionally the two ligand-gated ion channels are very different. For example, α7 nAChR is rapidly inactivated, is highly permeable to calcium and is activated by acetylcholine and nicotine. On the other hand, 5HT3R is inactivated slowly, is relatively impermeable to calcium and is activated by serotonin. These experiments suggest that the α7 nAChR and 5HT3R proteins have some degree of homology, but function very differently. Indeed the pharmacology of the channels is very different. For example, Ondansetron, a highly selective 5HT3R antagonist, has little activity at the α7 nAChR. The converse is also true. For example, GTS-21, a highly selective α7 nAChR full agonist, has little activity at the 5HT3R. α7 nAChR is a ligand-gated Ca++ channel formed by a homopentamer of α7 subunits. Previous studies have established that α-bungarotoxin (α-btx) binds selectively to this homopetameric, α7 nAChR subtype, and that α7 nAChR has a high affinity binding site for both α-btx and methyllycaconitine (MLA). α7 nAChR is expressed at high levels in the hippocampus, ventral tegmental area and ascending cholinergic projections from nucleus basilis to thalamocortical areas. α7 nAChR full agonists increase neurotransmitter release, and increase cognition, arousal, attention, learning and memory.
The α7 nAChR is one receptor system that has proved to be a difficult target for testing. Native α7 nAChR is not routinely able to be stably expressed in most mammalian cell lines (Cooper and Millar, J. Neurochetn., 1997, 68(5):2140-51). Another feature that makes functional assays of α7 nAChR challenging is that the receptor is rapidly (100 milliseconds) inactivated. This rapid inactivation greatly limits the functional assays that can be used to measure channel activity. Recently, Eisele et al. has indicated that a chimeric receptor formed between the N-terminal ligand binding domain of the α7 nAChR (Eisele et al., Nature, 366(6454), p 479-83, 1993), and the pore forming C-terminal domain of the 5-HT3 receptor expressed well in Xenopus oocytes while retaining nicotinic agonist sensitivity. Eisele et al. used the N-terminus of the avian (chick) form of the α7 nAChR receptor and the C-terminus of the mouse form of the 5-HT3 gene. However, under physiological conditions the α7 nAChR is a calcium channel while the 5-HT3R is a sodium and potassium channel. Indeed, Eisele et al. teaches that the chicken α7 nAChR/mouse 5-HT3R behaves quite differently than the native α7 nAChR with the pore element not conducting calcium but actually being blocked by calcium ions. WO 00/73431 A2 reports on assay conditions under which the 5-HT3R can be made to conduct calcium. This assay may be used to screen for agonist activity at this receptor. FLIPR is designed to read the fluorescent signal from each well of a 96 or 384 well plate as fast as twice a second for up to 30 minutes. This assay may be used to accurately measure the functional pharmacology of α7 nAChR and 5HT R. To conduct such an assay, one uses cell lines that expressed functional forms of the α7 nAChR using the α7/5-HT3 channel as the drug target and cell lines that expressed functional 5HT R. In both cases, the ligand-gated ion channel was expressed in SH- EP1 cells. Both ion channels can produce robust signal in the FLIPR assay.
TNF-α is a pro-inflammatory cytokine secreted by a variety of cells, including monocytes and macrophages, in response to many inflammatory stimuli (e.g., lipoporysaccharide— LPS) or external cellular stresses (e.g., osmotic shock and peroxide). Elevated levels of TNF-α over basal levels have been implicated in mediating or exacerbating' a number of diseases or conditions involving inflammation, pain, cancer, and diabetes. TNF-α is upstream in the cytokine cascade of inflammation. By decreasing levels of TNF-α, not only are levels of TNF-α minimized, but also elevated levels of other inflammatory and proinflammatory cytokines, such as IL-1, IL-6, and IL-8. TNF-α plays a role in head trauma, stroke, and ischemia. Shohami et al., J. Cereb. Blood Flow Metab., 14, 615 (1994). TNF-α promotes the infiltration of other cytokines (IL-lbeta, IL-6) and also chemokines, which promote neutrophil infiltration into the infarct area. TNF-α plays a role in promoting certain viral life cycles and disease states associated with them; for instance, TNF-α secreted by monocytes induced elevated levels of HIV expression in a chronically infected T cell clone. Clouse et al., J. Immunol, 142, 431 (1989); Lahdevirte et al., Am. J. Med. 85, 289 (1988). TNF-α is associated with the HJN mediated states of cachexia due to cancer and muscle degradation.
TΝF-α plays a role in pancreatic beta cell destruction and diabetes. Yoon JW, and Jun HS, Diabetologia, 44(3), 271-285 (2001). Pancreatic beta cells produce insulin which helps mediate blood-glucose homeostasis. Deterioration of pancreatic beta cells often accompanies type I diabetes. Pancreatic beta cell functional abnormalities may occur in patients with type II diabetes. Type π diabetes is characterized by a functional resistance to insulin. Further, type II diabetes is also often accompanied by elevated levels of plasma glucagon and increased rates of hepatic glucose production. In rheumatoid arthritis, TNF-α induces synoviocytes and chondrocytes to produce collagenase and neutral proteases, which lead to tissue destruction within the arthritic joints. In a model of arthritis (collagen-induced arthritis (CIA) in rats and mice), intra-articular administration of TNF-α either prior to or after the induction of CIA led to an accelerated onset of arthritis and a more severe course of the disease. Brahn et al., Lymphokine Cytokine Res., 11, 253 (1992); and Cooper, Clin. Exp. Immunol, 898, 244 (1992). By reducing TNF-α levels, the resulting levels of synoviocytes and chondrocytes are also reduced to prevent or minimize the effects of rheumatoid arthritis. Alpha 7 nAChR full agonists are useful to treat, or used to prepare a medicament used to treat, diseases or conditions where a mammal receives symptomatic relief from the decrease of levels of TNF-α; these diseases or conditions include, but are not limited to, any one or more or combination of the following: rheumatoid arthritis; rheumatoid spondylitis; muscle degeneration; osteoporosis; osteoarthritis; psoriasis; contact dermatitis; bone resorption diseases; atherosclerosis; Paget's disease; uveititis; gouty arthritis; inflammatory bowel disease; adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS); Crohn's disease; rhinitis; ulcerative colitis; anaphylaxis; asthma; Reiter's syndrome; tissue rejection of a graft; ischemia reperfusion injury; brain trauma; stroke; multiple sclerosis; cerebral malaria; sepsis; septic shock; toxic shock syndrome; fever and myalgias due to infection; HIV-1, HTV- 2, or HIV-3; CMV; influenza, adeno virus, a herpes virus (including HSV-1, HSV-2); herpes zoster; multiple myeloma; acute and chronic myelogenous leukemia; cancer- associated cachexia; pancreatic beta cell destruction; type I or type II diabetes.
Some nicotinic receptors regulate vascular angiogenesis; for example, the binding of nicotine to the alpha-7 nAChR stimulates DNA synthesis and proliferation of vascular endothelial cells. Villablanca, supra. The present invention includes alpha-7 nAChR full agonists that are also useful to treat, or are used to prepare a medicament to treat, diseases or conditions where a mammal receives symptomatic relief from the stimulation of vascular angiogenesis; these diseases or conditions include, but not limited to, any one or more of the following: wound healing (healing burns, and wounds in general including from surgery), bone fracture healing, ischemic heart disease, and stable angina pectoris. The key step in the preparation of this class of compounds is the coupling of the Azabicyclo moiety with the requisite acid chloride (Lv = Cl), mixed anhydride (e.g., Lv = diphenyl phosphoryl, bis(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)phosphinyl, or acyloxy of the general formula of O-C(O)-RLV, where RLV includes phenyl or t-butyl), or carboxylic acid (Lv =OH) in the presence of an activating reagent. Suitable activating reagents are well known in the art, for examples see Kiso, Y., Yajima, H. "Peptides" pp. 39-91, San Diego, CA, Academic Press, (1995), and include, but are not limited to, agents such as carbodiimides, phosphonium and uronium salts (such as HATU).
Compounds of Formula I can be prepared as shown in Scheme 1. The key step in the preparation of this class of compounds is the coupling of an azabicyclic moiety with the requisite acid chloride (Lv = Cl), mixed anhydride (e.g., Lv = diphenyl phosphoryl, bis(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)phosphinyl, or acyloxy of the general formula of O-C(O)-RLV, where RLV includes phenyl or t-butyl), or carboxylic acid (Lv =OH) in the presence of an activating reagent. Suitable activating reagents are well known in the art, for examples see Kiso, Y., Yajima, H. "Peptides" pp. 39-91, San Diego, CA, Academic Press, (1995), and include, but are not limited to, agents such as carbodiimides, phosphonium and uronium salts (such as HATU).
Scheme 1 Azabicyclo-NH2 + Lv-C(=O)-W -> Azabicyclo-NH-C(=O)-W
Generally, the carboxylic acid is activated with a uronium salt, preferably HATU (see J. Am. Chem. Soc, 4397 (1993)), in the presence of the Azabicyclico moiety and a base such as DIEA in DMF to afford the desired amides. Alternatively, the carboxylic acid is converted to the acyl azide by using DPPA; the appropriate amine precursor is added to a solution of the appropriate anhydride or azide to give the desired final compounds. In some cases, the ester (Lv being OMe or OEt) may be reacted directly with the amine precursor in refluxing methanol or ethanol to give the compounds of Formula I.
Certain 6-substituted-[2.2.2]-3-amines (Azabicyclo 1) are known in the art. The preparation of compounds where R2 is present is described in Acta Pol Pharm. 179-85 (1981). Alternatively, the 6-substituted-[2.2.2]-3-amine can be prepared by reduction of an oxime or an imine of the corresponding 6-substituted-3- quinuclidinone by methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art (see /. Labelled Compds. Radiopharm., 53-60 (1995), /. Med. Chem. 988-995, (1998), Synth. Commun. 1895-1911 (1992), Synth. Commun. 2009-2015 (1996)). Alternatively, the 6-substituted-[2.2.2]-3-amine can be prepared from a 6-substituted-3- hydroxyquinuclidine by Mitsunobu reaction followed by deprotection as described in Synth. Commun. 1895-1911 (1995). Alternatively, the 6-substituted-[2.2.2]-3-amine can be prepared by conversion of a 6-substituted-3-hydroxyquinuclidine into the corresponding mesylate or tosylate, followed by displacement with sodium azide and reduction as described in J. Med. Chem. 587-593 (1975).
Figure imgf000042_0001
The oximes can be prepared by treatment of the 3-quinuclidinones with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of base. The imines can be prepared by treatment of the 3-quinuclidinones with a primary amine under dehydrating conditions. The 3-hydroxyquinuclidines can be prepared by reduction of the 3- quinuclidinones. The 6-substituted-3-quinuclidinones can be prepared by known procedures (see J. Gen. Chem. Russia 3791-3795, (1963), J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 7409-420 (1991), J. Org. Chem. 3982-3996 (2000)).
One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the methods described for the reaction of the unsubstituted 3-amino-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (R2=absent) are equally applicable to substituted compounds (R2 ≠ H). For where Azabicyclo is II, compounds where R2 is present can be prepared from appropriately substituted nitro alcohols using procedures described in Tetrahedron (1997), 53, p. 11121 as shown below. Methods to synthesize nitro alcohols are well known in the art (see J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1947), 69, p 2608). The scheme below is a modification of the synthesis of e-ro-3-amino-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane as the bis(hydro para-toluenesulfonate)
- A \ - salt, described in detail herein, to show how to obtain these amine precursors. The desired salt can be made using standard procedures.
Figure imgf000043_0001
e o-2-sub-[2.2.1]-3-Amine
Compounds for Azabicyclo π where. R2 is present can also be prepared by modification of intermediates described in the synthesis of exo-3 -amino- 1- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane as the bis(hydro para-toluenesulfonate) salt, described in detail herein. For example, hit 6 can be oxidized to the aldehyde and treated with an organometallic reagent to provide Int 20 using procedures described in Tetrahedron (1999), 55, p 13899. hit 20 can be converted into the amine using methods described for the synthesis of exσ-3-amino-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane as the bis(hydro para- toluenesulfonate) salt. Once the amine is obtained, the desired salt can be made using standard procedures.
Figure imgf000043_0002
The schemes used are for making exo-3-amino-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane. However, the modifications discussed are applicable to make the endo isomer also.
There are several methods by which the amine precursor for Azabicyclo in and Azabicyclo IV can be obtained:
Figure imgf000044_0001
tan-5-amine [2.2.1]-5-Amine
Figure imgf000044_0002
n-6-amine [2.2.1]-6-Amine where Lv can be -CH2Ph, -CH(Me)Ph, -OH, -OMe, or -OCH2Ph.
The respective amine precursors for Azabicyclo m and Azabicyclo IV can be prepared by reduction of an oxime or an imine of the corresponding N-2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]- heptanone by methods known to one skilled in the art (see J. Labelled Compds.
Radiopharm., 53-60 (1995), J. Med. Chem. 988-995, (1998), Synth. Commun. 1895- 1911 (1992), Synth. Commun. 2009-2015 (1996)). The oximes can be prepared by treatment of the N-2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanones with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base. The imines can be prepared by treatment of the N-2- azabicyclo[2.2.1]-heptanones with a primary amine under dehydrating conditions. The N-2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanones can be prepared by known procedures (see Tet. Lett. 1419-1422 (1999), J. Med. Chem. 2184-2191 (1992), /. Med. Chem. 706-720 (2000), J. Org. Chem., 4602-4616 (1995)).
The exo- and e«dø-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-amines are prepared from 1- azabicyclic[3.2.1]octan-3-one (Thill, B. P., Aaron, H. S., J. Org. Chem., 4376-4380 (1968)) according to the general procedure as discussed in Lewin, A.H., et al., J. Med. Chem., 988-995 (1998).
Figure imgf000044_0003
One of ordinary skill in the art will also recognize that the methods described for the reaction of the unsubstituted l-azabicyclo[3.2. l]octan-3-amine or 1- azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonan-3-amine (R2=absent) are equally applicable to substituted compounds (R2 present). The R2 substituent may be introduced as known to one skilled in the art through standard alkylation chemistry. Exposure of 1- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-one or l-azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonan-3-one to a hindered base such as LDA (lithium diisopropylamide) in a solvent such as THF or ether between 0°C to -78°C followed by the addition of an alkylating agent (R2Lv, where Lv = Cl, Br, I, OTs, etc.) will, after being allowed to warm to about 0°C to rt followed by an aqueous workup, provide the desired compound as a mixture of isomers. Chromatographic resolution (flash, HPLC, or chiral HPLC) will provided the desired purified alkylated ketones. From there, formation of the oxime and subsequent reduction will provide the desired endo or exo isomers.
AMINES
Preparation of N-(2S,3i?)-2-methyl- 1 -azabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-3-amine dihydrochloride (2S-methyl-2.2.2- Amine): See, e.g., US 20020042428 Al.
Preparation of the l-asafoicydo-2.2.1 Amines:
Synthesis of e o-3-amino-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane as the bis(hydro para-toluenesulfonate) salt (eΛ'o-[2.2.1]-Amine)
Figure imgf000045_0001
exo-[2.2.1]-Amine
Step A. Preparation of 2-(benzoyloxy)-l-nitroethane (Int 1).
Benzoyl chloride (14.9 mL, 128 mmol) is added to a stirred solution of nitroethanol (9.2 mL, 128 mmol) in dry benzene (120 mL). The solution is refluxed for 24 hr and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (80:20) affords it 1 as a white solid (68% yield): 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 8.0, 7.6, 7.4, 4.9, 4.8.
Step B. Preparation of ethyl E-4-(benzylamino)-2-butenoate (Int 2). Ethyl E-4-bromo-2-butenoate (10 mL, 56 mmol, tech grade) is added to a stirred solution of benzylamine (16 mL, 146 mmol) in CH C1 (200 mL) at rt. The reaction mixture stirs for 15 min, and is diluted with ether (1 L). The mixture is washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (3x) and water, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (70:30) affords Int 2 as a clear oil (62% yield): 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.4-7.2, 7.0, 6.0, 4.2, 3.8, 3.4, 2.1-1.8, 1.3.
Step C. Preparation of tran s-4-mito- 1 -(phenylmethyl)-3-pynolidineacetic acid ethyl ester (Int 3). A solution of hit 1 (6.81 g, 34.9 mmol) and Int 2 (7.65 g, 34.9 mmol) in EtOH
(70 mL) stirs at rt for 15 h and is then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is diluted with ether (100 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (100 mL). The organic layer is separated and dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with hexanes- EtOAc (85: 15) affords h t 3 as a clear oil (76% yield): 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.4-7.3, 4.8-4.7, 4.1, 3.8-3.6, 3.3-3.0, 2.7-2.6, 2.4-2.3, 1.2.
Step D. Preparation of tr n5,-4-amino-l-(phenylmethyl)-3-pyrrolidineacetic acid ethyl ester (hit 4). A mixture of hit 3 (3.28 g, 11.2 mmol) and RaNi (1.5 g) in EtOH (100 mL) is placed in a Pan bottle and hydrogenated for 4 h under an atmosphere of hydrogen (46 psi) at rt. The mixture is filtered through a pad of Celite, and the solvent is removed in vacuo to afford Int 4 as a clear oil (100% yield): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.3- 7.2, 4.1, 3.6, 3.2, 3.0-2.9, 2.8, 2.8-2.6, 2.6-2.4, 2.30-2.2, 1.2.
Step E. Preparation of trans-4-( 1 , 1 -dimethylethoxycarbonylamido)- 1 -
(phenylmethyl)-3-pyrrolidineacetic acid ethyl ester (Int 5). Di-tert-butyldicarbonate (3.67 g, 16.8 mmol) is added to a stined solution of Int 4 (2.94 g, 11.2 mmol) in CH2C12 (30 mL) cooled in an ice bath. The reaction is allowed to warm to rt and stined overnight. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (80:20) affords hit 5 as a white solid (77% yield): 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.4-7.2, 5.1-4.9, 4.1, 4.0-3.8, 3.6, 3.2-3.0, 2.8-2.6, 2.5-2.4, 2.3-2.1, 1.4, 1.3.
Step F. Preparation of trans (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-l- (N-phenylmethyl) pynolidine (hit 6).
LiAlH4 powder (627 mg, 16.5 mmol) is added in small portions to a stined solution of Int 5 (3.0 g, 8.3 mmol) in anhydrous THF (125 mL) in a -5°C bath. The mixture is stined for 20 min in a -5°C bath, then quenched by the sequential addition of water (0.6 mL), 15% (w/v) aqueous NaOH (0.6 mL) and water (1.8 mL). Excess anhydrous K2CO3 is added, and the mixture is stined for 1 h, then filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with EtOAc affords Int 6 as a white solid (94% yield): 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 7.4-7.3, 5.3-5.2, 4.1-4.0, 3.9-3.7, 3.3-3.2, 2.8-2.7, 2.3-2.1, 1.7, 1.5.
Int 6 is a racemic mixture that can be resolved via chromatography using a
Diacel chiral pack AD column. From the two enantiomers thus obtained, the (+)-enantiomer, [α]25o +35 (c 1.0, MeOH), gives rise to the corresponding enantiomerically pure exo-4-S final compounds, whereas the (-)-enantiomer, [α]25o - 34 (c 0.98, MeOH), gives rise to enantiomerically pure exo-4-R final compounds. The methods described herein use the (+)-enantiomer of Int 6 to obtain the enantiomerically pure exo-4-S final compounds. However, the methods used are equally applicable to the (-)-enantiomer of Int 6, making non-critical changes to the methods provided herein to obtain the enantiomerically pure exo-4-R final compounds.
Step G. Preparation of exo 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-l- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (Int 7). TEA (8.0 g, 78.9 mml) is added to a stined solution of Int 6 (2.5 g, 7.8 mmol) in CH2C12 (50 mL), and the reaction is cooled in an ice-water bath. CH3SO Cl (5.5 g, 47.8 mmol) is then added drop wise, and the mixture is stined for 10 min in an ice- water bath. The resulting yellow mixture is diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution, extracted with CH2C12 several times until no product remains in the aqueous layer by TLC. The organic layers are combined, washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in EtOH (85 mL) and is heated to reflux for 16 h. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool to rt, transfened to a Pan bottle and treated with 10% Pd/C catalyst (1.25 g). The bottle is placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen (53 psi) for 16 h. The mixture is filtered through Celite, and fresh catalyst (10% Pd/C, 1.25 g) is added. Hydrogenolysis continues overnight. The process is repeated three more times until the hydrogenolysis is complete. The final mixture is filtered through Celite and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with CHCl3-MeOH-NH4OH (90:9.5:0.5) affords hit 7 as a white solid (46% yield): H NMR (CDC13) δ 5.6-5.5, 3.8-3.7, 3.3-3.2, 2.8-2.7, 2.0-1.8, 1.7-1.5, 1.5.
Step H. Preparation of e o-3-amino-l-azabicyclo[2.2. ljheptane bis(hydro- αr -toluenesulf onate) . Pαra-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (1.46 g, 7.68 mmol) is added to a stined solution of hit 7 (770 mg, 3.63 mmol) in EtOH (50 mL). The reaction mixture is heated to reflux for 10 h, followed by cooling to rt. The precipitate is collected by vacuum filtration and washed with cold EtOH to give e o-[2.2.1]-Amine as a white solid (84% yield): 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.7, 7.3, 3.9-3.7, 3.7-3.3, 3.2, 2.4, 2.3-2.2, 1.9-1.8.
Synthesis of e/.-fc-3-amino- 1 -azabicyclo[2.2. l]heptane as the bis(hydro para-toluenesulfonate) salt (eπt t -[2.2.1]-Amine):
Figure imgf000049_0001
e
Step I. Preparation of ethyl 5-hydroxy-6-oxo-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine-4- carboxylate (Int 10).
Absolute EtOH (92.0 mL, 1.58 mol) is added to a mechanically stined suspension of potassium ethoxide (33.2 g, 395 mmol) in dry toluene (0.470 L). When the mixture is homogeneous, 2-pyrrolidinone (33.6 g, 395 mmol) is added, and then a solution of diethyl oxalate (53.1 mL, 390 mmol) in toluene (98 mL) is added via an addition funnel. After complete addition, toluene (118 mL) and EtOH (78 mL) are added sequentially. The mixture is heated to reflux for 18 h. The mixture is cooled to rt and aqueous HC1 (150 mL of a 6.0 M solution) is added. The mixture is mechanically stined for 15 min. The aqueous layer is extracted with CH2C12, and the combined organic layers are dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow residue. The residue is recrystallized from EtOAc to afford hit 10 as a yellow solid (38% yield): 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 11.4, 7.4, 4.3, 3.4, 2.6, 1.3.
Step J. Preparation of ethyl c s-3-hydroxy-2-oxopiperidine-4-carboxylate (Int
11).
A mixture of Int 10 (15 g, 81 mmol) and 5% rhodium on carbon (2.0 g) in glacial acetic acid is placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen (52 psi). The mixture is shaken for 72 h. The mixture is filtered through Celite, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to afford Int 11 as a white solid (98% yield): 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 6.3, 4.2, 4.0-3.8, 3.4, 3.3-3.2, 2.2, 1.3. Step K. Preparation of cis- 4-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-3-ol (Int 12). hit 11 (3.7 g, 19.9 mmol) as a solid is added in small portions to a stined solution of L1AIH in THF (80 mL of a 1.0 M solution) in an ice-water bath. The mixture is warmed to rt, and then the reaction is heated to reflux for 48 h. The mixture is cooled in an ice-water bath before water (3.0 mL, 170 mmol) is added dropwise, followed by the sequential addition of NaOH (3.0 mL of a 15% (w/v) solution) and water (9.0 mL, 500 mmol). Excess K2CO3 is added, and the mixture is stined vigorously for 15 min. The mixture is filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to afford hit 12 as a yellow powder (70% yield): 1H NMR (OMSO-d6) δ 4.3, 4.1, 3.7, 3.5-3.2, 2.9-2.7, 2.5-2.3, 1.5, 1.3.
Step L. Preparation of benzyl cw-3-hydroxy-4-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine- 1 - carboxylate (Int 13).
N-(benzyloxy carbonyloxy)succinimide (3.04 g, 12.2 mmol) is added to a stined solution of hit 12 (1.6 g, 12.2 mmol) in saturated aqueous ΝaHCO3 (15 mL) at rt. The mixture is stined at rt for 18 h. The organic and aqueous layers are separated. The aqueous layer is extracted with ether (3X). The combined organic layers are dried (K2CO3), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford Int 13 as a yellow oil (99% yield): 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 7.4-7.3, 5.2, 4.3, 4.1, 3.8-3.7, 3.0-2.8, 2.1, 1.9-1.7, 1.4.
Step M. Preparation of benzyl cw-3-hydroxy-4-[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl oxymethyl]piperidine-l -carboxylate (Int 14).
Pαrα-toluenesulfonyl chloride (1.0 g, 5.3 mmol) is added to a stined solution of Int 13 (3.6 g, 5.3 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) in a -15°C bath. The mixture is stined for 4 h, followed by addition of HCl (4.5 mL of a 6.0 M solution). CH2C1 (5 mL) is added. The organic and aqueous layers are separated. The aqueous layer is extracted with CH C12. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford Int 14 as a colorless oil (78% yield): 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 7.8, 7.4-7.2, 5.1, 4.3-4.2, 4.1, 3.9-3.8, 2.9-2.7, 2.4, 1.9, 1.6-1.3.
Step N. Preparation of e o-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-ol (hit 15).
A mixture of Int 14 (3.6 g, 8.6 mmol) and 10% Pd/C catalyst (500 mg) in
EtOH (50 mL) is placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen. The mixture is shaken for 16 h. The mixture is filtered through Celite. Solid NaHCO3 (1.1 g, 13 mmol) is added to the filtrate, and the mixture is heated in an oil bath at 50°C for 5 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in saturated aqueous K2CO3 solution. Continuous extraction of the aqueous layer using a liquid-liquid extraction apparatus (18 h), followed by drying the organic layer over anhydrous K2CO3 and removal of the solvent in vacuo affords Int 15 as a white solid (91% yield): 1H NMR δ 3.8, 3.0-2.8, 2.6-2.5, 2.4-2.3, 1.7, 1.1.
Step O. Preparation of en o-3-azido-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (hit 16). To a mixture of h t 15 (1.0 g, 8.9 mmol) and triphenyl phosphine (3.0 g, 11.5 mmol) in toluene-THF (50 mL, 3:2) in an ice- water bath are added sequentially a solution of hydrazoic acid in toluene (15 mL of ca. 2 M solution) and a solution of diethyl azadicarboxylate (1.8 mL, 11.5 mmol) in toluene (20 mL). The mixture is allowed to warm to rt and stir for 18 h. The mixture is extracted with aqueous 1.0M HCl solution. The aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers are discarded. The pH of the aqueous layer is adjusted to 9 with 50% aqueous NaOH solution. The aqueous layer is extracted with CH2C12 (3X), and the combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with CHCl3-MeOH-NH4OH (92:7: 1) affords Int 16 as a colorless oil (41% yield): 1H NMR (CDCI3) 54.1, 3.2, 2.8, 2.7-2.5, 2.2, 1.9, 1.5.
Step P. Preparation of e«-io-3-amino-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane bis(hydro- p ra-toluenesulf onate) . A mixture of h t 16 (250 mg, 1.8 mmol) and 10% Pd/C catalyst (12 mg) in
EtOH (10 mL) is placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen (15 psi). The mixture is stined for 1 h at rt. The mixture is filtered through Celite, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in EtOH (10 mL) mdpara- toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (690 mg, 3.7 mmol) is added. The mixture is stined for 30 min, and the precipitate is filtered. The precipitate is washed sequentially with cold EtOH and ether. The precipitate is dried in vacuo to afford endo-[2.2.1 -A ine as a white solid (85% yield): 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.7, 7.3, 4.2,
3.9, 3.6-3.4, 3.3-3.2, 2.4, 2.3, 2.1. Preparation of exo -tert -butyl (IS, 2R, 4R)-(+)-2-amino-7- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-7-carboxylate (7-aza-[2.2.1]-Amine):
Figure imgf000052_0001
7-aza-[2.2.1]-Amine Preparation of methyl-3-bromo-propiolate:
Methyl propiolate (52 ml, 0.583 mole) is combined with recrystallized N- bromo-succinimide (120 g, 0.674 mole) in 1,700 ml acetone under nitrogen. The solution is treated with silver nitrate (9.9 g, 0.0583 mole) neat in a single lot and the reaction is stined 6 h at RT. The acetone is removed under reduced pressure (25°C, bath temperature) to provide a gray sluny. The slurry is washed with 2 x 200 ml hexane, the gray solid is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to provide 95 g of a pale yellow oily residue. The crude material was distilled via short path under reduced pressure (65°C, about 25 mm Hg) into a dry ice/acetone cooled receiver to give 83.7 g (88%) of methyl-3-bromo-propiolate as a pale yellow oil. Anal, calc'd for C4H3BrO2: C, 29.48; H, 1.86. Found: C, 29.09; H, 1.97.
Preparation of 7-tert-butyl 2-methyl 3-bromo-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hepta-2,5- diene-2,7-dicarboxylate.
Methyl-3-bromo-propiolate (83.7 g, 0.513 mole) is added to N-t-butyloxy- pynole (430 ml, 2.57 mole) under nitrogen. The dark mixture is warmed in a 90 °C bath for 30 h, is cooled, and the bulk of the excess N-t-butyloxy-pynole is removed in vacuo using a dry ice/acetone condenser. The dark oily residue is chromatographed over 1 kg silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 0-15% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to afford 97 g (57%) of 1-tert- butyl 2-methyl 3-bromo-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hepta-2,5-diene-2,7-dicarboxylate as a dark yellow oil. HRMS (FAB) calc'd for C13H16BrΝO4+H: 330.0341, found 330.0335 (M+H)+. Preparation of (+/-) En o-7-tert-butyl 2-methyl 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 2,7-dicarboxylate.
7-tert-Butyl 2-methyl 3-bromo-7-azabicyclo[2.2. l]hepta-2,5-diene-2,7- dicarboxylate (97 g, 0.294 mole) is added to 10% Pd/C (6.8g) in 900 ml absolute ΕtOH in a PARR bottle. The suspension is diluted with a solution of NaHCO3 (25 g, 0.301 mole) in 250 ml water and the mixture is hydrogenated at 50 PSI for 2.5 h. The catalyst is removed by filtration, is washed with fresh ΕtOH, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue is partitioned between 1 x 200 ml saturated NaHCO3 and CH2C12 (4 x 100 ml). The combined organic layer is dried (1:1 K2CO3/MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to afford 72.8 g (98%) of (+/-) endo- 7-tert-butyl 2-methyl 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,7-dicarboxylate. MS (ET) for Cι4H22O4, m/z: 255 (M)+.
Preparation of (+/-) exø-7-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 2-carboxylic acid.
(+l-)Endo-7-tert-hutyl 2-methyl 7-azabicyclo[2.2. l]heptane-2,7-dicarboxylate (72.8 g, 0.285 mole) is dissolved in 1000 ml dry MeOH in a dried flask under nitrogen. The solution is treated with solid NaOMe (38.5 g, 0.713 mole) neat, in a single lot and the reaction is warmed to reflux for 4h. The mixture is cooled to 0°C, is treated with 400 ml water, and the reaction is stined lh as it warms to RT. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo to about 400 ml and the pH of the aqueous residue is adjusted to 4.5 with 12N HCl. The precipitate is collected and dried. The tan, slightly tacky solid is washed with 2 x 100 ml 60% ether in hexane and is dried to provide 47 g (68%) of exo-7-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylic acid as an off-white powder. HRMS (FAB) calc'd for Cι29NO4+H: 242.1392, found 242.1390 (M+H)+.
Preparation of (+/-) exo-tert-buty\ 2-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-7- azabicyclo[2.2.1]lιeptane-7-carboxylate. (+/-)Exo-7-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylic acid (32.5 g, 0.135 mole) is combined with TEA (24.4 ml, 0.175 mole) in 560 ml dry toluene in a dry flask under nitrogen. The solution is treated drop- wise with diphenylphosphoryl azide (37.7 ml, 0.175 mole), and is allowed to stir for 20 min at RT. The mixture is treated with benzyl alcohol (18.1 ml, 0.175 mole), and the reaction is stined overnight at 50°C. The mixture is cooled, is extracted successively with 2 x 250 ml 5% citric acid, 2 x 200 ml water, 2 x 200 ml saturated sodium bicarbonate, and 2 x 100 ml saturated NaCl. The organic layer is dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to an amber oil. The crude material was chromatographed over 800 g silica gel (230-400 mesh), eluting with 15-50% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to give 44 g (94%) of (+/-) exo-tert-butyl 2- {[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-7 -carboxylate as a pale oil. 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 1.29-1.60, 1.44, 1.62-2.01, 3.76-3.88, 4.10, 4.24, 5.10, 7.36 ppm.
Preparation of exo-tert-butyl (IS, 2R, 4R)-(+)-2{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl] amino }- 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-7-carboxylate and exo-tert-butyl (IE, 2S, 4S)-(-)- 2 { [(benzyloxy)carbonyl] amino } -7-azabicyclo [2.2.1 ]heptane-7 -carboxylate. The isolated (+/-) exo-tert-butyl 2-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-7- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-7-carboxylate is resolved via preparative chiral HPLC (50x500 mm Chiralcel OJ column, 30 deg. C, 70 mL/min. 10/90 (v/v) isopropanol/heptane). The resolution affords 10.5 g of exo-tert-butyl (IS, 22?, 4E)-(+)- 2{ [(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-7-carboxylate and 15.5 g of exo-tert-butyl-(lE, 2S, 4S)(-)-2{ [(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-7- azabicyclo[2.2. l]heptane-7-carboxylate.
The 2R enantiomer is triturated with 12 ml ether followed by 12 ml hexane (to remove lingering diastereo and enantiomeric impurities) and is dried to afford 9.5 g (43%) of purified exo-tert-butyl (IS, 2R, 4i?)-(+)-2{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-7- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-7 -carboxylate with 99% enantiomeric excess. MS (ET) for Cι9H26N2O4, m/z: 346 (M)+. [α]25 D = 22, (c 0.42, chloroform).
The 2S enantiomer is triturated with 20 ml ether followed by 20 ml hexane to give 14 g (64%) of purified exo-tert-butyl (IE, 2S, 4S)-(-)-
2{ [(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-7-carboxylate with 99% enantiomeric excess. MS (ET) for Cι9H26N2O4, /z: 346 (M)+. [α]25 D = -23, (c 0.39, chloroform).
Preparation of exo-tert-butyl-(lS, 2R, 4E)-(+)-2-amino-7- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-7-carboxylate (7-aza-[2.2.1]-Amine). Exo-tert-butyl (IS, 2R, 4R)-(+)-2{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-7- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-7-carboxylate (9.5 g, 27.4 mmol) is combined with 950 mg 10% Pd/C in 75 ml absolute ΕtOH in a 500 ml Pan bottle. The reaction mixture is hydrogenated at 50 PSI for 3h, the catalyst is removed by filtration, and the filter cake was washed with MeOH. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give 6.4 g of a residue. The crude material is chromatographed over 200 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 7% CH3OH/CHCl3 containing 1% cone. NH4OH. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to give 5.61 g (96%) of exo-tert-butyl-(lS, 2R, 4E)-(+)-2-amino-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-7-carboxylate as a pale oil. MS (ET) for CπH20N2O2, m/z: 212 (M)+. [α]25D = 9, (c 0.67, chloroform).
Preparation of l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-amine:
Preparation of the 3J?,5J?-[3.2.1]-Amine:
(3S)-l-[(S)-l-Phenethyl]-5-oxo-3-pyrrolidine-carboxylic acid:
According to the literature procedure (Nielsen et al. J. Med. Chem 1990, 70-
77), a mixture of itaconic acid (123.17 g, 946.7 mmol) and (S)-(-)-α-methyl benzylamine (122.0 mL, 946.4 mmol) were heated (neat) in a 160°C oil bath for 4 h.
Upon cooling, MeOH (-200 mL) was added and the resulting solid collected by filtration. The solid was treated with ΕtOH (-700 mL) and warmed using a steam bath until -450 mL solvent remained. After cooling to rt, the solid was collected and dried to afford 83.2 g as a white crystalline solid: [α]25 D = -80 (c 0.97, DMSO). MS
(ET) m/z 233 (M+).
The lack of a resonance 3.59 indicates a single diastereomer. The other diastereomer can be retrieved from the initial MeOH triturant. Attempts to crystallize this material generally led to small quantities of (3ES)-l-[(S)-l-phenethyl]-5-oxo-3- pynolidine-carboxylic acid.
(3S)-l-[(S)-l-PhenethyI]-3-(hydrosymethyl)pyrrolidine: A suspension (3S)-l-[(S)-l-phenethyl]-5-oxo-3-pynolidine-carboxylic acid
(82.30 g, 352.8 mmol) in Εt2O (200 mL) was added in small portions to a slurry of LiAlH4 (17.41 g, 458.6 mmol) in Et2O (700 mL). The mixture began to reflux during the addition. The addition funnel containing the suspension was rinsed with Et2O (2 x 50 mL), and the mixture was heated in a 50 °C oil bath for an additional 2 h and first allowed to cool to rt and then further cooled using an ice bath. The mixture was carefully treated with H2O (62 mL). The resulting precipitate was filtered, rinsed with Et2O, and discarded. The filtrate was concentrated to a yellow oil. When EtOAc was added to the oil, a solid began to form. Hexane was then added and removed by filtration and dried to afford 43.3 g as a white solid. [α]25 D = -71 (c 0.94, CHC13). MS (ET) m/z 205 (M+).
(3R)-l-[(S)-l-Phenethyl]-3-(cyanomethyl)pyrrolidine: A solution of (3S)-l-[(S)-l-phenethyl]-3-(hydroxymethyl)pynolidine (42.75 g,
208.23 mmol) in chloroform (350 mL) was heated to reflux under N . The solution was treated with a solution of thionyl chloride (41.8 mL, 573 mmol) in chloroform (40 mL) dropwise over 45 min. The mixture stined for an additional 30 min, was cooled and concentrated. The residue was diluted with H2O (-200 mL), 1 N NaOH was added until a pH - 8 (pH paper). A small portion (-50 mL) of sat. NaHCO was added and the basic mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 400 mL), washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give 46.51 g of a red-orange oil for (3S)-l-[(S)-l-phenethyl]-3-(chloromethyl)pynolidine: Rf: 0.50 (EtOAc-hexane 1:1); MS (ESI+) m/z 224.2 (MH+). The chloride (46.35 g, 208.0 mmol) was transfened to a flask, dimethyl sulfoxide (200 mL) was added, and the solution was treated with
NaCN (17.84 g, 363.9 mmol). The mixture was heated under N2 in a 100°C oil bath overnight and was cooled. The brown mixture was poured into H2O (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (1000 mL in portions). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O (6 x -50 mL), brine (-100 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give 40.61 g as an orange-red oil: Rf. 0.40 (EtOAc-PhCH 1:1). MS (ESI+) for m/z 215.2 (M+H+).
(3IS)-MethyI l-[(S)-l-phenylethly]pyrroIidine-3-acetate:
Acetyl chloride (270 mL, 3.8 mol) was carefully added to a flask containing chilled (0°C) methanol (1100 mL). After the addition was complete, the acidic solution stined for 45 min (0 °C) and then (3R)-l-[(S)-l-phenethyl]-3- (cyanomethyl)pynolidine (40.50 g, 189.0 mmol) in methanol (200 mL) was added.
The ice bath was removed and the mixture stined for 100 h at rt. The resulting suspension was concentrated. Water (-600 mL) was added, the mixture stined for 45 min and then the pH was adjusted (made basic) through the addition of -700 mL sat. aq. NaHCO . The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 300 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered through celite and concentrated to give 36.86 g as an orange-red oil. MS (ESI+) m/z 248.2 (M+H+).
(5R)-l-Aζabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-one hydrochloride:
A solution of (3R)-methyl l-[(S)-l-phenylethly]pynolidine-3-acetate (25.72g, 104.0 mmol) in THF (265 mL) was cooled under N2 in a CO2/acetone bath. Next, ICH2C1 (22.7 mL, 312.0 mmol) was added, and the mixture stined for 30 min. A solution of 2.0M lithium diisopropylamide (heptane/THF/ethylbenzene, 156 mL, 312 mmol) was added slowly over 30 min. The internal temperature reached a maximum of -^l0oC during this addition. After 1 h, sat. NH C1 (100 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm to rt. The organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The resulting red-brown foam was chromatographed (300 g SiO2, CHCl3-MeOH-NH4OH (89:10:1) followed by CHCl3-MeOH (3:1). The product fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford (5i?)-3-oxo-l-[(lS)-l-phenylethyl]-l- azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane chloride (10.12g) as a tan foam (MS (ESI+) m/z 230.1 (M+H+). This foam (10.1 g, 38 mmol) was taken up in MeOH (500 mL), 10% Pd(C) (3.0 g) added and the mixture was hydrogenated (45 psi) overnight. The mixture was filtered and re-subjected to the reduction conditions (9.1 g, 10% Pd/C, 50 psi). After 5 h, TLC indicated the consumption of the (5R)-3-oxo-l-[(lS)-l-phenylethyl]-l- azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane chloride. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and triturated (minimal iPrOH) to give 3.73 g in two crops, as an off-white solid: [α]25o = 33 (c 0.97, DMSO). MS (El) m/z 125 (M+).
(3/^-5J?)-l-a-_abicy o[3.2.1]octan-3-aιnine dihydrochloride:
To a flask containing (5E)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-one hydrochloride (3.64 g, 22.6 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.04 g, 29.4 mmol), and ethanol (130 mL) was added sodium acetate trihydrate (9.23 g, 67.8 mmol). The mixture stined for
3 h and was filtered and concentrated. The resulting white solid was taken up in n- propanol (100 mL) and sodium (-13.6 g, 618 mmol) was added over 20-25 portions.
The reaction spontaneously began to reflux, and the reaction was heated in an oil bath (100°C). The addition was complete in -20 min and the mixture had solidified after -40 min. The oil bath was removed and n-propanol (2 x 25 mL) was added dissolving the remaining sodium metal. The mixture was carefully quenched through the dropwise addition of H2O (100 mL). Saturated aq. NaCl (20 mL) was added, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, treated with freshly prepared MeOH/HCl, and concentrated. The resulting solid was triturated with 30 mL EtOH, filtered and dried in vaccuo to afford 3.51 g as a white solid: [α]25 D = -3 (c 0.94, DMSO). MS (FAB) m/z 127 (MH+).
Preparation of enefo-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-amine dihydrochloride
(øwrfø-[3.2.1]-Λπιhιe):
Figure imgf000058_0001
A mixture of l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-one hydrochloride (2.80 g, 17.3 mmol), ethanol (25 mL), and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.56 g, 22.4 mmol) is treated with sodium acetate trihydrate (7.07 g, 51.2 mmol). The mixture is stined for 3 h and evaporated in vacuo. The residue is diluted with CH2C12, treated with charcoal, filtered and evaporated. The resulting oxime (3.1 mmol) is treated with acetic acid (30 mL) and hydrogenated at 50 psi over PtO2 (50 mg) for 12 h. The mixture is then filtered and evaporated. The residue is taken up in a minimal amount of water (6 mL) and the pH is adjusted to >12 using solid NaOH. The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate (4 X 25 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered, treated with ethereal HCl, and evaporated to give the give en_-O-[3.2.1]-Amine.
Preparation of the 3.2.2 Amines:
Figure imgf000058_0002
tert-Butyl 4-(2-oxopropylidene)piperidine-l -carboxylate (hit 101): Sodium hydride (60% oil dispersion, 2.01 g, 50.2 mmol) is washed with pentane (3X) and suspended in dry THF (40 mL). The solution is cooled to 0°C before diethyl (2-oxopropyl)phosphonate (9.75 g, 50.2 mmol) is added dropwise. After complete addition, the solution is warmed to rt and stined for 30 min. tert- Butyl 4-oxo- 1-piperidinecarboxylate (5.0g, 25.1 mmol) is added in portions over 10 min, followed by stining at rt for 2 h. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride is added, followed by dilution with ether. The organic layer is extracted with water. The organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to a yellow oil. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with hexanes-ether (60:40) gave 4.5 g (75%)of hit 101 as a white solid: 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 6.2, 3.5, 3.4, 2.9, 2.3, 2.2, 1.5.
Preparation of tert-butyl 4-(2-oxopropyl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (Int 102): A mixture of Int 101 (4.5 g, 19 mmol) and 10% palladium on activated carbon (450mg) in EtOH (150 mL) is placed in a Pan bottle and hydrogenated for 5 h at 50 psi. The mixture is filtered through Celite, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to afford 4.3 g (94%) of hit 102 as a clear oil: 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 4.1, 2.8, 2.4, 2.2, 2.0, 1.7, 1.5, 1.1. tert-Butyl 4-(3-bromo-2-oxopropyl)piperidine-l -carboxylate (hit 103):
To a stined solution lithium hexamethyldisiiylamide in THF (20. 0 mL, 1.0 M) in a -78 °C bath is added chlorotrimethylsilane (11.0 mL, 86.4 mmol) dropwise. The mixture is stined at -78 °C for 20 min, followed by addition of Int 102 (3.21 g, 13.3 mmol) in a solution of THF (50 mL) dropwise. After complete addition, the mixture is stirred at -78 °C for 30 min. The mixture is warmed to 0°C in an ice-water bath and phenyltrimethylammonium tribromide (5.25 g, 14.0 mmol) is added. The mixture is stined in an ice-bath for 30 min, followed by the addition of water and ether. The aqueous layer is washed with ether, and the combined organic layers are washed with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution. The organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford a yellow oil. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with hexanes-ether (60:40) gave 2.2 g (52%) of hit 103 as a It. yellow oil: 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 4.2-4.1, 3.9, 2.8, 2.7, 2.6, 2.1- 2.0, 1.7, 1.5, 1.2-1.1.2. l-Bromo-3-piperidin-4-ylacetone trifluoroacetate (Int 104): To a stined solution of Int 103 (2.2 g, 6.9 mmol) in CH2C12 (30 mL) in an ice- water bath is added trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL, 130 mmol). The mixture is stined at 0°C for 30 min. The volatiles are removed in vacuo to afford 2.0 g (87%) of Int 104 as a yellow residue: MS (ESI) for C85BrNO [M+H] m/e 220. l-Azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonan-3-one (Int 105):
To a stined solution of DIEA (13 mL) in acetoniltrile (680 mL) at reflux temperature is added a solution of Int 104 (2.0 g, 6.0 mmol) in acetonitrile (125 mL) over a 4 h period via syringe pump. The mixture is kept at reflux temperature overnight. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the remaining residue is partitioned between a saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution and CHC13- MeOH (90:10). The aqueous layer is extracted with CHCl3-MeOH (90:10), and the combined organic layers are dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a brown oil. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel. Elution with CHCl3-MeOH-NH4OH (95:4.5:0.5) gives 600 mg (72%) of Int 105 as a clear solid: 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 3.7, 3.3-3.2, 3.1-3.0, 2.7, 2.3, 2.0-1.8. l-Azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonan-3-amine bis(4-methylbenzenesulfonate) ([3.2.2]- Amine):
To a stined mixture of Int 105 (330 mg, 2.4 mmol) and sodium acetate»trihydrate (670 mg, 4.8 mmol) in EtOH (6.0 mL) is added hydroxylamine ydrochloride (200 mg, 2.8 mmol). The mixture is stined at rt for 10 h. The mixture is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid. To a solution of the solid (350 mg, 2.3 mmol) in n-propanol (30 mL) at reflux temperature is added sodium metal (2.0 g, 87 mmol) in small portions over 30 min. Heating at reflux is continued for 2 h. The solution is cooled to rt and brine is added. The mixture is extracted with n-propanol, and the combined organic layers are concentrated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in CHC13 and the remaining solids are filtered. The filtrate is dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a clear solid. To a stined solution of the solid (320 mg, 2.3 mmol) in EtOH (4 mL) is added p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (875 mg, 4.6 mmol). The solution is warmed in a water bath to 45°C for 30 min, followed by concentration of the solvent to afford 710 mg (62%) of [3.2.2]-Amine as a white solid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.7, 7.3, 4.1-3.9,
3.6-3.4, 2.6-2.5, 2.4, 2.2-2.1, 2.1-2.0, 1.9.
Resolution of stereoisomers: The amine can be coupled to form the appropriate amides or thioamides as a racemic mixture. The racemic mixture can then be resolved by chromatography using chiral columns or chiral HPLC, techniques widely known in the art, to provide the requisite resolved enantiomers 3(E) and 3(S) of said amides.
Coupling procedures using the Azabicyclo moieties discussed herein with various W moieties discussed herein to prepare compounds of formula I are discussed in the following, all of which are incorporated herein by reference: US 6,492,386; US 6,500,840; US 6,562,816; US 2003/0045540A1; US 2003/0055043 Al; US 2003/0069296A1; US 2003/0073707A1; US 2003/015089A1; US 2003/0130305 Al; US 2003/0153595 Al; WO 03/037896; WO 03/40147; WO 03/070728; WO 03/070731; WO 03/070732. Although the compounds made therein may be for one specific Azabicyclo moiety, the procedures discussed, or slight non-critical changes thereof, can be used to make the compounds of formula I. The intermediates providing the W of formula I either are commercially available or prepared using known procedures, making non-critical changes.
Compounds of Formula I where W is (D) are made using the coupling procedures discussed herein and in the literature, making non-critical changes to obtain the desired compounds. The following intermediates to provide W as (D) of formula I are for exemplification only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Other intermediates within the scope of the present invention can be obtained using known procedures or by making slight modifications to known procedures.
Intermediate Dl: ftιror2-3-c1pyridine-5-carbθ- ylic acid
There are many routes for obtaining the carboxylic acid including the preparation of the acid discussed herein and also from hydrolyzing the ester, the preparation of which is discussed in US 6,265,580. n-Butyl furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxylate is hydrolyzed to the conesponding carboxylate salt on treatment with sodium or potassium hydroxide in aqueous methanol or acetonitrile-methanol mixtures. Acidification to pH 2.5-3.5 generates the carboxylic acid, which is isolated as a solid. The free base can also be prepared directly from n-butyl furo[2,3- c]pyridine-5-carboxylate by direct condensation using at least 1.5 molar equivalents of (R)-3-aminoquinuclidine and heating in ethanol or n-butyl alcohol.
2-Chloro-3-pyridinol (20.0 g, 0.154 mole), NaHCO3 (19.5g, 0.232 mole, 1.5 equ), and 150 mL of water are placed in a flask. The flask is placed in an oil bath at 90°C, and after 5 min, 37% aqueous formaldehyde (40.5 mL, 0.541 mole, 3.5 equ) is added in six unequal doses in the following order: 12 mL, 3 8 mL, then 2.2 mL all at 90-min intervals and then the final 2.3 mL after the reaction stirs for 15 h at 90°C. The reaction is stined at 90°C for another 4 h and then cooled by placing the flask in an ice bath. The pH of the reaction is then adjusted to 1 using 6N HCl. The reaction is stined for 1.5 h in an ice bath allowing an undesired solid to form. The undesired solid is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is extracted seven times with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are concentrated in vacuo, toluene is added to the flask and removed in vacuo to azeotrope water, and then CH C1 is added and removed in vacuo to obtain 2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3-pyridinol (I-l-D) as a pale yellow solid (81% yield) sufficiently pure for subsequent reaction. MS (El) for C6HeClNO2, m/z 159 (M)+.
I-l-D (11.6 g, 72.7 mmol) and NaHCO3 (18.3 g, 218 mmol) are added to 200 mL H2O. The mixture is stined until homogeneous, the flask is placed in an ice bath, iodine (19.4 g, 76.3 mmol) is added, and the reaction is stined over the weekend at rt. The pH of the mixture is adjusted to 3 with 2N NaHSO4, and the mixture is extracted with 4 x 50 mL EtOAc. The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), is filtered., and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid. The crude solid is washed with EtOAc to provide 2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodo-3-pyridinol (I-2-D) as an off- white solid (62% yield), and the filtrate is concentrated to a small volume and is chromatographed over 250 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 2.5:4.5:4:0.1 EtOAc/CH Cl2/hexane/acetic acid to afford additional pure I-2-D (12% yield). MS (El) for C6H5CHNO2, m/z: 285(M)+.
I-2-D (13.9 g, 48.6 mmol) is combined with trimethylsilylacetylene (9.6 mL, 68 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride (1.02 g, 1.46 mmol) and cuprous iodide (139 mg, 0.73 mmol) in 80 mL CHCl3/40 mL THF under N2. TEA (21 mL, 151 mmol) is added, and the reaction is stined 3 h at rt and is diluted with 200 mL CHC13. The mixture is washed with 2 x 150 mL 5% HCl and the combined aqueous layers are extracted with 2 x 50 mL CHC13. The combined organic layer is washed with 100 mL 50% saturated NaCl, is dried (MgSO4), and concentrated in vacuo to an amber oil. The crude material is chromatographed over 350 g silica gel (230-400 mesh), eluting with 35% EtOAc/hexane to afford 2-chloro-6- (hydroxymethyl)-4-[(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]-3-pyridinol (I-3-D) as a golden solid (92% yield). MS (ET) for CπHι4ClNO2Si, m/z: 255(M)+.
I-3-D (7.9 g, 31.2 mmol) and cuprous iodide (297 mg, 1.6 mmol) in 60 mL EtOH/60 mL TEA are added to a flask. The reaction is placed in an oil bath at 70°C for 3.5h, is cooled to rt, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is partitioned between 100 mL 5% HCl and CH2C12 (4 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 6.5 g of a crude amber solid. The crude material is chromatographed over 300 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 30-40% EtOAc/hexane. Two sets of fractions with two different desired compounds are identified by TLC/UV. The two compounds eluted separately. The early-eluting pool of fractions is combined and concentrated to afford [7-chloro-2- (trimethylsilyl)furo[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl]methanol (I-5-D as a white solid (46% yield). The later-eluting pool of fractions is combined and concentrated to provide (7- chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)methanol (I-4-D) as a white solid (27% yield). MS (El) for C8H6ClNO2, m/z: 183 (M)+ for I-4-D. HRMS (FAB) calculated for CπHι4ClNO2Si m/z: 255.0482, found 255.0481 for I-5-D. I-5-D (1.05 g, 4.1 mmol) and 10% Pd/C catalyst (1.05 g) are placed in 20 mL absolute EtOH. Cyclohexene (4 mL, 40.1 mmol) is added, and the reaction is refluxed for 2.5h, and then filtered through celite. The filter cake is washed with 1:1 EtOH/CH Cl2, and the filtrate is concentrated to a pale yellow solid. The residue is partitioned between 40 mL saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with CH2C12 (4 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo to a pale oil (1.04 g). The pale oil is chromatographed over 50 g silica gel (230- 400 mesh) eluting with 50-70% EtOAc/hexane to afford 5-hydroxymethyl-2- trimethylsilyl-furo[2,3-c]pyridine (I-14-D) as a white solid (90% yield). MS (El) for CπHι5NO2Si, m/z: 221(M)+. I-14-D (770 mg, 3.48 mmol) is dissolved in 10 mL MeOH. 2N NaOH (3 mL,
6 mmol) is added, and the reaction is stined for 1.5 h at rt. The solution is concentrated in vacuo to a residue. Water (20 mL) is added to the residue and extracted with 4 10 mL CH2C12. The combined organic layer is dried (K2CO3), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford furo[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl methanol (I-16-D) as a white solid (90% yield). Analysis calculated for C8H7NO2: C, 64.42; H, 4.73; N, 9.39. Found: C, 64.60; H, 4.56; N, 9.44.
Alternatively, 1-3 -D is used to obtain I-16-D with fewer steps: I-3-D (44.6 g, 174.4 mmol) is combined with cuprous iodide (1.66 g, 8.72 mmol) and diisopropylamine (44 ml, 300 mmol) in 300 ml methanol under nitrogen. The reaction is warmed to 45-50°C for 6 h, is cooled to rt and treated with 100 ml saturated NaHCO3 followed by 100 ml 2N NaOH. The dark mixture is stined overnight, filtered through celite, the volatiles removed in vacuo and the residue is partitioned between 1 x 500 ml water and 4 x 200 ml CH C12 (some filtrations is required to effect good separation). The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to afford I-4-D (25.25g, 79%) as a pale orange solid. Anal. Calcd for C8H6ClNO2: C,52.34; H,3.29; N/7.63. Found: C,52.27; H,3.23; N,7.57.
I-4-D (32.0 g, 174 mmol) is combined with zinc powder (34.2 g, 523 mmol) in absolute EtOH (900 mL), using an overhead stiner. The mixture is heated to 70°C, HCl (87.2 mL, 1.05 mol) is added slowly drop-wise, and the mixture is heated to reflux for 1 h. The mixture is cooled slightly, filtered to remove the metallic zinc and concentrated to near-dryness. The yellow oil is diluted with H2O (150 mL) and EtOAc (950 mL) and is treated slowly drop-wise with 20% Na2CO3 (310 mL) as the mixture is warmed to reflux. The vigorously stined (using overhead stiner) mixture is refluxed for 1 h, cooled slightly and the organics removed via cannula under reduced pressure. Additional EtOAc (600 mL) is added, the mixture is heated to reflux for 1 h, cooled slightly and the organics removed as above. More EtOAc (600 mL) is added, the mixture is stirred at rt overnight then heated to reflux for 1 h, cooled slightly and most of the organics removed as above. The remaining mixture is filtered through celite, rinsed with EtOAc until no additional product elutes, and the layers separated. The aqueous layer is further extracted with EtOAc (2 X 400 mL). The combined organics are dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to a dark yellow solid (23.6 g). The crude material is chromatographed over 900 g sluny-packed silica gel, eluting with 60% EtOAc / hexane (3 L), 70% EtOAc / hexane (2 L), and finally 100% EtOAc. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford I-16-D (19.5 g, 75%) as a white solid. Anal. Calcd for C8H7NO2: C,64.42; H,4.73; N,9.39; Found: C,64.60; H,4.56; N-9.44. Oxalyl chloride (685μL, 7.8 mmol) is dissolved in 30 mL CH2C12 in a dry flask under N2. The flask is placed in a dry-ice/acetone bath, DMSO (1.11 mL, 15.6 mmol) in 5 mL CH2C12 is added drop-wise, and the mixture is stined for 20 min. I-16-D (1.0 g, 6.7 mmol) in 10 mL CH2C12 is added, and the reaction is stined 30 min at -78°C. TEA (4.7 mL, 33.5 mmol) is added, the reaction is allowed to warm to rt, is stirred lh, and washed with 25 mL saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer is dried (K2CO3), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to an orange solid. The crude material is chromatographed over 50 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 33% EtOAc/ hexane to provide furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde (I-17-D) as a white solid (86% yield). MS (ET) for C8H5NO2, m/z: 147 (M)+.
I-17-D (850 mg, 5.8 mmol) is dissolved in 10 mL DMSO. KH2PO4 (221 mg, 1.6 mmol) in 3 mL H2O is added and then NaClO (920 mg, 8.2 mmol) in 7 mL H O is added, and the reaction is stirred 3 h at rt. The reaction is diluted with 25 mL water, the pH is adjusted to 10 with 2N NaOH, and the mixture is extracted with 3 x 20 mL ether. The combined ether layer is discarded. The pH of the aqueous layer is adjusted to 3.5 with 10% aqueous HCl and is extracted with 13 x 10 mL 10% MeOH/CH2Cl2. The MeOH/CH2Cl2 organic layer is dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to a pale oil. The residual DMSO is removed under a stream of N2 at rt to provide a white paste. The paste is dissolved in MeOH and concentrated to dryness. The white solid is washed with ether and dried to afford crude furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxylic acid (I-18-D) (94% yield). MS (ESI) for C8H5NO3, 162.8 (M-H)-.
Intermediate D2: Furor3,2-c1pyridine-6-carboxylie add
3-Bromofuran (8.99 mL, 100.0 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (8.5 mL), cooled to 0°C, treated dropwise with POCl3 (9.79 mL, 105.0 mmol), stined for 1 h at RT and then heated to 80°C for 2 h. The mixture is cooled to RT, poured over ice (1 kg) and neutralized to pH 9 with solid K2CO3. The mixture is stined for 1 h, extracted with Et2O (3 X 500 mL), dried (K CO3) and concentrated to a dark brown oil. The crude material is chromatographed over 600 g sluny-packed silica gel, eluting with 6% EtOAc/hexane (4L), 8% EtOAc/hexane (2L), 10% EtOAc/hexane (IL), and finally 20% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford 14.22 g (81%) of 3-bromo-2-furaldehyde as a yellow oil. MS (El) m/z: 174 (M+). 3-Bromo-2-furaldehyde (14.22 g, 81.3 mmol) is combined with ethylene glycol (6.55 mL, 117.4 mmol) and pαrα-toluene sulfonic acid monohydrate (772 mg, 4.06 mmol) in benzene (200 mL) and heated to reflux with a Dean-Stark trap for 5 h. Additional ethylene glycol (1.64 mL, 29.41 mmol) and benzene (150 mL) are added and the solution is heated for an additional 2 h. The mixture is cooled to RT, treated with saturated NaHCO3 and stined for 0.5 h. The layers are separated and the organics are dried (Na SO4) and concentrated to a brown oil (18.8 g). The crude material is chromatographed over 700 g slurry-packed silica gel, eluting with 15% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford 16.45 g (92%) of 2-(3-bromo-2-furyl)-l,3-dioxolane as a yellow-orange oil. MS (El) m/z: 218 (M+).
2-(3-Bromo-2-furyl)-l,3-dioxolane (438 mg, 2.0 mmol) is dissolved in Et2O (5 mL) in a dry flask under nitrogen, cooled to -78°C, treated dropwise with tert- butyllithium (2.59 mL, 4.4 mmol) and stined for 1 h. DMF (178 μL, 2.3 mmol) in Et2O (2 mL) is added dropwise, the mixture stined for 4 h at -78°C, then treated with oxalic acid dihydrate (504 mg, 4.0 mmol) followed by water (2 mL). The cooling bath is removed and the mixture allowed to warm to RT over 1 h. The mixture is diluted with water (20 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL), the layers are separated and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (1 X 20 mL). The organics are dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to a yellow oil. The crude material is chromatographed over 12 g slurry-packed silica gel, eluting with 15% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford 228 mg (68%) of 2-(l,3-dioxolan-2- yl)-3-furaldehyde as a pale yellow oil. MS (El) m/z: 168 (M+).
2-(l,3-Dioxolan-2-yl)-3-furaldehyde (2.91 g, 17.31 mmol) is combined with formic acid (17 mL, 451 mmol) and water (4.25 mL) and stined at RT for 18 h. The mixture is slowly transfened into a solution of NaHCO3 (45 g, 541 mmol) in water (600 mL), then strined for 0.5 h. EtOAc (200 mL) is added, the layers separated and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (2 X 200 mL). The combined organics are dried (Na SO4) and concentrated to a yellow oil (3.28 g). The crude material is chromatographed over 90 g slurry-packed silica gel, eluting with 20% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to afford 2.45 g of furan-2,3- dicarbaldehyde slightly contaminated with ethylene glycol diformate as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 7.00 (d, /= 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (d, 7= 2 Hz, 1 H), 10.07 (s, 1 H), 10.49 (s, 1 H) ppm.
Methyl (acetylamino)(dimethoxyphosphoryl)acetate (2.34 g, 9.8 mmol) is dissolved in CHC1 (40 mL), treated with DBU (1.46 mL, 9.8 mmol), stined for 5 min then added dropwise to a 0°C solution of furan-2,3-dicarbaldehyde (1.65 g, 8.9 mmol) in CHC1 (80 mL). The mixture is stined for 2.5 h as the cooling bath expires then 5.5 h at RT and finally 24 h at 50°C. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo to a yellow oily-solid (6.66 g). The crude material is chromatographed over a standard lOOg slurry-packed silica gel, eluting with 65% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford 1.30 g (82%) of methyl furo[3,2- c]pyridine-6-carboxylate as a yellow solid. MS (El) m/z: 177 (M*).
Methyl furo[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxylate (1.55 g, 8.74 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (30 mL) and H2O (15 mL), treated with 3 N NaOH (6.4 mL) and stined at RT for 7 h. The mixture is concentrated to dryness, dissolved in H2O (10 mL) and acidified to pH 2 with concentrated HCl. The solution is concentrated to dryness, suspended in a smaller amount of water (7 mL) and the resulting solid collected via filtration (lot A). The filtrate is concentrated, triturated with water (3 mL) and the resulting solid collected via filtration (lot B). The filtrate from lot B is concentrated and canied on without further purification as an acid/salt mixture (lot C). Both lots A and B are dried in a vacuum oven at 50°C for 18 h to afford 690 mg (48%) for lot A and 591 mg (42%) for lot B of furo[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxylic acid as yellow solids. MS (CT) m/z : 164 (M + H+).
Intermediate D3: 7-Chloroftιro[2 -e1pyridine-5-carbos:ylie acid Oxalyl chloride (3.1 mL, 35 mmol) is dissolved in 200 mL CH C12 in a dried flask under N2. The flask is placed in a dry-ice/acetone bath at -78°C, DMSO (4.95 mL, 70 mmol) in 10 mL CH2C12 is added drop- wise, and the mixture is stined for 20 min. (7-Chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)methanol (I-4-D) (5.5 g, 30 mmol) in 10 mL
CH2C12 is added, and the reaction is stined 30 min at -78°C. TEA (21.3 mL, 153 mmol) is then added. The reaction is stined 30 min in the dry-ice/acetone bath, an ice bath replaces the dry-ice/acetone bath, and the reaction is stined 1 h and is washed with 100 mL 1:1 saturated NaCl/NaHCO3. The organic layer is dried (K2CO3), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 7-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carbaldehyde (I-6-D) as a pale yellow solid (97% yield). MS (El) for C8H4ClNO2 m/z: 181 (M)+.
I-6-D (3.0 g, 16.5 mmol) is dissolved in 40 mL DMSO. KH2PO4 (561 mg, 4.1 mmol) in 6.5 mL H2O is added and then NaClO2 (2.6 g, 23.1 mmol) in 24 mL H2O is added, and the reaction is stined overnight at rt. The reaction is diluted with 200 mL H2O, the pH is adjusted to 9 with 2N NaOH, and any remaining aldehyde is extracted into 3 x 50 mL ether. The pH of the aqueous layer is adjusted to 3 with 10% aqueous HCl and is extracted with 4 x 50 mL EtOAc. The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to a white solid. The solid is washed with ether and dried to afford 7-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid (I-7-D) (55% yield). MS (Cl) for H1CINO3, /z: 198 (M+H).
Intermediate D4: 2,3-Dihvdrofuror2,3-clpyridine-5-carbo.sylic acid
I-7-D (980 mg, 4.98 mmol) is dissolved in 75 mL MeOH containing 500 mg 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon in a 250 mL Pan shaker bottle. The reaction mixture is hydrogenated at 20 PSI for 24 h. The catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to a white solid. The solid is dissolved in MeOH and is loaded onto 20 mL Dowex 50W-X2 ion exchange resin (hydrogen form) which had been prewashed with MeOH. The column is eluted with 50 mL MeOH followed by 150 mL 5% TEA in MeOH to afford 2,3-dihydrofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid (I-8-D) (74% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C8H7NO3+H: 166.0504, found 166.0498 (M+H).
Intermediate D5: 3,3-Din ethyl-23-dihydrofuro[23-e1pyridine-5-carbo^yϊie acid 2-Chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodo-3-pyridinol (I-2-D) (6.3 g, 22 mmol) is dissolved in 30 mL DMF in a dry flask under N2. The flask is placed in an ice bath, and 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil (880 mg, 22 mmol) is added. The reaction is stined 30 min while the flask is kept in an ice bath. The ice bath is removed for 30 min and then the flask is placed back into the ice bath to cool the reaction. 3-Bromo- 2-methylpropene (23.1 mmol) is added, and the reaction is stined overnight at rt. The reaction is diluted with 150 mL EtOAc and is washed with 4 x 50 mL 50% saturated 1:1 NaCl/NaHCO3. The organic layer is dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo to a pale oil which is crystallized from hexanes to afford (6- chloro-4-iodo-5-[(2-methyl-2-propenyl)oxy]-2-pyridinyl)methanol (I-19-D) (86% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for Cι0HπClINO2+H: 339.9603, found 339.9604 (M+H).
I-19-D (6.3 g, 18.9 mmol), sodium formate (1.49 g, 21.8 mmol), TEA (8 mL, 57.2 mmol), palladium acetate (202 mg, 0.9 mmol) and tetra (n-butyl)ammonium chloride (5.25 g, 18.9 mmol) are added to 30 mL DMF in a dry flask under N2. The reaction is warmed to 60°C for 5h, is poured into 150 mL EtOAc, and is washed with 4 x 50 mL 50% saturated 1:1 NaCl/NaHCO3. The organic layer is dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to a pale oil. The crude material is chromatographed over 40 g silica gel (Biotage), eluting with 30% EtOAc/hexane to afford (7 -chloro-3.3-dimethyl-2.3-dihydrofuro[2,3-clpyridin-5-yl)methanol (I-20-D) (54% yield). MS (El) for Cι02ClNO2, m/z: 213 (M)+.
I-20-D (2.11 g, 9.9 mmol) and 600 mg 10% Pd/C catalyst are placed in 30 mL EtOH in a 250 mL Pan shaker bottle. 2N NaOH (5 mL, 10 mmol) is then added and the mixture is hydrogenated at 20 PSI for 2.5 h. The catalyst is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to an aqueous residue. Saturated NaHCO3 (20 mL) is added to the residue and extracted with 4 x 20 mL CH2C12. The combined organic layer is dried (K2CO3), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford (3,3- dimethyl-2,3-dihydrofuro[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)methanol (I-21-D) (92% yield). MS (El) for CιoHι3NO2, m/z: 179 (M)+.
Oxalyl chloride (869 μL, 9.9 mmol) is dissolved in 50 mL CH2C12 in a dry flask under N2. The flask is placed in a dry-ice/acetone bath at -78°C, DMSO (1.41 mL, 19.8 mmol) in 5 mL CH2C1 is added drop- wise, and the mixture is stined for 20 min. 1-21-D (1.53 g, 8.5 mmol) in 5 mL CH2C12 is then added, and the reaction is stined 30 min at -78°C. TEA (5.9 mL, 42.5 mmol) is added and the reaction is stined 20 min at -78°C. The dry-ice/acetone bath is removed, the reaction is stirred Ih, and the reaction is washed with 25 mL saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer is dried (K2CO3), filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo to an orange solid. The crude material is chromatographed over 40 g silica gel (Biotage) eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to afford 3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde
(1-22-D) (92% yield). MS (El) for CioHnNO2, m/z: 11 (M)+.
1-22-D (1.35 g, 7.62 mmol) is dissolved in 40 mL THF, 20 mL t-butanol, and
20 mL H2O. KH2PO4 (3.1 lg, 22.9 mmol) and NaClO2 (2.58 g, 22.9 mmol) are added, and the reaction is stined over the weekend at rt. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo to a residue. The residue is partitioned between 20 mL water and CH2C12 (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo to afford crude 3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydrofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxylic acid (1-23-D) (99% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for Cι0HπNO3+H: 194.0817, found 194.0808 (M+H).
Intermediate D6: 2-Methylfuror2.3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid
2-Chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodo-3-pyridinol (I-2-D) (4.6 g, 16 mmol), propargyl trimethylsilane (2 g, 17.8 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride (156 mg, 0.21 mmol), cuprous iodide (122 mg, 0.64 mmol), and piperidine (3.52 mL, 26.6 mmol) are added to 25 mL DMF in a dry flask under N2. The mixture is warmed to 45°C for 7 h, is stined overnight at rt, and is diluted with 150 mL EtOAc. The mixture is washed with 4 x 50 mL 50% saturated 1:1 NaCl/NaHCO3. The organic layer is dried (Na2SO ), filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo to an amber oil. The crude material is chromatographed over 40 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 35% EtOAc/hexane to afford (7-chloro-2-methylfuro[2,3- c]pyridin-5-yl)methanol (I-24-D) (44% yield). MS (CT) for C9H8ClNO2, m/z: 198 (M+H). I-24-D (2.0 g, 10.8 mmol) is added to 500 mg 10% Pd/C catalyst in 25 mL
EtOH in a 250 mL Pan shaker bottle. 2N NaOH (6 mL, 12 mmol) is added, and the reaction is hydrogenated at 20 PSI for 6 h. The catalyst is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to an aqueous residue. The residue is partitioned between 50 mL 50% saturated NaCl and 30 mL CH2C1 . The organic layer is dried (K7CO3), filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo to afford (2-methylfuro[2,3- c]pyridin-5-yl)methanol (I-25-D) (77% yield). MS (Cl) for C9H9NO2, m/z: 164 (M+H).
Oxalyl chloride (784 μL, 8.9 mmol) is dissolved in 25 mL CH C12 in a dry flask under N2. The flask is placed in a dry-ice/acetone bath at -78°C, and DMSO (1.26 mL, 17.8 mmol) in 5 mL CH2C12 is added. The mixture is stined for 20 min and I-25-D (1.53 g, 8.5 mmol) in 5 mL CH2C12 is added. The reaction is stined 1 h,
TEA (5.9 mL, 42.5 mmol) is added, and the reaction is stined 30 min at -78°C. The flask is placed in an ice bath, and the reaction is stined 1 h. The reaction is washed with 50 mL saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer is dried (K2CO3), filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo to a tan solid. The crude material is chromatographed over 40 g silica gel (Biotage) eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to afford 2-methylfuro[2,3- c]ρyridine-5-carbaldehyde (I-26-D) (99% yield). MS (El) for C9H7NO2, m/z: 161 (M)+.
I-26-D (1.15 g, 7.1 mmol) is dissolved in 40 mL THF, 20 mL t-butanol, and 20 mL H2O. 2-Methyl-2-butene (6.5 mL, 57.4 mmol) is added, and then KH2PO4 (3.1 lg, 22.9 mmol) and NaClO2 (2.58 g, 22.9 mmol) are added. The reaction is stined 6 h at rt. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo. Water (20 ml) is added to the residue, a white solid remained. The white solid is collected, washed with water and then with ether, and is dried to afford 2-methylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid (I-27-D) (70% yield). MS (El) for C9H7NO3, m/z: 177 (M)+.
Intermediate D7: 3-Methylfuror2.3-e1pyridine-5-cartoo-syIic acid 2-Chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodo-3-pyridinol (I-2-D) (7.14 g, 25.0 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (50 mL) in a dry flask under N , sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil) (1.0 g, 25.0 mmol) is added, and the reaction is stined for 1 h at rt. Allyl bromide (2.38 mL, 27.5 mmol) is added, and the reaction mixture is stined 48h at rt. The mixture is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed 4 x 25 mL of a 50% saturated solution of 1 : 1 NaCl/NaHCO3. The organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a white solid. The solid is washed with hexane and dried to afford 3-(allyloxy)-2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodopyridine (I-50-D) as a white solid (68% yield). MS (ET) for C9H9ClINO2, m/z: 325 (M)+.
I-50-D (5.51 g, 16.9 mmol) is suspended in benzene (30 mL) in a dry flask under N . Azo(bis)isobutyryl nitrile (289 mg, 1.8 mmol) is added, the mixture is rapidly heated to reflux, and tributyltin hydride (4.91 mL, 18.2 mmol) in benzene (10 mL) is added. The solution is refluxed for 1.5 h, allowed to cool to rt and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is chromatographed over 125 g sluny- packed silica gel, eluting with a gradient of EtOAc/hexane (20% - 60%) to afford (7- chloro-3-methyl-2,3-dihydrofuro[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)methanol (1-51-D) as a white solid (89% yield). MS (ESI) for C9H10C1NO2+H, m/z: 200.1 (M+H).
1-51-D (3.00 g, 15.0 mmol) is added to 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon (800 mg) and 2N NaOH (9.2 mL, 18.2 mmol) in a Parr shaker bottle. The mixture is hydrogenated at 20 PSI for 3 h, is filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo to a residue. The resulting residue is partitioned between H2O (50 mL) and CH2C12 (4 x 30 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to a colorless oil which solidified upon standing to afford 2.50 g (greater than 100% yield) of (3-methyl-2,3-dihydrofuro[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)methanol (1-52-D) as a white crystalline solid. MS (El) for C9HπNO2, m/z: 165 (M)+.
1-52-D (2.48 g, 15.03 mmol) is dissolved in pyridine (15 mL), and acetic anhydride (4.18 mL, 45.09 mmol) is added and stined for 16 h at rt under N2. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo, and the residue is diluted with EtOAc (75 mL), washed with 50% saturated NaHCO3 (4 x 30 mL), and dried (MgSO4). The organic layer is filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford (3-methyl-2,3-dihydrofuro[2,3- c]pyridin-5-yl)methyl acetate (1-53-D) as a colorless oil (92% yield). MS (El) for CπHι3NO3, m/z: 207 (M)+.
1-53-D (2.85 g, 13.8 mmol) is dissolved in dioxane (100 mL), 2,3,5,6- tertachlorobenzoquinone (3.72 g, 15.1 mmol) is added, and the reaction is heated to reflux for 17 h. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The resulting brown solid is washed with 1:1 EtO Ac/ether (50 mL), and the insoluble material filtered off. The filtrate is concentrated to a brown solid, dissolved in MeOH (50 mL), treated with 2N NaOH (16 mL, 32 mmol), and stined at rt for 1 h. The mixture is concentrated to dryness, dissolved in IN NaOH (75 mL), and extracted with CH2C12 (4 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (K2CO3), filtered, and concentrated to a white solid (2.0 g). The crude material is adsorbed onto silica gel (4 g) and chromatographed over a standard 40 g Biotage column, eluting with 90% EtOAc/hexane to afford (3-methylfuro[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)methanol (I-54-D) as a white solid (84% yield). MS (El) for C9H9NO2, m/z: 163 (M)+.
Oxalyl chloride (1.16 mL, 13.2 mmol) is added to CH C12 (30 mL) in a dry flask under N2 and in a dry-ice/acetone bath at -78°C. DMSO (18.80 mL, 26.5 mmol) is slowly added. The solution is stined for 20 min, and I-54-D (1.88 g, 11.5 mmol) is added. The mixture is stined for 1 h at -78°C, then 30 min at 0-5°C. The material is washed with saturated NaHCO3 (75 mL), dried (K2CO3), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid (3.23 g). The crude material is adsorbed onto silica gel (6 g) and chromatographed over a standard 40 g Biotage column, eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to afford 3-methylraro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde (I-55-D) as a white solid (72% yield). MS (El) for C9H7NO2, m/z: 161 (M)+.
I-55-D (1.33 g, 8.28 mmol) is dissolved in THF (50 mL), tert-butylalcohol (25 mL) and H2O (25 mL), under N2, and NaClO2 (2.81 g, 24.84 mmol) and KH2PO4 (2.25 g, 16.56 mmol) are added. The reaction mixture is stined overnight at rt, concentrated to dryness, dissolved in 50% saturated brine (60 mL) and extracted with ether (3 X). TLC of extracts indicates acid as well as residual aldehyde, so the organic and aqueous layers are combined and basified to pH 10 with NH4OH. The layers are separated and the residual aldehyde extracted with additional ether. The aqueous layer is acidified to pH 3 with concentrated HCl, then extracted with CH2C1 (4 X). Large amounts of acid remained in the aqueous layer, so the aqueous layer is concentrated to dryness. The solid is triturated with CHC13 (4 X), and then 10% MeOH CH2Cl2 (4 X) to extract much of the acid into the supernatant. The combined organic layer is dried (Na SO4), filtered, and concentrated to a tan solid (1.69 g, greater than 100% isolated yield). The solid is diluted with CHC13 and is heated to reflux for 3 h. The flask is removed from heat, allowed to cool slightly, then filtered. The filtrate is concentrated to a tan solid (1.02 g). The solid is triturated with ether, filtered and dried to afford 3- methylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid (I-56-D) as a light tan solid (51% yield). MS (Cl) for C9H7NO3, m/z: 178 (M+H).
Intermediate D8: 3-Ethylfuro[2.3-c]pyridine-5-carboxy c add
From l-chloro-2-butene and 2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodo-3-pyridinol (I-2-D), the conesponding 3-ethylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid (I-60-D) was prepared. HRMS (FAB) calculated for Cι0H9NO3+H: 192.0661, found 192.0659 (M+H).
Intermediate Did: Furor2-3-b1pyridine-2-carbos_τIie
Ethyl glycolate (35.5 mL, 375 mmol) is slowly added (over 20 min) to a sluny of NaOH (15.8 g, 394 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (400 mL) under N2 with the flask being in an ice bath. The mixture is allowed to warm to rt, is stined for 30 min, and ethyl 2-chloronicotinate (27.84 g, 150 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (50 mL) is added over 10 minutes. The reaction is warmed to 65°C for 15h in an oil bath. The mixture is concentrated to dryness, the residue is dissolved in H2O (500 mL), washed with hexane (500 mL), acidified to pH 3 with 5% HCl, and extracted with CHCk (4 x 400 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to a yellow solid. The solid is suspended in ether (200 mL) and heated on a steam bath until concentrated to a volume of 40 mL. The material is allowed to crystallize overnight, then filtered to afford ethyl 3-hydroxyfuro[2,3-b]pyridine-2-carboxylate (L 40-D) as a pale orange solid (41% yield). Additional material is obtained by concentrating the filtrate. Recrystallization in ether a second time afforded I-40-D as a pale yellow solid (7.3% yield). MS (El) for Cι0H9NO4, m/z: 207 (M)+.
I-40-D (207 mg, 1.0 mmol) is added to TEA (139 μL, 1.0 mmol) in CH2C12 (5 mL) at rt and 2-[N,N-bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)amino]-5-chloropyridine (393 mg, 1.0 mmol) is added. The solution is stined for 1 h at rt, diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed with 50% saturated brine (2 x 15 mL). The organic layer is dried (Νa2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to a yellow oil which solidified upon standing. The crude material is adsorbed onto silica gel (1.2 g) and chromatographed over 25 g slurry-packed silica gel, eluting with 20% EtOAc/hexane to afford ethyl 3-
([(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy)furo[2,3-b]pyridine-2-carboxylate (1-41-D) as a white crystalline solid (98% yield). Analysis calculated for CπH8F3NO6S: C, 38.94; H, 2.38; N, 4.13, found: C, 38.84; H, 2.29; N, 4.11.
1-41 -D (1.36 g, 4.0 mmol) is added to 10% Pd/C catalyst (68 mg) and NaHCO3 (336 mg, 4.0 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL)/H2O (5 mL) in a 250 mL Pan shaker bottle. The mixture is hydrogenated at 10 PSI for 5 h, filtered and concentrated to a residue. The residue is partitioned between 50% saturated NaHCO3 (80 mL) and EtOAc (80 mL). The organic layer is dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to a colorless oil which solidified upon standing (793 mg). The crude material is chromatographed over 40 g slurry-packed silica gel, eluting with 25% EtOAc/hexane to afford ethyl furo[2,3-b]pyridine-2-carboxylate (1-42-D) as a white solid (90% yield). MS (El) for C10H9NO3, m/z: 191 (M)+.
1-42-D (758 mg, 3.96 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (366 mg, 8.7 mmol) in 6mL H O is added under N . The reaction is stined at rt for 2 h, concentrated to near-dryness, diluted with H2O (5 mL) and acidified to pH 3 with 10% HCl. The resulting solid is collected by filtration, washed with additional water and dried to afford furo[2,3-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (1-43-D) as a white solid (97% yield). MS (El) for C8H5NO3, m/z: 163 (M)+. Intermediate Dll: 3-Isopropylfuror2.3-c1pyridine-5-carboχyIic add
3-Isopropylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid (I-70-D) is obtained starting with l-chloro-3-methyl-2-butene and 2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodo-3-pyridinol (I-2-D), using the method described for Intermediate C7, making non-critical changes. HRMS (FAB) calculated for CπHπNO3+H: 206.0817, found 206.0817 (M+H)+.
Intermediate D12: Thienor2,3-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
THF (200 mL) in a dry flask under N2 is chilled by placing the flask in a dry- ice/acetone bath at -78°C. Butyllithium (125 mL, 200 mmol) is added drop-wise, followed by the drop- wise addition of iodobenzene (11.19 mL, 100 mmol) in THF (10 mL). The solution is allowed to stir for 30 min at -78°C. Diisopropylamine (0.70 mL, 5 mmol) in THF (3 mL) and 2-chloropyridine (9.46 mL, 100 mmol) in THF (30 mL) are added successively in a drop-wise manner, and the solution is stined for 1 h at - 40°C. Formyl piperidine (11.1 mL, 100 mmol) in THF (25 mL) is added drop- wise, and the solution is stined for 1 h at -40°C. The reaction is quenched with 40 mL 6N HCl, diluted with 250 mL ether, and a small amount of sodium thiosulfate solution is added to remove the iodine color. The solution is neutralized with saturated NaHCO , filtered, and extracted with ether (3 x 150 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (Na SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material is chromatographed over 600 g slurry-packed silica, eluting with 20% EtOAc/hexane to afford 2- chloronicotinaldehyde (I-90-D) as a pale orange solid (54% yield). MS (El) for C6H4ClNO, m/z: 141 (M)+.
I-90-D (1.41 g, 10.01 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (lOmL) and H2O (1 mL) under N2. K2CO3 (1.56 g, 11.27 mmol) and methyl thioglycolate (1.00 mL, 11.25 mmol) are added portionwise. The reaction is stined at 35°C for 24 h, quenched with cold H2O (75 mL), and placed in an ice bath to enhance precipitation. The precipitate is isolated by filtration, affording methyl-thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-2-carboxylate (I-101-D) as an orange powder (40% yield). MS (El) for C9H7NO2S, m/z: 193 (M)+. I-101-D (0.700 g, 3.63 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (15 mL) and 3 mL H2O.
2N NaOH (1.82 mL, 3.63 mmol) is added drop-wise, and the reaction is stined at rt for 24 h. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo, and H2O (40 mL) is added to dissolve the residue. The resulting solution is acidified to pH 4 using concentrated HCl, and the precipitate is isolated by filtration, yielding thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (1-102-D) as a white powder (85% yield). MS (El) for C8H5NO2S, m/z: 179 (M)+.
Intermediate D13: Thienor2-3-b]pyridine-5-carboχyIic add
2-Nitrothiophene (33.76 g, 261.4 mmol) is suspended in concentrated HCl (175 mL) and heated to 50°C. Stannous chloride (118.05 g, 523.2 mmol) is added portionwise, maintaining the reaction temperature between 45-50°C with an ice bath, that is removed after the addition. The solution is allowed to cool slowly to 30°C over an hour. The solution is then cooled in an ice bath and filtered. The cake is washed with concentrated HCl (20 mL), dried in a stream of air, and washed with ether (50 mL) to afford the hexachlorostannate salt of 2-aminothiophene as a brown solid (26% yield).
3,3-Dimethyl-2-formyl propionitrile sodium (3.33 g, 20.2 mmol) can readily be prepared from the method described by Bertz, S.H., et al., J. Org. Chem., 47, 2216- 2217 (1982). 3,3-Dimethyl-2-formyl propionitrile sodium is dissolved in MeOH (40 mL), and concentrated HCl (4 mL) and the hexachlorostannate salt of 2- aminothiophene (10.04 g, 19.1 mmol) in MeOH (130 mL) is slowly added drop-wise to the mixture. Following addition, the mixture is heated to reflux in an oil bath (80°C) for 4 h, and then MeOH (10 mL) and concentrated HCl (10 mL) are added. The reaction continued refluxing for another 20 h. The solution is cooled to rt, and the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The purple residue is dissolved in H2O (60 mL), and the slurry is filtered. The cake is pulverized and stined vigorously with 5% MeOH/CHCl3 (105 mL) while heating to 55°C. The mixture is cooled and filtered, and the organic layer is concentrated to a green oil. The crude material is chromatographed over 130 g sluny-packed silica, eluting with 30% EtOAc/hexane to afford thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carbonitrile (I-105-D) as a pale yellow solid (24% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C15H4N2S+H: 161.0173, found 161.0173 (M+H). NaOH (0.138 g, 3.45 mmol) is added to a solution of I-105-D (0.503 g, 3.14 mmol) dissolved in 70% EtOH/H2O (12 mL). The mixture is heated to reflux at 100°C for 3 h. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo, and the residue is dissolved in H2O (8 mL) and neutralized with concentrated HCl. The slurry is filtered and rinsed with ether. An initial NMR of the isolated material indicates the presence of the carboxamide intermediate, so the material is suspended in 1M NaOH (6 mL) and stined overnight. Water (10 mL) is added, the solution is extracted with ether (3 x 10 mL), and the mixture is neutralized with concentrated HCl. The slurry is filtered and rinsed with ether, affording of thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid (I-106-D) as an off-white solid (48% yield). MS (El) for C8H5NO2S, m/z: 179 (M)+.
Intermediate D14: Thienor2.3-b1pyridine-6-carboχylic acid
2-Nitrothiophene (12.9 g, 99.9 mmol) is dissolved in concentrated HCl (200 mL) and stined vigorously at 30°C. Granular tin (25 g, 210 mmol) is slowly added portionwise. When the tin is completely dissolved, zinc chloride (6.1 g, 44.7 mmol) in EtOH (70 mL) is added drop-wise, the mixture is heated to 85°C, and malondialdehyde diethyl acetal (24 mL, 100 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) is added. The solution continued stining at 85°C for 1 h, and is quenched by pouring over ice (100 g). The mixture is adjusted to pH 10 with NH4OH, and the resulting slurry is carefully filtered through celite overnight. The liquor is extracted with CHC13 (3 x 300 mL), and the combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to a brown oil. The crude material is chromatographed over 250 g slurry-packed silica, eluting with 35% EtOAc/hexane to give thieno[2,3-b] pyridine (I-110-D) as an orange oil (26% yield). MS (El) for C7H5NS, m/z: 135 (M)+. I-110-D (3.47 g, 25.7 mmol) is dissolved in acetic acid (12 mL) and heated to
85°C. 30% Hydrogen peroxide (9 mL) is added drop-wise and the solution is allowed to stir overnight. The reaction is allowed to cool to rt and quenched with paraformaldehyde until a peroxide test proved negative using starch-iodine paper. The solution is diluted with H2O (100 mL) and neutralized with NaHCO3, then extracted repeatedly with CHCI3 (12 x 80 mL, 6 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to a brown solid. The crude material is chromatographed over 70 g sluny-packed silica eluting with 3.5% MeOH CH2Cl2 to afford thieno[2,3-b] pyridine-7-oxide (I-l l l-D) as a pale yellow solid (22% yield). MS (ET) for C7H5NOS m/z: 151 (M)+. A 0.5M solution of I-lll-D (5 mL, 2.5 mmol) in CH2C12 is diluted with 8 mL of CH2C12 under N2. Dimethyl carbamyl chloride (0.27 mL, 2.9 mmol) is added drop- wise, followed by the addition of trimethylsilyl cyanide (0.388 mL, 2.9 mmol) via syringe. The reaction is allowed to stir for 9 days and is quenched with 10% K2CO3 (10 mL). The layers are allowed to separate, the organic layer is isolated and dried (K CO3), filtered, and concentrated to a brown solid. The crude material is chromatographed over 25 g slurry-packed silica, eluting with 35% EtOAc/hexane to afford thieno[2,3-b]pyridine-6-carbonitrile (I-112-D) as a pale yellow solid (100% yield). Analysis calculated for CβH+NfeS: C, 59.98; H, 2.52; N, 17.49, found: C, 59.91; H, 2.57; N, 17.43.
NaOH (398 mg, 9.95 mmol) is added portionwise to a solution of I-112-D (674 mg, 4.2 mmol) in 70% EtOH/H2O (20 mL). The solution is heated to reflux at 100°C for 24 h, and the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in H2O (15 mL) and washed with ether (3 x 10 mL). Concentrated HCl is used to adjust the pH to 3.5, creating a precipitate. The slurry is filtered, giving thieno[2,3- b]pyridine-6-carboxylic acid (I- 113-D) as a white solid (45% yield). MS (El) for C8H5NO2S, m/z: 179(M)+.
Intermediate D15: Thienor2.3-c1pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
THF (200 mL) is chilled to -70°C in a dry flask under N2, and N-butyllithium (24.4 mL, 55.0 mmol) is added drop- wise. The reaction is placed in an ice bath and DIA (7.71 mL, 55.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added drop-wise. The solution is again chilled to -70°C, and 3-chloropyridine (4.75 mL, 50.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added drop-wise. The reaction is allowed to stir for 4 h at -70°C and ethyl formate (4.44 mL, 55.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added. The reaction is stined for an additional 3 h at -70°C and quenched with H2O (500 mL). The layers are allowed to separate, and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (3 x 250 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to a dark brown solid. The crude material is chromatographed over 250 g slurry-packed silica, eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexane to give 3-chloroisonicotinaldehyde (I-120-D) as an off-white solid (55% yield). MS (El) for C6H4ClNO, m/z: 141 (M)+.
I-120-D (2.12 g, 14.9 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (75 mL) with a small amount of H2O (7.5 mL). Methyl thioglycolate (1.67 mL, 18.7 mmol) and K2CO3 (2.59 g, 18.7 mmol) are added portionwise, and the mixture is stined at 45°C for 24 h. The reaction is quenched with cold H O (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 150 mL). The combined organic layer is washed with 50% NaCl solution (3 x 150 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to an orange solid. The crude material is chromatographed over 40 g slurry-packed silica, eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexane to afford ethyl thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-2-carboxylate (I-121-D) as a pale yellow solid (22% yield).
I-121-D (577 mg, 2.99 mmol) is combined with 2M NaOH (1.5 mL, 3.0 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) and H2O (1.5 mL). The reaction is stined at rt for 24 h. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in H O (75 mL). Concentrated HCl is used to acidify the solution to pH 3. The slurry is filtered, washed with H2O and ether, and dried, affording thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (1-122-D) as an off-white solid (38% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C8H5NO2S+H: 180.0119, found 180.0119 (M+H).
Intermediate D16: Thieno[3,2-b1pyridine-2-earboxyIic acid
3-Chloropyridine (9.5 mL. 99.9 mmol) is dissolved in acetic acid (35 mL) and heated to 98°C. 30% Hydrogen peroxide (28 mL) is added drop-wise, and the reaction stined for 5 h at 98°C. The reaction is cooled and paraformaldehyde is added so that a negative peroxide test is achieved using starch-iodine paper. The solution is concentrated in vacuo and the crude paste is chromatographed over 600 g slurry- packed silica eluting with 4 L of 2% MeOH/CH2Cl2, 2 L of 4% MeOH/CH2Cl2, and finally 1 L of 10% MeOH/CH2Cl2 to afford 3-chloropyridine 1-oxide (I-125-D) as a pale oil (100% yield).
A 2M solution of I-125-D (10 mL, 20 mmol) is combined with an additional 90 mL of CH2C12. Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride (2.03 mL, 22.0 mmol) is added drop- wise, followed by the addition of trimethyl silylcyanide (2.93 mL, 22.0 mmol) via syringe. The reaction is stined at rt for 10 days and is quenched with 10% K CO3 (100 mL). The layers are allowed to separate, and the organic layer is dried (K2CO3), filtered, and concentrated to an orange solid. The crude material is chromatographed over 160 g slurry-packed silica eluting with 40% EtOAc/hexane to yield 3- chloropyridine-2-carbonitrile (I-126-D) as a white solid (59% yield). MS (El) for C6H3C1N2, m/z: 138 (M)+. I-126-D (1.01 g, 7.29 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.10 g, 7.96 mmol) are added to
DMF (10 mL) and H2O (1 mL). Methyl thioglycolate (0.709 mL, 7.93 mmol) is added drop-wise, and the solution is heated to 40°C and stined for 3 h. The reaction is quenched with cold H2O (70 mL) and placed on ice to enhance precipitation. The slurry is filtered and the cake is dissolved in CHC13. This organic solution is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated, affording methyl 3-aminothieno[3,2-b]pyridine- 2-carboxylate (I-127-D) as a yellow solid (84% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C9H8N2O2S+H: 209.0385, found 209.0383 (M+H). I-127-D (0.919 g, 4.42 mmol) is dissolved in 50% hypophosphorous acid (35 mL) and chilled in an ice bath. Sodium nitrite (0.61 g, 8.84 mmol) is dissolved in a minimal amount of H O and added drop-wise to the previous solution, and the reaction is stined for 3 h in an ice bath. 3M NaOH is used to adjust the pH to 7.9, and the solution is extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to afford methyl thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2- carboxylate (I-128-D) as a yellow solid (44% yield). MS (ET) for C9H7NO2S, m/z: 193 (M)+.
2M NaOH (0.8 mL, 1.6 rnrnol) and I-128-D (300 rng, 1.55 mmol) are added to MeOH (8 mL) and H2O (1 mL) and is stined for 24 h. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo, and the residue is dissolved with H2O (5 mL). 5% HCl is used to adjust the pH to 3.5, creating a precipitate. The slurry is filtered and washed with ether, affording thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (I-129-D) as a brown solid (67% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C8H5NO2S+H: 180.0119, found 180.0121 (M+H).
Intermediate D17: ThienoF3,2-b]pyridine-6-carboxylic acid
Methyl 3-aminofhiophene-2-carboxylate (1.52 g, 9.68 mmol) is dissolved in 2M NaOH (10 mL, 20 mmol) and heated to reflux in a 115°C oil bath for 30 min. The mixture is cooled to rt, placed in an ice bath, and carefully acidified with concentrated HCl. The slurry is filtered and rinsed with H2O (25 mL). The cake is then dissolved in acetone (50 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to a thick paste. The crude material is dissolved in 1-propanol (25 mL), and oxalic acid (0.90 g, 10.0 mmol) is added portionwise. The mixture is heated at 38°C for 45 min, cooled to rt, and diluted with ether. The precipitate is isolated via filtration, and washed with ether, affording 3-amino-thiophene oxalate (I-135-D) as a fluffy white solid (70% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C4H5NS+H: 100.0221, found 100.0229 (M+H). 3,3-Dimethyl-2-formyl propionitrile sodium (5.38 g, 32.6 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (60 mL) with concentrated HCl (6 mL). I-135-D (6.16 g, 32.6 mmol) is suspended in MeOH (200 mL) and added drop-wise to the acidic solution. The mixture is heated to reflux at 80°C for 5 h when an additional 20 mL concentrated HCl and 20 mL H O are added; the mixture continues refluxing for another 12 h. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo, and the residue is dissolved with cold H2O (100 mL). The resulting precipitate is filtered off and dried, giving thieno[3,2-b]pyridine- 6-carbonitrile (I-136-D) as a brown solid (44% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C8H4N2S+H: 161.0173, found 161.0170 (M+H).
I-136-D (1.99 g, 12.5 mmol) is dissolved in 70% EtOH/H2O (20 mL), and NaOH (0.52 g, 13.0 mmol) is added portionwise. The mixture is heated at 100°C for 15 h and then allowed to cool to rt. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in cold H2O (30 mL), and the solution is rinsed with ether (3 x 10 mL). The pH is adjusted to 3.5 with concentrated HCl to precipitate the desired product that is removed by filtration to give thieno[3,2-b]pyridine-6-carboxylic acid (I-137-D) as a tan solid (77% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C8H5NO2S+H: 180.0119, found 180.0118 (M+H).
Intermediate D18: Thienor3,2-e]pyridine-2-carboxyIie acid
4-Chloropyridine hydrochloride (15 g, 99.9 mmol) is free-based by stining in lOOOmL 1:1 saturated NaHCO3/ether for 1 h. The layers are allowed to separate, the aqueous layer is extracted with ether (2 x 175 mL), and the combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to an oil. THF (300 mL) is chilled to -70°C in a dry flask. N-butyllithium (105.1 mL, 168.2 mmol) is added drop-wise, and the mixture is placed in an ice bath. Diisopropylamine (23.6mL. 168.4 mmol) in THF (50 mL) is added drop-wise, the yellow solution is stined for 30 min, and the reaction is cooled to -70°C. The free-based 4-chloropyridine oil (9.55 g, 84.1 mmol) is dissolved in THF (50 mL) and added drop-wise to the chilled yellow solution, that turned dark red after the addition. The reaction is stined at -70°C for 2 h. Ethyl formate (13.6 mL, 168.3 mmol) in THF (25 mL) is then added drop-wise to the dark solution at - 70°C. After 2 hours, the reaction is warmed to -10°C and quenched with water (450 mL). The layers are allowed to separate, and the aqueous layer is extracted with ether (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to an oil. The crude material is chromatographed over 320 g slurry-packed silica eluting with 30% EtOAc/hexane to afford 4-chloropyridine-3- carboxaldehyde (I-140-D) an orange oil which solidified under vacuum to an orange solid (21% yield).
I-140-D (2.53 g, 17.9 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (20 mL) and H2O (2 mL). K2CO3 (2.97 g, 21.5 mmol) and methyl thioglycolate (1.92 mL, 21.5 mmol) are added portionwise. The reaction is stined at 45°C for 24 h, then quenched with cold H2O (100 mL), and the flask is placed on ice to enhance precipitation. The precipitate is isolated by filtration and dried, affording methyl thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-2-carboxylate (I-141-D) as a white solid (92% yield). MS (ET) for C9H7NO2S, m/z: 193 (M)+.
I-141-D (2.65 g, 13.7 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (70 mL) and H2O (5 mL). 2N NaOH (6.86 mL, 13.7 mmol) is added drop-wise, and the reaction is stined at rt for 24 h. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo, and H2O (150 mL) is added to dissolve the residue. The resulting salt solution is acidified to pH 3.5 using concentrated HCl, and the precipitate is isolated by filtration and dried, affording thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (1-142-D) as a white powder (57% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C8H5NO2S+H: 180.0119, found 180.0124 (M+H).
Intermediate D19: Tfaieno[2.3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid
Glyoxylic acid monohydrate (20.3 g, 221 mmol) and benzyl carbamate (30.6 g, 202 mmol) are added to ether (200 mL). The solution is allowed to stir for 24 h at rt. The resulting thick precipitate is filtered, and the residue is washed with ether, affording ([(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino)(hydroxy)acetic acid (I-150-D) as a white solid (47% yield). MS (Cl) for CιoHπNO5+H m/z: 226 (M+H).
I-150-D (11.6 g, 51.5 mmol) is dissolved in absolute MeOH (120 mL) and chilled in an ice bath. Concentrated sulfuric acid (2.0 mL) is carefully added drop- wise. The ice bath is allowed to expire as the solution stined for 2 days. The reaction is quenched by pouring onto a mixture of 500 g ice with saturated NaHCO3 solution (400 mL). The solution is extracted with EtOAc (3 x 300 mL), and the combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to a pale oil that crystallized upon standing, giving methyl([(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino)(methoxy)-acetate (1-151- D) as a white solid (94% yield). Analysis calculated for Cι2H15 NO5: C, 56.91 ; H, 5.97; N, 5.53, found: C, 56.99; H, 6.02; N, 5.60.
I-151-D (11.76 g, 46.4 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (50 mL) under N2 and heated to 70°C. Phosphorous trichloride (23.2 mL, 46.4 mmol) is added drop-wise via syringe, and the solution is stined for 18 h at 70°C. Trimethyl phosphite (5.47 mL, 46.4 mmol) is then added drop-wise, and stining continued for an additional 2 h at 70°C. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo to an oil, and the crude material is dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (3 x 50 mL). The organic layer is dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to a volume of 30 mL. This remaining solution is stined vigorously while hexane is added until a precipitate formed. The precipitated solid is removed by filtration, affording methyl ([(benzyloxy)carbonyl] amino) (dimethoxyphosphoryl)acetate (1-152-D) as a white solid (84% yield). MS (El) for Cι38NO7P, m/z: 331 (M)+. 1-152-D (12.65 g, 38.2 mmol) and acetic anhydride (9.02 mL, 95.5 mmol) in
MeOH (100 mL) were added to a Pan flask. The solution is hydrogenated with 10% Pd/C catalyst (0.640 g) at 45 PSI for 3h. The catalyst is filtered off, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to an oil. The oil is placed under reduced pressure and solidified as the reduced pressure is applied. The white residue is dissolved in a small amount of EtOAc and stined vigorously while pentane is added until a precipitate began to form. The precipitate is removed by filtration to give methyl (acetylamino)(dimethoxyphosphoryl)acetate (1-153-D) as a white powder (87% yield). MS (Cl) for C7Hi4NO6P, m/z: 240 (M+H).
2,3-Thiophene dicarboxaldehyde (1.40 g, 9.99 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (100 mL) and the flask is placed in an ice bath. 1-152-D (2.63 g, 11.0 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (50 mL), l,8-diaζabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (1.65 mL, 11.0 mmol) is added, and this solution is added drop-wise to the chilled thiophene solution. The reaction mixture is stined for 1 h while the flask is in an ice bath and then over night at rt. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo, and the crude material is chromatographed over 300 g slurry-packed silica eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexane. The fractions were collected in two different groups to obtain the desired compounds. Each group of fractions is combined and concentrated separately. The first group of fractions affords methyl thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylate (I-154-D) as a white solid (41% yield), and the second group of fractions affords methyl thieno[3,2- c]pyridine-6-carboxylate (I-155-D) as a yellow solid (38% yield). MS (ET) for 1-154- D for C9H7NO2S, m/z: 193 (M)+. MS (El) for I-155-D for C9H7NO2S, m/z: 193 (M)+.
I-154-D (736 mg, 3.8 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (16 mL) with water (2 mL). 2M NaOH (2.0 mL, 4.0 mmol) is added drop-wise and the solution stined at rt. After 2 days (complete disappearance of ester by TLC), the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in H2O (12 mL), and the pH is adjusted to 3.5 with 10% HCl. The precipitated solid is removed by filtration, and the solid is rinsed with ether, affording thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid (I-156-D) as a white solid (58% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C8H5NO2S+H: 180.0119, found 180.0123 (M+H).
Intermediate D20: Thienor3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboχylie acid
Methyl thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxylate (I-155-D) (678 mg, 3.5 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (16 mL) and H2O (2 mL). 2M NaOH (1.8 mL, 3.6 mmol) is added drop-wise, and the solution stined at rt. After 2 days (complete disappearance of ester by TLC), the solution is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in H2O (12 mL), and the pH is adjusted to 3.5 with 10% HCl. The precipitated solid is removed by filtration, and the solid is rinsed with ether, affording thieno[3,2- c]pyridine-6-carboxylic acid (I-160-D) as a white solid (43% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C8H5NO2S+H: 180.0119, found 180.0123 (M+H).
Intermediate D21: l-H-Pyrrolor2-3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid
2,4-Lutidine (51.4 mL, 0.445 mole) is added drop-wise to 250 mL fuming sulfuric acid in a flask under N2 in an ice bath. The solution is treated portionwise with potassium nitrate (89.9 g, 0.889 mole) over a 15 min period. The reaction is stined lh in an ice bath, 2 h at rt, is gradually warmed in a 100°C oil bath for 5 h, and then in a 130°C oil bath for 4 h. The mixture is cooled, is poured into 1000 mL ice, and the mixture is neutralized with NaHCO3 (1,100 g, 13.1 mole). The precipitated Na2SO4 is removed by filtration, the solid is washed with 500 mL H2O and the filtrate is extracted with 4 x 500 mL ether. The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4) and is concentrated in vacuo to a yellow oil (50 g). The crude oil is distilled under vacuum to provide three fractions: 16 g recovered 2,4-lutidine (85°C), 16 g 2,4- dimethyl-3-nitro-pyridine (I-169-D) contaminated with 25% 2,4-dimethyl-5-nitro- pyridine (135-145°C), and 16 g 2,4-dimethyl-5-nitro-pyridine (I-170-D) contaminated with 2,4-dimethyl-3-nitropyridine (145-153°C). 1H NMR of C169 (CDC13) δ 2.33, 2.54, 7.10, 8.43 ppm. 1H NMR of C170 (CDC13) δ 2.61, 2.62, 7.16, 9.05 ppm. I-170-D/I-169-D (75:25) (5.64 g, 37 mmol) is combined with benzeneselenic anhydride (8.2 g, 22.8 mmol) in 300 mL dioxane in a flask under N . The reaction is warmed to reflux for 10 h, is cooled, and is concentrated to a dark yellow oil. The oil is chromatographed over 250 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 15% EtOAc/hexane to afford 2-formyl-4-methyl-5-nitropyridine (I- 171-D) (66% yield). HRMS (El) calculated for C7H6N2O3: 166.0378, found 166.0383 (M+).
I-171-D (1.15 g, 6.9 mmol), p-toluene sulfonic acid (41 mg, 0.22 mmol), and ethylene glycol (1.41 mL, 25 mmol) are added to 25 mL toluene in a flask equipped with a Dean-Starke trap. The reaction is warmed to reflux for 2 h, is cooled to rt, and is concentrated in vacuo to an oily residue. The crude oil is chromatographed over 40 g silica gel (Biotage), eluting with 20% EtOAc/hexane to afford 2-(l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)- 4-methyl-5-nitropyridine (1-172-D) (90% yield). MS (El) for C90N2O4, m/z: 210 (M)+.
1-172-D (1.3 g, 6.2 mmol) and DMF dimethyl acetal (1.12 mL, 8.4 mmol) are added to 15 mL DMF under N2. The reaction is warmed to 90°C for 3 h, is cooled, and the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is combined with 1.25 g 5% Pd/BaSO4 in 20 mL EtOH in a 250 mL Pan shaker bottle and the mixture is hydrogenated at ambient pressure until uptake ceased. The catalyst is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is combined with 500 mg 10% Pd/C catalyst in a 250 mL Parr shaker bottle. The mixture is hydrogenated at ambient pressure for 1 h. No additional hydrogen uptake is observed. The catalyst is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to a tan solid. The crude material is chromatographed over 50 g silica gel (230-400 mesh), eluting with 7% MeOH/CH2Cl2. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to afford 5-(l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-lH- pynolo[2,3-c]pyridine (1-173-D) (69%yield). MS for Cι00N2O2, (El) m/z: 190 (M)+.
I-1730-D (800 mg, 4.21 mmol) is dissolved in 44 mL 10% aqueous acetonitrile. p-Toluene sulfonic acid (630 mg, 3.3 mmol) is added, and the mixture is heated to reflux for 5 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, is concentrated in vacuo, and the resultant residue is diluted with 15 mL saturated NaHCO3. A pale yellow solid is collected, washed with water, and is dried to afford lH-pynolo[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carbaldehyde (I-174-D) (81% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C8H6N2O+H: 147.0558, found 147.0564 (M+H). I-174-D (500 mg, 3.42 mmol) is dissolved in 1.5 mL formic acid. The solution is cooled in an ice bath, 30% aqueous hydrogen peroxide (722 μL, 6.8 mmol) is added drop-wise, and the reaction is stined 1 h in an ice bath, and allowed to stand overnight at 5°C. The mixture is diluted with H2O, the solid is collected, washed with H2O and is dried to give 522 mg of an off-white solid. The formate salt is added to 7 mL H2O, 3 mL 2N NaOH is added, and the pH is adjusted to 3 with 5% aqueous HCl. The precipitate is collected and is dried to afford lH-pynolo[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxylic acid (I-176-D) (67% yield). ΗRMS (FAB) calculated for C8Η6N2O2+Η: 163.0508, found 163.0507 (M+H).
Intermediate D22: l-Me'thvI-pyrrolo[2-3-clpyridine-5-earboxyIic acid
5-(l,3-Dioxolan-2-yl)-lH-pynolo[2,3-c]pyridine (1-173-D) (1.05 g, 5.52 mmol) is dissolved in 20 mL THF in a dried flask under N2. 60% Sodium hydride (243 mg, 6.07 mmol) is added, the reaction is stined 30 min, methyl iodide (360 μL, 5.8 mmol) is added, and the reaction is stined overnight at rt. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is partitioned between 10 mL saturated NaCl and CH2θ2 (4 x 10 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (K2CO3) and is concentrated in vacuo to a tan paste. The crude material is chromatographed over 50 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 5% MeOH/CH2Cl2. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to afford 5-(l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-l-methyl-lH- pynolo[2,3-c]pyridine (I-175-D) (86% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for CnHi2N2O2+H: 205.0977, found 205.0983.
I-175-D (920 mg, 4.5 mmol) is dissolved in 25 mL 10% aqueous acetonitrile in a flask. p-Toluene sulfonic acid (630 mg, 3.3 mmol) is added, and the mixture is heated to 90°C for 8 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, concentrated in vacuo, and the residue is partitioned between 15 mL saturated NaHCO and CH2C12 (4 x 10 mL). The combined organic layer is dried (K2CO3) and is concentrated in vacuo to afford 1 - methyl-pynolo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde (I-177-D) (99% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C9H8N2O+H: 161.0715, found 161.0711. I-177-D (690 mg, 4.3 mmol) is dissolved in 2 mL formic acid. The solution is cooled in an ice bath, 30% aqueous hydrogen peroxide (970 μL, 8.6 mmol) is added drop-wise, and the reaction is stined 1 h in an ice bath, and allowed to stand overnight at 5°C. The mixture is concentrated to dryness, is suspended in H2O, and the pH is adjusted to 7 with 2N NaOH. The mixture is concentrated to dryness, is dissolved in MeOH, and is passed over 15 mL 50W-X2 ion exchange resin (hydrogen form) eluting with 200 mL MeOH followed by 200 mL 5% Et3N/MeOH. The basic wash is concentrated to dryness to afford l-methyl-pynolo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid (I-178-D) (78% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for C9H8N2O2+H: 177.0664, found 177.0672 (M+H).
Intermediate D23: 3-Bromofuror2-3-c]pyridine-5-carboxyIic acid
Furo[2,3-c]pyridin-5-ylmethyl acetate (5.17 g, 27.05 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (130 mL), layered with saturated NaHCO3 (220 mL), treated with Br2 (8.36 mL, 162.3 mmol) and stined very slowly for 4.5 h at rt. The mixture is stined vigorously for 30 min, is diluted with CH2C1 (100 mL) and the layers separated. The aqueous layer is extracted with CH C1 (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organics are concentrated to a small volume under a stream of nitrogen. The solution is diluted with EtOH (200 mL), treated with K2CO3 (22.13 g, 160.1 mmol) and stined for 2.5 days at rt. The mixture is concentrated to dryness, partitioned between 50% saturated NaCl (200 mL) and CH2C12 (5 x 200 mL), dried (Na2SO ) and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid (6.07 g). The crude material is adsorbed onto silica gel (12 g) and chromatographed over 250 g sluny-packed silica gel, eluting with a gradient of 50% EtOAc / hexane to 100% EtOAc. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5.02 g (81%) of (3-bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridin-5- yl)methanol as a white solid. MS (ET) m/z: 227 (M+).
Oxalyl chloride (1.77 mL, 20.1 mmol) is combined with CH2C1 (60 mL) in a dried flask under nitrogen, cooled to -78°C, treated dropwise with DMSO (2.86 mL, 40.25 mmol) and stirred for 20 min. The cooled solution is treated drop-wise with a solution of (3-bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)methanol (4.0 mg, 17.5 mmol) in THF (50 mL), stirred for 1 h, then treated drop-wise with El3N (12.2 mL, 87.5 mmol). The mixture is stined for 30 min at -78°C, then 30 min at 0°C. The mixture is washed with saturated NaHCO3 (120 mL) and the organics dried (K2CO3) and concentrated in vacuo to a dark yellow solid (3.91 g). The crude material is chromatographed over
150 g slurry-packed silica gel, eluting with 30% EtOAc / hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford 3.93 g (99%) of 3- bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde as a white solid. MS (El) m/z: 225 (M+). 3-Bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde (3.26 g, 14.42 mmol) is dissolved in THF (100 mL)/t-BuOH (50 mL)/H2O (50 mL), treated with a single portion of NaOCl2 (4.89 g, 43.3 mmol) and KH2PO4 (3.92 g, 28.8 mmol) and stined at rt for 18 h. The white solid is collected via filtration and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue is suspended in water (25 mL), acidified to pH 2 with concentrated HCl and the resulting solid collected via filtration. The collected solids are dried in a vacuum oven at 50°C for 18 h and combined to afford 3.52g (99%) of 3- bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid as a white solid. MS (El) m/z: 241 (M+).
Intermediate D24: 3-Chlorofuro[2,3-c1pyridine-5-carboxylie acid
Furo[2,3-c]pyridin-5-ylmethanol (7.70 g, 51.63 mmol) is dissolved in pyridine (45 mL), treated with acetic anhydride (14.36 mL, 154.9 mmol) and stined for 18 h at rt. The pyridine is removed in vacuo and the resulting residue dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL), washed with 50% saturated sodium bicarbonate (4 x 90 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to afford 9.32 g (94%) of furo[2,3-c]pyridin-5- ylmethyl acetate as a yellow oil. MS (El) m/z: 191 (M+), 277, 148, 119, 118, 86, 84, 77, 63, 51, 50. .
Furo[2,3-c]pyridin-5-ylmethyl acetate (956 mg, 5 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (40 mL) and cooled to 0°C. Chlorine gas is bubbled through the solution for 15 min, the cooling bath is immediately removed and the mixture stined for 2 h. The mixture is re-cooled to 0°C, saturated with chlorine gas, the cooling bath removed and the solution warmed to rt. The solution is layered with saturated NaHCO3 (20 mL), stined gently for 2 h then stined vigorously for 15 min. The mixture is diluted with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL), extracted with CH2C12 (1 x 40 mL then 1 x 20 mL), dried (K2CO3) and concentrated to a volume of 20 mL under a stream of nitrogen. The solution is diluted with EtOH (35 mL), treated with K2CO3 (4.09 g, 29.6 mmol) and stined for 18 h at rt. Water (7 mL) is added and the mixture stined for 2 days. The mixture is concentrated to dryness, partitioned between 50% saturated NaCl (50 mL) and CH2C12 (4 x 50 mL), dried (K2CO3) and concentrated in vacuo to a brown solid (833 mg). The crude material is chromatographed over a standard 40 g Biotage column, eluting with 50% EtOAc / hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to afford 624 mg (68%) of (3-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridin-5- yl)methanol as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (DMSO- 5): δ 4.69, 5.56, 7.69, 8.55, 8.93 ppm. Oxalyl chloride (231 μL, 2.6 mmol) is combined with CH2C12 (10 mL), cooled to -78°C, treated dropwise with DMSO (373 μL, 5.3 mmol) and stined for 20 min. The cooled solution is treated dropwise with a solution of (3-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridin- 5-yl)methanol (420 mg, 2.3 mmol) in THF (5 mL) / CH2C12 (5 mL), stined for 1 h, then treated dropwise with Et3N (1.59 mL, 11.45 mmol). The mixture is stined for 30 min at -78°C, then 30 min at 0°C. The mixture is washed with saturated NaHCO3 (20 mL) and the organics dried (K2CO3) and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid (410 mg). The crude material is chromatographed over 20 g slurry-packed silica gel, eluting with 15% EtOAc / hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated in vacuo to afford 322 mg (77%) of 3-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carbaldehyde as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13): δ 7.89, 8.33, 9.02, 10.18 ppm.
3-Chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carbaldehyde (317 mg, 1.74 mmol) is dissolved in THF (10 mL)/t-BuOH (5 mL)/H2θ (5 mL), treated with a single portion of sodium chlorite (592 mg, 5.24 mmol) and KH2PO (473 mg, 3.48 mmol) and stined at rt for 18 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to dryness, suspended in water (10 mL), acidified to pH 3.5 with concentrated HCl and stined at rt for 2 h. The resulting solid is filtered, washed with water and dried in a vacuum oven at 40°C for 18 h to afford 364 mg of 3-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxylic acid as a white solid. MS (ET) m/z: 197 (M+).
Intermediate D25: Benzothieno[3,2-c]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid
N-butyl lithium (150.6 ml, 241 mmol) is added dropwise to ether (100 ml) at -20°C under N2. 3-Bromothianaphthene (10.5 ml, 80.3 mmol) is dissolved in ether (50 ml) and also added dropwise to the chilled solution, stining cold for 0.5 h. DMF (16.3 ml, 210 mmol) is dissolved in ether (75 ml) and added dropwise, and the solution stined an additional 15 h at -20°C. The reaction is quenched onto ice (300 g) in 10% H2SO4 (200 ml) and stined until both layers turn yellow in color. The resulting sluny is filtered, and the cake is allowed to dry in the air stream, affording 1- benzothiophene-2,3-dicarbaldehyde (I-180-D) as a yellow solid (60% yield). HRMS (FAB) calculated for Cι0H6O2S+H: 191.0167, found 191.0172 (M+H). l-Benzothiophene-2,3-dicarbaldehyde (I-180-D) (1.91 g, 10.0 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (100 ml) and chilled in an ice bath. Methyl (acetylamino)(dimethoxyphosphoryl) acetate (1-152-D) (2.63 g, 11.0 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (50 ml) and added to l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (1.65 ml, 11.0 mmol), stining for 5 minutes. This solution is added dropwise to the chilled thiophene solution. The reaction mixture is stined in the ice bath for 1 h and then over night at rt. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo and the crude material is chromatographed over 500 g slurry-packed silica eluting with 50% ethyl acetate/hexane to afford methyl benzothieno[3,2-c]pyridine-3-carboxylate (I-181-D) as a white solid (73% yield). MS for d3H9NO2S, (El) m/z: 243 (M)+.
I-181-D (1.43 g, 5.87 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (25 ml) with H2O (3 ml). 2M NaOH (3.0 ml, 6.0 mmol) is added dropwise and the solution stined at rt. After 4 days (complete disappearance of ester by TLC), the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in H2O (5 ml) and the pH is adjusted to 3 with 10% HCl. The solution is stined over night before precipitation is complete. The slurry is filtered and the cake is rinsed with ether, giving a 100% yield of benzothieno[3,2- c]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (I-182-D)as a white solid. HRMS (FAB) calculated for Cι2H7NO2S+H 230.0276, found 230.0275 (M+H).
Intermediate D26: Thienor3.4-c1pyridine-6-carboχylic acid
3,4-Dibromothiophene (12.5 ml, 113 mmol) is combined with CuCN (30.4 g, 339 mmol) in DMF (40 ml) in a dry flask under nitrogen utilizing an over-head stiner. The reaction is allowed to reflux at 180°C for 5 h. The dark mixture is then poured into a solution of FeCl3 (113.6 g, 700 mmol) in 1.7M HCl (200 ml) and heated at 65°C for 0.5 h, again using the over-head stiner. The reaction is cooled to rt and extracted with CH2C12 (7 x 300 ml). Each extract is washed individually with 200 ml each 6M HCl (2X), water, saturated NaHCO3, and water. The organics are then combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated, affording 10.49 g (69%) of 3,4- dicyanothiophene as a fluffy tan solid. HRMS (El) calcd for CeH2N2S: 133.9939, found 133.9929 (M+).
3,4-Dicyanothiophene (5.0 g, 37.2 mmol) is suspended in benzene (150 ml) in a dry flask under nitrogen utilizing an over-head stiner. Diisobutyl aluminum hydride (l.OM in toluene) (82.0 ml, 82.0 mmol) is added dropwise, and the reaction stined at rt for 2 h. The reaction is then carefully quenched with MeOH (5 ml) and poured onto 30% H2SO4 (60 ml) with ice (200 g). The slurry is stined until all lumps are dissolved, and the layers are allowed to separate. The aqueous layer is extracted with Et2O (4 x 200 ml), and the combined organics are dried (MgSO4), filtered, and adsorbed onto silica. The crude material is chromatographed over 225 g slurry-packed silica, eluting with 40% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to afford 1.88 g (36%) of 3,4-thiophene dicarboxaldehyde as a pale yellow solid. MS (El) m/z: 140 (M+).
3,4-Thiophene dicarboxaldehyde (1.0 g, 7.13 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (40 ml) and chilled to 0°C. Methyl (acetylamino)(dimethoxyphosphoryl)acetate (1.88 g, 7.85 mmol) is dissolved in CH2C12 (30 ml) and combined with DBU (1.1 ml, 7.85 mmol). This solution is added dropwise to the chilled thiophene solution after stining for 5 min. The reaction mixture is stined at 0°C for 1 h and then overnight at rt. The • volatiles are removed in vacuo and the crude material is chromatographed over 68 g slurry-packed silica eluting with 70% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to yield 2.09 g of the carbinol intermediate as a white foam. The intermediate is dissolved in CHCI3 (50 ml) and treated with DBU (1.32 ml, 8.8 mmol) and trifluoracetic anhydride (1.24 ml, 8.8 mmol) in a drop-wise fashion. The reaction is stined overnight at rt and is then quenched with saturated NaHCO3 solution (50ml). The layers are separated, and the aqueous layer is extracted with CHCI3 (2 x 50 ml). The combined organics are dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to a yellow oil. This oil is chromatographed over 50 g sluny-packed silica, eluting with 90% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to afford 1.2 g (88%) of methyl thieno[3,4-c]pyridine-6-carboxylate as a yellow solid. MS (ET) m/z: 193 (M+).
Methyl thieno[3,4-c]pyridine-6-carboxylate (250 mg, 1.3 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (7 ml) and water (1 ml). 2M NaOH (0.72 ml, 1.43 mmol) is added drop- wise. The reaction is stined overnight at rt and is monitored by TLC. The volatiles are removed in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in water (2 ml). 10% HCl is used to adjust the pH to 3, and the reaction again stined overnight at rt. The aqueous solution is extracted repeatedly with EtOAc (20 x 10 ml). The combined organics are dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to a yellow solid. The amount of isolated product via extraction is minimal (67 mg), so the aqueous layer is concentrated and found to contain the majority of product. Extraction of the solid aqueous residue with EtOAc provided 225 mg (97%) of thieno[3,4-c]pyridine-6-carboxylic acid as a yellow solid. MS (El) m/z: 179 (M+). Intermediate D27: Benzofuran-5-carboxylic acid l-(2,3-Dihydrobenzofuran-5-yι)ethanone is made using a procedure, making non-critical changes, as described in Dunn, J.P.; Ackerman, N.A.; Tomolois, A.J. J. Med. Chem. 1986, 29, 2326. Similar yield (82%) and similar purity (95%) are obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.89, 7.83, 6.84, 4.70, 3.29 , 2.58.
A mixture of l-(2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl)ethanone (4.0 g, 25 mmol) and sodium hypochlorite [160 mL of a 6.0% aqueous solution, (Clorox brand of bleach)] at 55°C is stined for 1 h. The mixture (now homogeneous) is cooled to rt and solid sodium bisulfite is added until a clear color persists. Hydrochloric acid (80 mL of a 1.0 N aqueous solution) is added, followed by extraction with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 3.93 g (97%) of 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-carboxylic acid as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 11.0-10.3, 8.00, 6.87, 4.72, 3.31. To a stined solution of 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-carboxylic acid (3.96 g, 24.1 mmol) in MeOH (200 mL) is added concentrated sulfuric acid (0.5 mL). The mixture is heated to reflux for 24 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, followed by the addition of solid sodium bicarbonate. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo, and the remaining residue is partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers are dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4.22 g (98%) of methyl 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5- carboxylate as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.93-7.89, 6.82, 4.69, 3.86, 3.28.
To a stined solution of methyl 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-carboxylate (4.2 g, 24 mmol) in anhydrous p-dioxane (150 mL) under argon atmosphere is added 2,3- dichloro-5,6-dicyano-l,4-benzoquinone (6.42 g, 28 mmol). The mixture is heated to reflux for 24 h, followed by cooling to rt. The reaction mixture is partitioned between ether and Vi saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The organic layer is extracted several times with Yi saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The organic layer is washed with water, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give a mixture (92%) of recovered starting material methyl 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-
5-carboxylate and methyl benzofuran-5-carboxylate in a ratio of 1:3. The crude product is purified by preparative HPLC using a Chiralcel OJ column. Elution with heptane-wo-propyl alcohol, (80:20, flow rate = 70 L/min) gives 0.75 g (18%) of methyl 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-carboxylate as a white solid and 2.5 g (61%) of methyl benzofuran-5-carboxylate as a white solid. 1H NMR for methyl benzofuran-5- carboxylate (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.40, 8.07, 7.73, 7.57, 6.89, 3.99. A stined mixture of methyl benzofuran-5-carboxylate (1.3 g, 7.38 mmol) in
MeOH (51 mL) and sodium hydroxide (41 mL of a 5 % aqueous solution) is heated to 65°C for 4 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, and MeOH was removed in vacuo. The remaining aqueous layer is extracted with CH2C12. The CH2C12 layer is discarded, and the aqueous layer is acidified to pH=l with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The aqueous layer is extracted with CHC13. The organic layer is washed with water, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 1.2 g (98%) of benzofuran-5- carboxylic acid as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-- ) δ 12.9, 8.30, 8.11, 7.92, 7.69, 7.09.
Compounds of Formula I where W is (E) are made using the coupling procedures discussed herein and in cited references, making non-critical changes to obtain the desired compounds. The following intermediates to provide W of formula I are for exemplification only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Other intermediates within the scope of the present invention can be obtained using known procedures or by making slight modifications to known procedures.
It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the requisite carboxylic acids can be obtained through synthesis via literature procedures or through the slight modification thereof. For example, compounds of Formula I where E° is N and E1 and E2 are O, can be obtained as follows:
Figure imgf000093_0001
Acid A can be prepared from ethyl 4,5-dihydroxypyridine-2-carboxylate (see Z. Naturfirsch, 34b, 1729-1736, 1979). Alkylation with 1,2-dibromoethane gives B. Saponification of B with aqueous NaOH would provide the requisite carboxylic acid A. The resulting acid is coupled with an Azabicyclo using conditions described herein. Substituents can be introduced for RE-I or RE-2 where E° is CH and E1 and E2 are each Oais described in Taniguchi, Eiji, et al., Biosci. Biotech. Biochem., 56 (4), 630-635, 1992. See also Henning, R.; Lattrell, R.; Gerhards, H. J.; Leven, M.; J.Med.Chem.; 30; 5; 1987; 814-819. This is also applicable to make the final compounds where E° is N, starting with ethyl 4,5-dihydroxypyridine-2-carboxylate to obtain the ester intermediate which could be saponified:
Figure imgf000094_0001
Furthermore, where E° is N, the compounds where one RE-I is a bond to CRE-I-I or where one RE-2 is a bond to CRE-2-2, the compounds can be obtained using methods described herein for E° is CH, making non-critical changes. Moreover, where at least one RE_ι and/or at least one RE-2 is other than H and is not a bond, the compounds can be obtained using methods described herein for where E° is CH.
Compounds where E° is N, only one of E1 or E2 is O, RE-O is other than H, and one of RE-I or RE-2 is a bond, can be obtained as discussed herein using procedures for where E° is CH. For example, 2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-vinylpyridin-3-ol could be converted into (8-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-6-yl)methanol using the procedures discussed herein. The alcohol could be oxidized to the conesponding carboxylic acid:
Figure imgf000094_0002
Similarly, (8-chloro-2H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-6-yl)methanol can be oxidized to give 8-chloro-2H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-6-carboxylic acid:
Figure imgf000094_0003
Some specific examples are provided for exemplification and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention: Intermediate El: 23-Dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6-carboxylic acid
A suspension of calcium ethoxide (816mg, 6.3mmol), butene oxide (5.2mL,
93mmol) and 2,4-diiodophenol (2.17g, 6.3mmol) is heated in a sealed flask at 80°C for 18 h. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool, poured into IN ΗC1 and extracted three times with CH2C12. The combined organic extracts are dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting material is purified by column chromatography (two columns, step gradient of 30-40-50% CH2C12 in hexanes) to give l-(2,4-diiodophenoxy)butan-2-ol as a clear oil (1.73g, 67%).1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.04, 7.56, 6.57, 4.03, 3.9, 3.84, 2.42, 1.65, 1.04.
A solution of l-(2,4-diiodophenoxy)butan-2-ol (1.27g, 3.0) in pyridine (12mL) is degassed by repeatedly evacuating the flask then filling with N2. Sodium hydride (60% suspension, 153mg, 3.8mmol) is added and the resulting mixture is stined for 15 min. Copper (I) chloride (15mg, 0.15mmol) is added, and the resulting mixture is heated at 80°C for 2 h. The reaction is allowed to cool, poured into IM HCl and extracted three times with CH2C12. The combined organic extracts are dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting material is purified by column chromatography (10% CH2C12 in hexanes) to give 2-ethyl-7-iodo-2,3-dihydro- 1,4-benzodioxine as a clear oil (493mg, 57%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.20, 7.10, 6.61, 4.22, 4.01, 3.85, 1.7, 1.6, 1.06 .
A solution of 2-ethyl-7-iodo-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine (486mg, 1.68mmol) in DMF (3mL) is degassed by repeatedly evacuating the flask and filling with N2. Zn(CN)2 (117mg, l.Ommol), and Pd(PPh3)4 (97mg, 0.084mmol) are added, and the resulting solution is degassed, and is then heated to 80°C for 1.5 h. The reaction is allowed to cool, poured into water and extracted two times with ether. The combined organic extracts are dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting material is purified by column chromatography (step gradient, 25-50% CH2C12 in hexanes) to give 3-ethyl-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6-carbonitrile as a clear oil (296mg, 92%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.16, 7.13, 6.91, 4.31, 4.05, 3.93, 1.7, 1.6, 1.08.
KOH (218mg, 3.9mmol) is added to a mixture of 3-ethyl-2,3-dihydro-l,4- benzodioxine-6-carbonitrile (247mg, 1.3mmol), ethanol (3mL) and water (IniL). The resulting mixture is heated to 80°C for 24 hours. The reaction is allowed to cool, diluted with water (2mL) and acidified to pH<2 with concentrated HCl. The resulting solid is filtered, washed with water and dried at 60°C under vacuum to give 3-ethyl- 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6-carboxylic acid as a white solid (249mg, 92%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO--^) δ 12.66, 7.43, 7.37, 6.95, 4.38, 4.10, 3.95, 1.64, 1.01. Intermediate E2: 2-(Phenoxymethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1.4-benzodioxine-6-carboxylic acid
6-Bromo-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-2-yl)methanol is prepared according to literature reports for 6-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-benzo-l,4-dioxin-2-yl)-methanol. See Henning, R.; Lattrell, R.; Gerhards, H. J.; Leven, M.; J.Med.Chem.; 30; 5; 1987; 814- 819. The intermediate is obtained in 70% yield as a solid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.08, 7.00, 6.81, 4.25-4.40, 4.10-4.20, 3.85-4.00, 1.95; MS (El) m/z 244 (M+).
A mixture of (6-bromo-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-2-yl)methanol (3.94 g, 16.1 mmol) and DMF (35 mL) at rt is treated with a 60% dispersion of NaH in mineral oil (0.706 g, 17.7 mmol). After 15 min, the mixture is treated with benzyl bromide (2.10 mL, 17.7 mmol). After 2 h, the mixture is poured into H2O and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 125 mL). The combined organics are washed with H O (3 x 100 mL), brine, dried (MgSO ), filtered, and concentrated. The resulting oil is adsorbed onto SiO2 and chromatographed (Biotage 40M + SIM, 5% EtOAc/Hexane). The product fractions are pooled and concentrated to give an oil which solidified (upon standing) to give 3.91 g (73%) of 2-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-6-bromo-2,3-dihydro- 1,4-benzodioxine: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.30-7.45, 7.06, 6.99, 6.81, 4.60- 4.70, 4.30-4.40, 4.05-4.15, 3.65-3.85; MS (El) m/z 244 (M+). A mixture of 2-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-6-bromo-2,3-dihydro- 1 ,4-benzodioxine
(3.63 g, 10.8 mmol) in THF (60, mL) is cooled in a CO2/acetone bath under N2. A solution of t-butyl lithium in pentane (1.3 M, 17.5 mL, 22.8 mmol) is added. After 5 min, CO2 (g) is bubbled through the mixture and the mixture is warmed to rt. A solution of HCl in methanol is added and the mixture concentrated. The residue is extracted between NaOH (1 N) and EtOAc. The organic layer is discarded. The pH of the aqueous layer is adjusted to ~ 4 and is extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL). The combined organics are washed with H O (3 x 100 mL), brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. The resulting oil is chromatographed (Biotage 40M, 2% MeOH/CH2Cl ). The product fractions are pooled and concentrated to an give oil 1.66 g (51 %) of 2-(phenoxymethyl)-2,3-dihydro-l ,4-benzodioxine-6-carboxylic acid.
Intermediate E3: 3-[(Benzyloχy)methyn-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6- carboxylic acid (R) and (S)-(7-Bromo-2,3-dihydro-benzo-l,4-dioxin-2-yl)-methanol are prepared according to the literature example. The racemic mixture is obtained starting with racemic epichlorohydrin. See Aiba, Y.; Hasegawa, et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.; 11; 20; 2001; 2783-2786. A mixture of 7-bromo-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-2-yl)methanol (2.73 g,
11.1 mmol) and DMF (25 mL) at 0°C is treated with a 60% dispersion of NaH in mineral oil (0.49 g, 12.3 mmol). After 15 min, the mixture is treated with benzyl bromide (1.46 mL, 12.37 mmol). After 2 h, the mixture is poured into H O and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 125 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with H2O (3 x 100 mL), brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. The resulting oil is adsorbed onto SiO and chromatographed (Biotage 40M + SIM, 5% EtOAc/Hexane). The product fractions are pooled and concentrated to provide an oil, which solidified (upon standing) to give 3.48 g (93%) of 2-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-7- bromo-2,3-dihydro- 1 ,4-benzodioxine. A mixture of 2- [(benzyloxy)methyl]-7-bromo-2,3-dihydro-l ,4-benzodioxine
(3.35 g, 10.0 mmol) in THF (60, mL) is cooled in a CO2/acetone bath under N2. A solution of t-butyl lithium in pentane (1.7 M, 6.0 mL, 10.2 mmol) is added. After 5 min, CO2 (g) is bubbled through the mixture and the mixture is warmed to rt. A solution of HCl in methanol is added and the mixture concentrated. The residue is chromatographed (Biotage 40M, 3% MeOH/CH2Cl2). The product fractions are pooled and concentrated to give 1.19 g (40%) of 3-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-2,3-dihydro- l,4-benzodioxine-6-carboxylic acid as an oil.
Intermediate E4: (3S)-3-r(Ben.zyIog?y)methvn-2-3-dihydro-l-4-benzodio∑ine-6- carboxyl acid
Intermediate E4 is obtained following the procedures discussed for Intermediate E3, making non-critical changes, and starting with [(2S)-7-bromo-2,3- dihydro- 1 ,4-benzodioxin-2-yl] methanol
Intermediate E5: (3R) 3-f(Beιι-zyloxy)methyll-2-3-dihydro-1.4-bengodioxine-6- carboxylic acid Intermediate E5 is obtained following the procedures discussed for Intermediate E3, making non-critical changes, and starting with (3R)-3- [(benzyloxy)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6-carboxylic acid.
Intermediate E6: (3S)-3-(PhenoxymethyI)-2,3-dihydro-1.4-benzodioxine-6- carboxylic acid
A mixture of [(2S)-7-bromo-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-2-yl]methanol (2.26 g, 9.20 mmol), phenol (0.87 g, 9.2 mmol), triphenylphosphine (2.42 g, 9.20 mmol) and THF (80 mL) is cooled in a 0°C bath under N2. Diethylazodicarboxylate (1.50 ml, 9.5 mmol) is added, and the mixture is allowed to warm to rt overnight. The mixture is adsorbed onto SiO2 and chromatographed (Biotage 40S+S1M, (1: 19) EtOAc: hexane). The product fractions are pooled and concentrated to afford 1.45 g (49%) of (2S)-7-bromo-2-(phenoxymethyl)-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine as a clear oil.
Intermediate E7: (3R)-3-(Phenoxymethyl)-23-difaydro-l-4-benzodioxine-6- carboxylic acid
A mixture of [(2R)-7-bromo-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxin-2-yl]methanol (0.648 g, 2.64 mmol), phenol (0.248 g, 2.64 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.692 g, 2.64 mmol) and THF (26 mL) is cooled in a 0°C bath under N2. Diethylazodicarboxylate (0.42 ml, 2.7 mmol) is added and the mixture allowed to warm to rt overnight. The mixture is concentrated, partitioned between EtOAc and H O, the organic layer dried (MgSO4), adsorbed onto SiO2, and chromatographed (Biotage 40S+S , (1:19) EtOAc: hexane). The product fractions are pooled and concentrated to afford 0.315 g (37%) of (2R)-7-bromo-2-(phenoxymethyl)-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine as an oil. A solution of this oil (0.280 g, 0.87 mmol) and THF (30 ml) is cooled in a CO2 (s)/acetone bath under N2. To this is added a solution of ten-butyl lithium in pentane (1.7 M, 1.10 ml, 1.9 mmol). After stining for 5 min, CO (g) is bubbled through the solution for an additional 10 min. The mixture is treated with MeOH/HCl and allowed to warm to rt. The mixture is concentrated, and the residue is chromatographed (Biotage 40S, (1:499) MeOH:CH2Cl2). The product fractions are pooled and concentrated to afford 0.103 g (41%) of (3i?)-3-(phenoxymethyl)-2,3- dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6-carboxylic acid as a solid. Intermediate E8: 2-3-Dihvdro-l,4-dioxinor2,3-c1pyridine-7-carboxylic acid
To a stined solution of 4,5-hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid [see:Kenichi Mochida, et al. J. Antibiot. 1987, 182] (800 mg, 4.18 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) is added concentrated sulfuric acid (1 mL). The mixture is heated to reflux for 2 days. The mixture is cooled to rt, followed by addition of solid sodium bicarbonate. The mixture is diluted with water and the precipitate is filtered and dried to give 527 mg (75%) of methyl 4,5-dihydroxypyridine-2-carboxylate: 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH- d4) δ 7.68, 7.24, 3.97. To a stined solution of methyl 4,5-dihydroxypyridine-2-carboxylate (348 mg,
2.06 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) is added solid K2CO3 (3.1 g,- 22 mmol) and ,1 ,2- • dibromoethane (386 μL, 4.5 mmol). The mixture is heated at 115°C for 2 h. DMF is removed in vacuo, the residue is partitioned between water and EtOAc. The aqueous layer is again extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are dried (MgSO ) and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid for methyl 2,3-dihydro-l,4- dioxino[2,3-c]pyridine-7-carboxylate (348 mg, 86%): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.29, 7.71, 4.39, 3.99.
To a stined solution of methyl 2,3-dihydro-l,4-dioxino[2,3-c]pyridine-7- carboxylate (300 mg, 1.54 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) is added NaOH (10 mL of a 5% aqueous solution). The mixture is heated to reflux for 3 h, followed by cooling to rt. The methanol is removed in vacuo and the remaining aqueous layer is acidified to pH=5 with IN HCl, extracted with CH2C12 continuously for 2 days. The organic layer is concentrated to a white solid (245 mg, 88%) for 2,3-dihydro-l,4-dioxino[2,3- c]pyridine-7-carboxylic acid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO--EJ δ 13-12, 8.21, 7.52, 4.39.
Intermediate E9 Chromane-6-carbo-,-.ylic acid
A mixture of chromene (see: Chatterjea, J. Indian Chem. Soc. 1959., 35, 78.)
(5.00 g, 37.8 mmol) and 10% palladium on activated carbon (250 mg) in glacial acetic acid (100 mL) is placed in a Parr bottle. The mixture is shaken under an atmosphere of hydrogen (45 psi) for 3 h at rt. The mixture is filtered through Celite and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to afford 5.00 g (98%) of chromane as light yellow oil: 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.15-7.05, 6.89, 6.80, 4.23, 2.84, 2.08-2.02. To a stined solution of acetyl chloride (4.78 mL, 67.1 mmol) in dry CH2C12 (20 mL) in a -10°C bath is added aluminum trichloride (4.76 g, 35.7 mmol) in small portions. The mixture is stined for 15 min until the solution became homogeneous. The solution is added via canula to a separate solution of chromane (4,79 g, 35.7 mmol) in CH2C12 (30 mL) all at -10 °C. After complete addition, the solution is stirred at -10°C for 30 min. The solution is poured over a mixture of crushed ice and concentrated HCl. The mixture is extracted with CH2C12. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The remaining residue is purified via crystallization from hexanes to give 4.0 g (64%) of l-(3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-6-yl)ethanone as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) bl.16-1.13, 6.75, 4.27, 2.86, 2.57, 2.09-2.03;
A mixture of l-(3,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-6-yl)ethanone (3.80 g, 22.0 mmol) and sodium hypochlorite [150 mL of a 6.0% aqueous solution, (Clorox brand of bleach)] in a 55°C oil bath is stirred for 2 h. The mixture (now homogeneous) is cooled to rt and solid sodium bisulfite is added until a clear color persisted. HCl (ca 15 mL of a 6.0 M aqueous solution) is added, followed by extraction with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 3.10 g (82%) of chromane-6-carboxylic acid as a white solid. !H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 12.55, 7.67, 7.6, 6.79, 4.20, 2.77, 1.96-1.90.
Intermediate E10: Chromane-7-carboxylic acid
To a stined solution of methyl 4-formyl-3-hydroxybenzoate [see: Harayama, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1994, 2170] (0.8 g, 4.1 mmol) and anhydrous K2CO3 (1.1 g, 8.0 mmol) in acetone (12 mL) is added allyl bromide (0.70 mL, 8.1 mmol). The mixture is heated in a 48°C oil bath for 2 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to rt and filtered. The mother liquor is concentrated in vacuo to a brown oil. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on SiO2. Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (85: 15) gives 0.85 g (49%) of methyl 3-(allyloxy)-4-formylbenzoate as a clear solid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 10.6, 7.9, 7.7, 6.1, 5.5, 5.4, 4.8, 4.0. Sodium hydride [220 mg (60% oil dispersion), 5.4 mmol], is washed with pentane (3x) and is suspended in THF (12 mL) in a 0°C ice bath. Methyl triphenylphosphonium bromide (1.7 g, 4.7 mmol) is added. The suspension is allowed to warm to rt and stir for 30 min. A solution of methyl 3-(allyloxy)-4- formylbenzoate (0.85 g, 3.8 mmol) in THF (5 mL) is added via canula. The mixture is stined at rt for 2 h. The mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer is dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow residue. The crude product is triturated with hexanes, filtered and dried in vacuo to a clear oil for methyl 3-(allyloxy)-4-vinylbenzoate (680 mg, 81 %) : 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.65-7.54, 7.13, 6.13, 5.88, 5.49-5.29, 4.65, 3.93.
To a stined solution of methyl 3-(allyloxy)-4-vinylbenzoate (0.67 g, 3.1 mmol) in CH2C12 (20 mL) at rt is added benzylidene-bis(tricyclohexylphosphine)- dichlororuthenium (63 mg, 0.076 mmol). The mixture is stined at rt for 2 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to a dark residue. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on SiO2. ' Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (95:5) gives 372 mg (64%) of methyl 2H-chromene-7-carboxylate as a clear oil: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.56, 7.46, 7.01, 6.46, 5.91, 4.89, 3.91.
A mixture of methyl 2H-chromene-7 -carboxylate (372 mg, 1.96 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (25 mg) in methanol (15 mL) is stined under 1 atm of hydrogen at rt for 3 h. The mixture is filtered through Celite and the filtrate is concentrated to a yellow residue. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on SiO2. Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (95:5) gives 140 mg (37%) of methyl chromane-7-carboxylate as a clear oil: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.51, 7.47, 7.10, 4.23, 3.91, 2.85, 2.04. To a stined solution of methyl chromane-7-carboxylate (140 mg, 0.73 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) is added NaOH (5 mL of a 5% aqueous solution). The mixture is heated in a 85°C oil bath for 3 h, followed by cooling to rt. The methanol is removed in vacuo and the remaining aqueous layer is acidified to pH=l with concentrated HCl, extracted with EtOAc (3X). The combined organic layers are dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to a white solid for chromane-7-carboxylic acid (130 mg, 100%): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSQ-.EJ δ 13-12, 7.37, 7.24, 7.16, 4, 16, 2.79, 1.92.
Intermediate Ell: 2flr-chromene-6-carbo-'-.ylic acid
To a stined solution of ethyl 3-formyl-4-hydroxybenzoate [see: Skattebol, Acta. Chemica. Scandinavica 1999, 53, 258] (1.9 g, 10.0 mmol) and anhydrous
K2CO3 (2.7 g, 19.5 mmol) in acetone (30 mL) is added allyl bromide (1.7 mL, 19.8 mmol). The mixture is heated in a 60°C oil bath for 2 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 2.1 g (92%) of ethyl 4-(allyloxy)-3- formylbenzoate as a white solid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 10.5, 8.5, 8.2, 7.1, 6.1, 5.5, 5.4, 4.8, 4.4, 1.4.
To a stined suspension of sodium hydride [588 mg (60% oil dispersion), 15 mmol), which had been previously washed with pentane (3x), in THF (30 mL) in a 0°C ice bath is added methyl triphenylphosphonium bromide (4.6 g, 13 mmol). The suspension is allowed to warm to rt and stir for 30 min. A solution of ethyl 4- (allyloxy)-3-formylbenzoate (2.3 g, 9.8 mmol) in THF (10 mL) is added via canula. The mixture is stined at rt 2 h. The mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The organic layer is dried of MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow residue. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on SiO2. Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (95:5) gives 1.8. g (79%) of ethyl 4-(allyloxy)-3- vinylbenzoate as a clear oil: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.2, 7.9, 7.1, 6.9, 6.1, 5.9, 5.5, 5.3, 4.7, 4.4, 1.4.
To a stined solution of ethyl 4-(allyloxy)-3-vinylbenzoate (1.8 g, 7.7 mmol) in CH2C12 (40 mL) at rt is added benzylidene-bis(tricyclohexylphosphine)- dichlororuthenium (127 mg, 0.15 mmol). The mixture is stined at rt for 2.5 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to a dark residue. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on SiO . Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (95:5) gives 1.3 g (80%) of ethyl 2H-chromene-6-carboxylate as a clear oil: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.8, 7.7, 6.8, 6.4, 5.8, 4.9, 4.4, 1.4.
To a stined solution of ethyl 2H-chromene-6-carboxylate in MeOH (80 mL) is added NaOH (40 mL of a 5% aqueous solution). The mixture is heated in a 60°C oil bath for 30 min, followed by cooling to rt. The methanol is removed in vacuo and the remaining aqueous layer is acidified to pH=l with concentrated HCl. The solid precipitate is filtered and washed with water to afford 130 mg (13%) of 2H-chromene- 6-carboxylic acid as a white solid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 12-11, 7.9, 7.7, 6.8, 6.5, 5.8, 5.0.
Intermediate E12: 2-MethvI-2H-chromene-6-carboxylic acid To a stined solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0 M solution in tetrahydrofuran) (8 mL) in a 0°C ice bath is added methyl triphenylphonium bromide
(1.92 g, 5.38 mmol). The mixture is allowed to warm to rt and stir for 10 min. A solution of methyl 3-formyl-4-hydroxybenzoate (200 mg, 1.11 mmol) in THF (3 mL) is added to the above solution. The mixture is stined at rt for 5 h. The reaction mixture is acidified to pH=5 with IN HCl, and extracted with ether (3X). The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to a yellow oil. The crude product is purified by chromatography on SiO2. Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (80:20) gives 130 mg (66%) of methyl 4-hydroxy- 3-vinylbenzoate as a white solid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.12, 7.86, 6.93, 6.85, 5.84, 5.50, 5.46, 3.92.
To a stined solution of methyl 4-hydroxy-3-vinylbenzoate (410 mg, 2.3 mmol), triphenylphosphine (787 mg, 3.0 mmol), 3-buten-2-ol (260 μL, 3.0 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0°C is added a solution of diethyl azadicarboxylate (472 μL, 3.0 rrimol) in THF (5 mL). The mixture is allowed to warm to rt and stir overnight. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by chromatography on SiO2. Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (95:5) gives 371 mg (69%) of methyl 3-formyl-4- [(l-methylprop-2-enyl)oxy]benzoate as a clear oil: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.18, 7.89, 7.08, 6.90, 5.94, 5.86, 5.36-5.30, 4.93, 3.91, 1.51.
To a stined solution of methyl 3-formyl-4-[(l-methylprop-2-enyl)oxy]- benzoate (370 mg, 1.59 mmol) in CH2C12 (8 mL) at rt is added benzylidene- bis(tricyclohexylphosphine)dichlororuthenium (56 mg, 0.068 mmol). The mixture is stined at rt overnight. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to a dark residue. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on SiO2. Elution with hexanes-EtOAc (95:5) gives 225 mg (69%) of methyl 2-methyl-2H-chromene-6- carboxylate as a clear oil: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.82, 7.68, 6.79, 6.41, 5.71, 5.11, 3.89, 1.48.
To a stined solution of methyl 2-methyl-2H-chromene-6-carboxylate (225 mg, 1.10 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) is added NaOH (5 mL of a 5% aqueous solution). The mixture is heated in a 60°C oil bath for 40 min, followed by cooling to rt. The methanol is removed in vacuo and the remaining aqueous layer is acidified to pH=5 with IN HCl. The solution is extracted with EtOAc (2X), washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to afford 209 mg (100%) of 2-mefhyl-2H- chromene-6-carboxylic acid as a yellow oil: 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 13-12, 7.68, 7.65, 6.80, 6.53, 5.85, 5.10, 1.37.
Intermediate E13: 3.4-Dihvdro-2H-pyrano[2,3-c1pyridine-6-carboxylic acid 2-Chloro-3-pyridinol (20.0 g, 0.154 mole and NaHCO3 (19.5g, 0.232 mole, 1.5 equ) are dissolved in 150 ml of water. The reaction mixture is placed in an oil bath at 90°C and after 5 min is treated with 37% aqueous formaldehyde (40.5 ml, 0.541 mole, 3.5 equ) which is added in six unequal doses; 12 ml initially, 3 x 8 ml followed by 1 x 2.2 ml all at 90 min intervals with the final 2.3 ml added after maintaining at 90°C overnight (15 h). After stining in the 90°C bath for an additional 4 h, the flask is placed in ice bath, and the contents are treated with 100 ml of crushed ice, acidified with 39 ml of 6 N HCl to pH 1, and the precipitated material is stined for 1.5 h in an ice bath. The undesired solid is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is extracted seven times with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are concentrated at reduced pressure, treated with toluene, reconcentrated on rotary evaporator to azeotrope most of the water, suspended in CH C12 and reconcentrated again at reduced pressure to obtain 19.9 g (81%) of 2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3-pyridinol as a pale yellow solid sufficiently pure for subsequent reaction. MS for C6H6ClNO2: m/z: 159 (M)+. 2-Chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3-pyridinol (11.6 g, 72.7 mmol) and NaHCO3
(18.3 g, 218 mmol) are dissolved in 200 ml water in a flask. The mixture is stined until homogeneous, is cooled in an ice bath, is treated with iodine (19.4 g, 76.3 mmol), and is stined over 60 h at rt as the cooling bath expired. The pH of the mixture is adjusted to 3 with 2N NaHSO4, and the mixture is extracted with 4 x 50 ml EtOAc. The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4) and is concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid. The crude solid is washed with EtOAc to provide 12.9 g (62%) of 2- chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodo-3-pyridinol as an off-white solid. The filtrate is concentrated to a small volume and is chromatographed over 250 g SiO2 (230-400 mesh) eluting with EtOAc/CH2Cl2/hexane/acetic acid 2.5:4.5:4:0.1. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to afford an additional 2.4 g (12%) of pure 2- chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodo-3-pyridinol. MS for CeHsOING?, m/z: 285 (M)+.
2-Chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodopyridin-3-ol (5.7 g, 20 mmol) is combined with bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride (1.12 g, 1.6 mmol) in 50 ml DMF under nitrogen. The mixture is treated with tetravinyl tin, is warmed to 60°C for 6 h followed by 50°C for 18 h, and at rt for 72 h. The mixture is diluted with 250 ml
EtOAc and is extracted with 4 x l00 ml 2:l:l water/saturated NaCl/saturated
NaHCO3. The organic layer is dried (MgSO4) and is concentrated in vacuo to a yellow oil. The crude material is chromatographed over 200 g SiO2 (230-400 mesh) eluting with 37% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to afford 1.45 g (39%) of 2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-vinylpyridin-3- ol as a pale yellow solid. MS for C8H8ClNO2 (El) m/z: 185 (M)+.
2-Chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-vinylpyridin-3-ol (1.35 g, 7.8 mmol) is dissolved in 12 ml DMF in a dry flask under nitrogen. The yellow solution is treated with 60% sodium hydride (312 mg, 7.8 mmol), is stined 30 min, and is treated with allyl bromide (744 μL, 8.6 mmol). The reaction is stined 6 h at RT, is diluted with 50 ml EtOAc, and is washed with 4 x 25 ml 2:1:1 water/sat' d NaCl/sat'd NaHCO3. The organic layer is dried (MgSO4) and is concentrated in vacuo to a yellow oil. The crude material is chromatographed over 50 g SiO2 (230-400 mesh) eluting with 30% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to give 1.43 g (81%) of [5-(allyloxy)-6-chloro-4-vinylpyridin-2-yl]methanol as a white solid. MS for CnHi2ClNO2 (El) m/z: 225 (M)+.
[5-(Allyloxy)-6-chloro-4-vinylpyridin-2-yl]methanol (225 mg, 1.0 mmol) is combined with bis (tricyclohexylphosphine) benzylidene ruthenium (TV) dichloride (16.5 mg, 0.02 mmol) in 5 ml CH2C12 and the reaction is stined 4 h at RT. The volatiles are removed in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over 15 g SiO (230-400 mesh) eluting with 40% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to give 175 mg (89%) of (8-chloro-2H-pyrano[2,3- c]pyridin-6-yl)methanol as a tan solid. MS for C9H8ClNO2 (El) m/z: 197 (M)+. (8-Chloro-2H-pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-6-yl)methanol (988 mg, 5.0 mmol) is combined with 100 mg 10% Pd/C in 25 ml EtOH containing 3 ml (6 mmol) of 2N aqueous NaOH in a 250 ml PARR shaker bottle. The reaction is hydrogenated at 50 PSI for 48 h, the catalyst is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is concentrated to dryness. The mixture is partitioned between 1 x 10 ml 1:1 saturated NaCl/ cone.
NH4OH and 4 x 10 ml CH2C12 and the combined organic layer is dried (K2CO3). The mixture is concentrated in vacuo to give 730 mg (89%) of 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrano[2,3- c]pyridin-6-ylmethanol as an off-white solid. HRMS (FAB) calcd for C9HnNO2 +H: 166.0868, found 166.0868 (M+H)+. Oxalyl chloride (452μL, 5.1 mmol) is dissolved in 15 ml CH2C12 under nitrogen at -78°C. The solution is treated drop-wise with DMSO (729μL, 10.3 mmol) in 5 ml CH2C12 and the mixture is stined 30 min at -78°C. 3,4-Dihydro-2H- pyrano[2,3-c]pyridin-6-ylmethanol (731 mg, 4.4 mmol) is added drop-wise to the reaction mixture in 5 ml CH2C12 and the reaction is stined 30 min at -78°C. The mixture is treated with TEA (3.08 ml, 22.1 mmol), is stined 30 min at -78°C and 2 h at 0°C. The mixture is washed with 1 x 10 ml saturated NaHCO3, is dried (K2CO3), and is concentrated in vacuo. The crude intermediate is chromatographed over 25 g SiO2 (230-400 mesh) eluting with 35% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to give 685 mg (95%) of the aldehyde as an off-white solid.
The aldehyde (685 mg, 4.2 mmol) is combined with NaClO2 (80%, 1.42 g, 12.6 mmol) and KH2PO in 15 ml THF/7 ml t-BuOH/ 7 ml water and the reaction is stined overnight under a stream of nitrogen. The reaction is concentrated to dryness in vaciω and the residue is dissolved in 10 ml water. The pH of the mixture is adjusted to 5 with 12 N HCl, the white solid is collected, washed with water, and is dried in vacuo at 50°C to afford 565 mg (82%) of 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrano[2,3- c]pyridine-6-carboxylic acid as a white solid. ΗRMS (FAB) calcd for C9Η9NO3 +H: 180.0661 , found 180.0652 (M+H)+.
Compounds of Formula I where W is (F) are made using the coupling procedures discussed herein and in cited references, making non-critical changes to obtain the desired compounds. The following intermediates to provide W of formula I are for exemplification only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Other intermediates within the scope of the present invention can be obtained using known procedures or by making slight modifications to known procedures.
Intermediate FI: l,3-Benaosaaole-6-carbosylic acid
A mixture of 4-amino-3-hydroxybenzoic acid (250 mg, 1.63 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate (500 μL, 4.57 mmol) is heated in an oil bath at 100°C for 2 h. The mixture is cooled to rt and diluted with MeOH. The resulting solution is filtered through a pad of Celite, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give Intermediate FI as a brown solid (237 mg, 89%): 1H NMR (DMSO-- ) δ 13.2, 8.9, 8.3, 8.0, 7.9.
Intermediate F2: 2-Methyl-l,3-benzoxazole-6-carboxylie acid A mixture of 4-amino-3-hydroxybenzoic acid (500 mg, 3.7 mmol) and trimethyl orthoacetate (1.0 mL, 7.9 mmol) is heated in an oil bath to 100°C for 2 h. The mixture is cooled to rt and diluted with MeOH. The resulting solution is filtered through a pad of Celite, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give Intermediate F2 as an off-white solid (266 mg, 46%): 1H NMR (OMSO-d6) δ 13.1, 8.2, 8.0, 7.7, 2.7.
Intermediate F3: l,3-BenzoxazoIe-5-carboxyIic acid
A mixture of 4-amino-3-hydroxybenzoic acid (1.0 g, 6.5 mmol) and trimethyl orthoformate (2.0 mL, 18.3 mmol) is heated in an oil bath at 100°C for 30 h. The mixture is cooled to rt and diluted with MeOH. The resulting solution is filtered through a pad of Celite, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give Intermediate F3 as a brown solid (290 mg, 27%): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.0, 8.9, 8.3, 8.1, 7.9.
Intermediate F4: 2-Methyl-l,3-benzoxazole-5-carboxylic acid
A mixture of 4-amino-3-hydroxybenzoic acid (480 mg, 3.1 mmol) and trimethyl orthoacetate (1.0 mL, 7.9 mmol) is heated in an oil bath to 107°C for 2 h. The mixture is cooled to rt and diluted with MeOH. The resulting solution is filtered through a pad of silica gel and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give Intermediate F4 as an orange solid (490 mg, 88%): !H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.0, 8.2, 8.0, 7.8, 2.7.
Intermediate F5: 5-Indancarboxylic acid
To a stined 6% aqueous sodium hypochlorite solution in an oil bath to 55°C is added l-mdane-5-yl-efhanone (1.0 g, 6.2 mmol). The solution is stined at 55°C for 2 h, followed by cooling to rt. Solid sodium bisulfite is added until the solution became clear. The mixture is diluted with water, followed by aqueous hydrochloric acid (6.0 M). The solid that forms is filtered and washed several times with water. The solid is dried under high vacuum at 60°C for 5 h to afford Intermediate F5 as a white solid (0.96 g, 95%): 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 8.0, 7.9, 7.3, 3.0, 2.1.
Intermediate F6: \1 ,31Oxazolor5,4-c]pyridine-6-carboxyIic acid 2-Chloro-3-pyridinol (20.0 g, 0.154 mole), NaHCO3 (19.5g, 0.232 mole, 1.5 equ), and 150 mL of water are placed in a flask. The flask is placed in an oil bath at 90°C, and after 5 minutes, 37% aqueous formaldehyde (40.5 mL, 0.541 mole, 3.5 equ) is added in six unequal doses in the following order: 12 mL, 3 x 8 mL, then 2.2 mL all at 90-minute intervals and then the final 2.3 mL after the reaction had stined for 15 h at 90°C. The reaction is stined at 90°C for another 4 h and then is cooled by placing the flask in an ice bath. The pH of the reaction is then adjusted to 1 using 6N HCl. The reaction is stined for 1.5 h in an ice bath allowing an undesired solid to form. The undesired solid is removed by filtration, and the filtrate is extracted seven times with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are concentrated in vacuo, toluene is added to the flask and removed in vacuo to azeotrope water, and then CH C12 is added and removed in vacuo to obtain 2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3-pyridinol (I-10-F) as a pale yellow solid (81% yield) sufficiently pure for subsequent reaction. MS (El) for C6H6ClNO2, m/z: 159(M)+. I-10-F (11.6 g, 72.7 mmol) and NaHCO3 (18.3 g, 218 mmol) are added to 200 mL water. The mixture is stined until homogeneous, the flask is placed in an ice bath, iodine (19.4 g, 76.3 mmol) is added, and the reaction is stined over the weekend at rt. The pH of the mixture is adjusted to 3 with 2N NaHSO4, and the mixture is extracted with 4 x 50 mL EtOAc. The combined organic layer is dried (MgSO4), is filteredi and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid. The crude solid is washed with EtOAc to provide 2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodo-3-pyridinol (1-12- F) as an off-white solid (62% yield), and the filtrate is concentrated to a small volume and is chromatographed over 250 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 2.5:4.5:4:0.1 EtOAc/CH Cl /hexane/acetic acid. The desire fractions are combined and concentrated to afford an additional pure I-12-F (12% yield). MS (El) for C6H5ClINO2, m/z: 285(M)+.
4-(Benzylamino)-2-chloiO-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3-pyridinol (I-13-F) may be produced by amination of 2-chloro-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-iodo-3-pyridinol (I-12-F) with benzylamine under palladium catalysis. Amination of aryl iodides with primary amines such as benzylamine under palladium catalysis is generally described in a review by B.H. Yang and S.L. Buchwald in J. Organomet. Chem., 576, 125-146, 1999 and in greater detail in the references therein. I-13-F may be oxidized to 4-(benzylamino)-2-chloro-3-hydroxypyridine-6- carboxaldehyde (I-14-F) under a wide variety of conditions (e.g., TPAP and NMO in CH2C12). I-14-F may be oxidized to produce the conesponding carboxylic acid I-15-F using an oxidizing reagent such as NaClO2 and KH2PO4 in DMSO/H O or Ag O, or hydrogen peroxide or ruthenium tetroxide.
Removal of the benzyl group and the chloro group of Acid I-15-F may be accomplished by utilizing hydrogen or a hydrogen source (e.g., cyclohexene, cyclohexadiene, ammonium formate, hydrazine, etc.) in the presence of Pd/C or other catalyst, under a variety of conditions and in various solvents, to produce 4-amino-5- hydroxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid (Acid I-16-F).
Cyclocondensation of Acid I-16-F with trimethyl orthoformate in the presence of catalytic pαra-toluenesulfonic acid may be conducted to produce [l,3]oxazolo[5,4- c]pyridine-6-carboxylic acid.
Intermediate F7: 2-Benzoisothiophene-5-carboxyIie acid
Intermediate F7 can be made by the saponification of the methyl ester I-20-E. which can be made pursuant to Wynberg, Hans, et al., Reel Trav. Chim. Pays-Bas (1968), 87(10), 1006-1010.
Intermediate F8: l,3-BenzothiazoIe-5-carboxylic acid
A solution of sodium sulfide»nanohydrate (1.15 g, 4.9 mmol) in mefhanol- water (ca. 10 mL, 1:1) is warmed on a hot plate. To this solution is added elemental sulfur (150 mg, 4.6 mmol). Heating is continued for 15 min before the solution is poured into a separate solution of 1.0 g (4.6 mmol) of methyl 4-chloro-3- nitrobenzoate (see: Kuene, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1962, 48, 837.) in MeOH (5.0 mL).
The mixture is stined for 30 min, followed by cooling in a refrigerator overnight. The solid precipitate is filtered, washed with water and methanol, and dried in vacuo at 50 °C to afford 650 mg (65%) of dimethyl 4,4'-dithio-bis-(3-nitrobenzoate) as a yellow solid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.0, 8.2, 7.9, 4.0. To a stined solution of dimethyl 4,4'-dithio-bis-(3-nitrobenzoate) (900mg,
2.12 mmol) in ethanol is added tin powder (1.91 g, 17.0 mmol). The mixture is heated in a 70°C oil bath for 30 minutes before 2.8 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid is added drop- wise. After complete addition, the mixture is stined for an additional 10 min, followed by cooling to RT. The reaction mixture is filtered and the fitrate is concentrated in vacuo to a solid. The solid is washed with 1.0M aqueous hydrochloric acid and dried in vacuo to afford a yellow solid. The solid (750 mg, 3.42 mmol) is suspended in formic acid (4 mL) in a 100°C oil bath. Zinc dust (15 mg) is added to the reaction. The mixture is stined for 10 min, followed by cooling to RT. The mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 640 mg (97%) of methyl l,3-benzothiazole-5-carboxylate as a yellow solid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.1, 8.9, 8.2, 8.1, 4.0. To a stined solution of methyl l,3-benzothiazole-5-carboxylate (290 mg, 1.5 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) is added sodium hydroxide (10 mL of a 5% aqueous solution). The mixture is heated in a 65°C oil bath for 30 min, followed by cooling to RT. The mixture is diluted with water and extracted with hexanes-ether (1:1). The organic layer is discarded and the aqueous layer is acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid to pH=l. The aqueous layer is extracted with ether. The ethereal layer is dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow powder for 1,3- benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid (260 mg, 98%): 1H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 13-12.5, 9.5, 8.6, 8.3, 8.0.
Intermediate F9: 3-Methyl-l,2-benzisoxazoIe-6-carboχylic acid
3-Hydroxybenzoic acid (13.8 g, 100 mmol) is dissolved in concentrated NH4OH (200 mL) using an overhead stiner and is treated slowly dropwise with a solution of iodine (23.4 g, 92 mmol) and KI (18.26 g, 110 mmol) in water (100 mL). The solution is stined for 1 h at rt and then treated rapidly dropwise with concentrated HCl (180 mL). The white solid is collected via filtration, rinsed with water and dried overnight [by pulling air through the solid] in vacuo to afford 13.05 g (54%) of 3- hydroxy-4-iodobenzoic acid as a tan solid. 1H NMR (DMSO- g): δ 7.13, 7.43, 7.80, 10.71, 12.98 ppm.
3-Hydroxy-4-iodobenzoic acid (12.55 g, 47.5 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (200 mL), treated slowly dropwise with thionyl chloride (32.3 mL, 442.9 mmol) at rt, then heated to reflux for 20 h. The mixture is concentrated to dryness and partitioned between CH2C12 (100 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). Not all of the residue is solubilized, so the mixture is filtered and the solid is washed with a small amount of CH C12 and MeOH. The original filtrate and the organic washes are combined, concentrated to dryness, dissolved in 10% MeOH / CH2C12 (200 mL), diluted with water (50 mL) and the layers separated. The organics are washed with saturated NaHCO3 (2 x 50 mL), then water (50 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to a tan solid. This solid is triturated with CH C12 (50 mL) and filtered. The two solids are combined to afford 9.4 g (70%) of methyl 3-hydroxy-4-iodobenzoate as a beige solid. HRMS (FAB) calcd for C8H7IO3 +Hι: 278.9520, found 278.9521.
Methyl 3-hydroxy-4-iodobenzoate (5.22 g, 18.8 mmol) is combined with trimethylsilylacetylene (3.71 mL, 26.3 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride (386 mg, 0.55 mmol) and cuprous iodide (54 mg, 0.28 mmol) in THF (20 mL) / CHC13 (40 mL) in a dry flask, under nitrogen. TEA (8.14 mL< 58.4 mmol) is added and the mixture is heated to 50°C for 4 h. The mixture is diluted with CHC13 (60 mL), washed with 5% HCl (2 x 40 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to a brown paste (8.31 g). The crude material is chromatographed over a standard 90 g Biotage column, eluting with 10% EtOAc / hexane (1 L) followed by 15 % EtOAc / hexane (1 L). The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to afford 4.22 g (91%) of methyl 3-hydroxy-4-[(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]benzoate as a yellow solid. HRMS (FAB) calcd for Cι36O3SI +H.: 249.0947, found 249.0947.
Methyl 3-hydroxy-4-[(trimethylsilyl)ethynyl]benzoate (540 mg, 2.17 mmole) is combined with 4 ml formic acid under nitrogen. The reaction is warmed to 80°C for 12 h, is cooled to rt, and the volatiles are removed in vacuo. The black residue is chromatographed over 25 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 15% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to provide 350 mg (83%) of methyl 4-acetyl-3-hydroxybenzoate as a pale yellow solid. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.70, 3.95, 7.54, 7.64, 7.82, 12.10 ppm.
Methyl 4-acetyl-3-hydroxybenzoate (350 mg, 1.8 mmole) is combined with 5 ml absolute EtOH. The solution is treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (125 mg, 1.8 mmole) dissolved in 0.9 ml 2N aqueous NaOH, and the reaction is stined overnight at rt. The volatiles are removed in vacuo and the residue is washed with H2O, collected, and dried to give 294 mg (78%) of methyl 3-hydroxy-4-[N- hydroxyethanimidoyl]benzoate as a tan solid. MS (El) m/z : 209 (M+).
Methyl 3-hydroxy-4-[N-hydroxyethanimidoyl]benzoate (250 mg, 1.19 mmole) is combined with triphenylphosphine (446 mg, 1.7 mmole) in 14 ml dry THF in a dry flask under nitrogen. The solution is treated slowly dropwise with N,N'- diethylazidodicarboxylate (268 μL, 1.7 mmole) in 10 ml dry THF. The reaction is stined 4 h at rt. The volatiles are removed in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed over 30 g silica gel (230-400 mesh) eluting with 10% EtOAc/hexane. The appropriate fractions are combined and concentrated to provide 125 mg (55%) of methyl 3 -methyl- l,2-benzisoxazole-6-carboxylate slightly contaminated (< 10%) with methyl 4-acetyl-3-hydroxybenzoate. 1H NMR (CDC13) δ 2.64, 4.00, 7.70, 8.01, 8.25 ppm.
Methyl 3 -methyl- l,2-benzisoxazole-6-carboxylate (170 mg, 0.89 mmole) is dissolved in 6 ml MeOH under nitrogen. The solution is treated with 2N aqueous NaOH (1 ml, 2 mmole) and the mixture is stined 4 h at rt. The volatiles are removed in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in 4 ml water. The pH of the solution is adjusted to 3 with 10% aqueous HCl, the white precipitate is collected, is washed with water, and is dried to give 144 mg (92%) of 3-methyl-l,2-benzisoxazole-6-carboxylic acid as a white solid. MS m/z (ESI): 176.2 (M-H)".
Intermediate F10: 3-Methyl-l,2-benzisoxazole-5-carboxylic acid
Intermediate F13 is obtained according to the methods discussed for preparing Intermediate F12 starting with 4-hydroxybenzoic acid.
Intermediate Fll: lH-indazole-6-carboxylic acid
To a stined solution of 3-amino-4-methylbenzoic acid (5.0 g, 33 mmol) in a mixture of water (50 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (15 mL) in an acetone- crushed ice bath is added a solution of sodium nitrite in water (12 mL) dropwise. The solution is stined for 10 min, followed by the addition of tert-butyl mercaptan (1.8 mL, 16 mmol). The mixture is stined for 1 h. The solid precipitate is filtered, washed with water and dried in vacuo to obtain 3.85 g (95%) of 3-[(E)-(tert- butylthio)diazenyl]-4-methylbenzoic acid as a tan solid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 13.2, 7.8, 7.5, 7.3, 2.1, 1.6. To a stined solution of potassium tert-butoxide (8.1 g, 73 mmol) in DMSO
(30 mL) was added a solution of 3-[(E)-(tert-butylthio)diazenyl]-4-methylbenzoic acid
(1.9 g, 7.3 mmol) at RT. The mixture was stined overnight, followed by the adition of ice water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer
- ill - was dicarded. The pH of the aqueous layer was adjusted to 4-5 with aqueous IN HCl. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 800 mg (97%) of lH-indazole-6-carboxylic acid as a tan solid: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 13.4, 13.0, 8.2, 8.1, 7.9, 7.7.
Compounds of Formula I where W is (G) are made using the coupling procedures discussed herein and in US 20020049225A1 and US 20020042428A1, making non-critical changes to obtain compounds where Azabicyclo is other than I. The following intermediates to provide W of formula I are for exemplification only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Other intermediates ' within the scope of the present invention can be obtained using known procedures or by making slight modifications to known procedures.
It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the requisite carboxylic acids can be synthesized by known procedures, or modification thereof, some of which are described herein. For example, 3-(pynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine)carboxylic acid can be synthesized from the conesponding pynole-2-carboxaldehyde by reaction with an isocyanoacetate in the presence of base as described in J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 7788 and J. Org. Chem. 1976, 41, 1482 or by methods described in Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1987, 491. Scheme IG depicts this transformation.
Scheme IG
Figure imgf000113_0001
The pynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine acid fragment can be prepared using the methods shown in Scheme 2G. The ester intermediate can be prepared using methods described in Dekhane, M.; Potier, P.; Dodd, R. H. Tetrahedron 1993, 49, 8139-46, whereby the requisite pynole-2-carboxaldehyde is reacted with aminoester diethylacetal to form the imine. The imine can then be cyclized under acidic conditions to afford the desired bicyclic core. The resulting ester can be hydrolyzed under typical hydrolysis procedures well known in the art to afford the requisite pynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine acids. Scheme 2G
Figure imgf000114_0001
The pynole-2-carboxaldehydes can be obtained from commercial sources or can be synthesized by known procedures. For example, pynole-2-carboxaldehyde can be converted into 4-halo, 5-halo and 4,5-dihalopynole-2-carboxaldehydes as described in Bull Soc. Chim. Fr. 1973, 351. See Examples 12-22. Alternatively, substituted pynoles can be converted into pynole carboxaldehydes by Vilsmeier formylation using procedures well known in the art (see J. Ret. Chem. 1991, 28, 2053, Synth. Commun. 1994, 24, 1389 or Synthesis, 1995, 1480. Scheme 3G depicts these transformations.
Scheme 3G
Figure imgf000114_0002
Non-limiting examples of W when W is (G): Ethyl pynolo[ 1 ,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate:
Figure imgf000114_0003
A solution of pynole-2-carboxaldehyde (3.6g, 38.1 mmol) in 40mL dry THF is added to ethyl isocyanoacetate (4.3g, 38.1mmol) and DBU (5.8g, 38.2mmol) in 60mL dry THF. After stining at RT overnight, the reaction is neutralized with 10% AcOH. The solvent is removed in vacuo. The residue is taken up in EtOAc/H O, the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel eluting with 30-70% EtOAc/hexanes. The carboxylate is obtained (4.45g, 61%) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.86, 8.24, 7.54, 7.01, 6.78, 4.45, 1.44. The following compounds are made from the conesponding pynole-2- carboxaldehydes, making non-critical variations:
Ethyl 7-chloropynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate. Yield 25% starting from 5- chloropynole-2-carboxaldehyde. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 8.86, 8.21, 6.91-6.89, 6.80-6.77, 4.50-4.43, 1.47-1.42.
Ethyl 6-chloropynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate. Yield 49% starting from 4- chloropynole-2-carboxaldehyde. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 8.76, 8.14, 7.51, 6.72,
4.49-4.42, 1.46-1.41.
Ethyl 6-bromopynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate. Yield 9% starting from 4- bromopynole-2-carboxaldehyde. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 8.77, 8.15, 7.55, 6.79,
4.49-4.42, 1.46-1.41.
Pyrrolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carbo∑ylic acid hydrochloride:
Figure imgf000115_0001
Ethyl pynolo[l ,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxylate (4. Ig, 21.2mmol) is dissolved/suspended in lOOmL concentrated HCl. The mixture is heated under reflux.
After 4h, the reaction is cooled and the solvent is removed in vacuo. Absolute EtOH is added and the solvent is removed (twice) to afford a yellow-green solid. The solid is triturated with Et O and dried to give 4.28g (100%) of pynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3- carboxylic acid as the hydrochloride salt. The solid can be recrystallized from EtOH.
1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO) δ 9.24, 8.21, 7.90, 7.06, 6.85.
The following compounds are made from the conesponding ethyl pynolo[l,2- c]pyrimidine-3-carboxylates, making non-critical variations:
7-Chloropynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid hydrochloride. Yield 77%. 1H NMR (400MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 9.3, 9.04, 8.25, 7.16-7.14, 6.96-6.94.
6-Chloropynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid hydrochloride. Yield 95%. 1H
NMR (400MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 11.15, 9.14, 8.15, 8.04, 6.91.
6-Bromopynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxylic acid hydrochloride. Yield 97%. 1H
NMR (400MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 10.2, 9.12, 8.15, 8.04, 6.96. Imidazori,5-a1pyridine-7-carboχylic acid:
Methyl nicotinate 1-oxide (Coperet, C; Adolfsson, H; Khuong, T-A. V.; Yudin, A. K.; Sharpless, K. B. J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 1740-41.) (5.0 g, 32.2 mmol) and dimethylsulfate (3.2 ml, 33.2 mmol) are placed in a 100 ml flask and heated to 65- 70°C for 2 h. Upon cooling a salt precipitates. The resulting precipitate is dissolved in water (12 ml). An oxygen free solution of KCN (2.5 g, 38.7 mmol) in water (9.5 ml) is added dropwise to the mixture with vigorous stining at 0°C. After stining for 1 h at 0°C, the mixture is warmed to rt and stined overnight. The solution is extracted with CH2C12 (3 x 25 ml) and the combined organic layers are dried (NaSO4), filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The resulting solid is purified by silica gel chromatography (EtOAc) to give a yellow solid (4.2 g, 25.9 mmol, 80%) for methyl 2- cyanoisonicotinate. MS (ESI+) for C8H6N2O2 m/z 163.0 (M+H)+.
To a solution of methyl 2-cyanoisonicotinate (4.22 g, 25.9 mmol) and 10 % palladium on charcoal (2.8 g, 2.6 mmol) in MeOH (400 ml) was added cone. HCl (7.5 ml). The mixture is hydrogenated at rt and balloon pressure, until no more hydrogen is consumed (about 2 h). The reaction mixture is filtered through a pad of celite and the solvent is removed in vacuum to give a yellow solid (4.5 g, 18.8 mmol, 73%) for methyl 2-(aminomethyl) isonicotinate. This compound is used without further purification. MS (ESI+) for C80N2O2 m/z 167.2 (M+H)+; HRMS (FAB) calcd for C8HιoN2O2+H 167.0820, found 167.0821.
Procedure A:
A mixture of methyl 2-(aminomethyl) isonicotinate (4.3 g, 18.0 mmol) and acetic formic anhydride (which is prepared by heating to 50°C acetic anhydride (75.0 ml) and formic acid (65.0 ml) for 2 h) is stined at rt for 1 h. The reaction mixture is heated to 35°C with an oil bath for 1 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to 0°C in an ice-bath and neutralized with ammonium hydroxide at such a rate that the temperature did not rise above 5°C. The mixture is extracted with CH C12 (3 x 200 ml) and the combined organic layers are dried (NaSO4), filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum. The resulting solid is purified with DOWEX 50WX2-400 ion-exchange resin to give a yellow solid (3.2 g, 18.0 mmol, 100%) for methyl imidazo [1,2- a]pyridin-6-carboxylate. MS (ESI+) for C9H8N2O2 m/z 177.03 (M+H)+. Procedure B:
Methyl imidazo [l,2-a]pyridin-6-carboxylate (3.2 g, 18.0 mmol) is dissolved in 3N HCl (200 ml) and heated under reflux for 3 h. The solvent is removed under vacuum and the resulting brown solid is recrystallized from H2O/EtOH/Et2O to afford a light brown solid (4.3 g, 21.6 mmol, 119%) for imidazo [l,5-a]pyridine-7-carboxylic acid. HRMS (FAB) calcd for C8H6N2O2+H 163.0508, found 163.0489.
Pyrrolori,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxylic acid hydrochloride: Procedure E: Pynole-2-carboxaldehyde (recrystallized from EtOAc/hexanes prior to use)
(3.67 g, 38.6 mmol) is added to a solution of ethyl 3-ethoxy-O-ethylserinate (7.95 g, 38.6 mmol) in freshly distilled THF or CH C12 (100 mL) in an oven dried 250 mL flask. 3 A activated molecular sieves (approximately 1/3 the volume of the reaction vessel) are added, and the resulting mixture is allowed to stir under nitrogen until the starting pynole-2-carboxaldehyde is consumed as determined by 1H NMR. The reaction mixture is filtered through a pad of celite, and the solvent removed in vacuo to give an orange oil (9.59 g) for ethyl 3-ethoxy-O-ethyl-N-(lH-pynol-2- ylmethylene)serinate that is used without purification: MS (ESI+) for Ci4Η22N2θ4 m/z 282.96 (M+H)+.
Procedure F:
To a hot (65°C) solution of TFA (44 mL, 510 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (39.0 g, 140 mmol) is added drop-wise a solution of ethyl 3-ethoxy-O- ethyl-N-(lH-pynol-2-ylmethylene)serinate (Dekhane, M; Potier, P; Dodd, R. Η. Tetrahedron, 49, 1993, 8139-46.) (9.6 g, 28.0 mmol) in anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (200 mL). The black mixture is allowed to stir at 65°C for 18 h at which point it is cooled to rt and neutralized with sat. NaΗCO3 and solid NaHCO3 to pH - 9. The phases are separated and the basic phase extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL). The organic phases are combined, washed with brine, dried (NaSO4), filtered, and concentrated to give a black oil that is purified with silica gel chromatography (35%
EtO Ac/heptanes to 50% over several liters) to give a light brown solid for ethyl pynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxylate. Yield 24%. HRMS (FAB) calcd for
Ci0HioN2O2+H 191.0820, found 191.0823. Pynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxylic acid hydrochloride is prepared from ethyl pynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxylate, using Procedure B to give a pale brown solid. Yield 90%. HRMS (FAB) calcd for C8H6O2N2+H 163.0508, found 163.0513,
PyrazinorL2-a]indole-3-carboxylic acid hvdrocholoride:
To a suspension of lithium aluminum hydride (10.6g, 264 mmol) in THF (200 mL) is added dropwise a solution of ethyl indole-2-carboxylate (50.0 g, 256 mmol) in THF (250 mL) over 25 minutes. After 3 h, water (10.6 mL) is carefully added, followed by 15% NaOH (10.6 mL), followed by additional portion of water (31.8 mL). The resulting suspension is dried (Na2SO4) and filtered through celite. After concentration under reduced pressure, the white solid (34.0 g) is crystallized from EtOAc/hexanes to give white needles for lH-indol-2-ylmethanol. Yield 83%. ΗRMS (FAB) calcd for C9Η9NO+Η 148.0762, found 148.0771. lH-hιdole-2-carbaldehyde is prepared according to Berccalli, E. M., et al, J. Org. Chem. 2000, 65, 8924-32, and crystallized from EtOAc/hexanes to give a yellow/brown plates. Yield 81%. MS (ESI+) for C9Η7NO m/z 146.1 (M+H)+.
Ethyl 3-ethoxy-O-ethyl-N-(lH-indol-2-ylmethylene)serinate is prepared using Procedure E to give an orange oil. Yield 94%. MS (ESI+) for Cι8H2 N2O4 m/z 333.8 (M+H)+.
Procedure G:
Ethyl 9H-beta-carboline-3-carboxylate and ethyl pyrazino[l,2-a]indole-3- carboxylate are prepared according to Dekhane, M., et al, Tetrahedron, 49, 1993, 8139-46, to give a dark colored solid that is purified with silica gel chromatography (20% to 75% EtOAc/hexanes as the eluent) to give the ethyl 9H-beta-carboline-3- carboxylate as a brown solid (yield 16%) and the ethyl pyrazino[l,2-a]indole-3- carboxylate as a brown soild (yield 35%). Ethyl 9H-beta-carboline-3-carboxylate; MS (ESI+) for C14Η12N2O2 m/z 241.10 (M+H)+; MS (ESI-) for Cι4H12N2O2 m/z 239.15 (M-H)".
Procedure H:
To a solution of ethyl pyrazino[l,2-a]indole-3-carboxylate (0.49 g, 2.0 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) is added crushed potassium hydroxide (1.1 g, 20.0 mmol) followed by water (30 mL). The resulting dark colored solution is stined at rt for 40 min and then neutralized with cone. HCl to pH -2. The acidic mixture is concentrated to dryness to afford pyrazino[l,2-a]indole-3-carboxylic acid hydrochloride. HRMS (FAB) calcd for Cι2H8N2O2+H 213.0664, found 213.0658.
Compounds of Formula I where W is (H) are made using the coupling procedures discussed herein, making non-critical changes. The following intermediates to provide formula I where W is (H) are for exemplification only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Other intermediates within the scope of the present invention can be obtained using known procedures or by making slight modifications thereof.
It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the requisite carboxylic acids or carboxylic acid equivalents for when W is (H) can be obtained through synthesis via literature procedures or through the slight modification thereof. For example, methods to prepare carboxylic acids or carboxylic acid equivalents starting from pynoles or pyrazoles are known to one of ordinary skill in the art (see /. Org. Chem. 1987, 52, 2319, Tetrahedron Lett. 1999, 40, 2733 and Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M. "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 3rd Edition, p. 549, New York: Wiley, (1999)). Several pynoles and pyrazoles of the Formula W-H are commercially available or can be obtained by methods described in Synthesis 1997, 563, /.
Heterocyclic Chem. 1993, 30, 865, Heterocycles 1982, 19, 1223 and J. Org. Chem. 1984, 49, 3239.
Example 1(H): N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-4-bromo-lH-pyrazole-l- carboxamide hydrochloride:
Figure imgf000119_0001
HCl
A solution of 4-bromopyrazole (0.52g, 3.5mmol) in 30mL EtOAc is added to excess phosgene (lOmL, 20% solution in toluene) in EtOAc. After complete addition, the solution is refluxed for 1 h, cooled and concentrated in vacuo. EtOAc is added, and the mixture is concentrated again. The residue is treated with 20mL THF, (R)-
(+)-3-aminoquinuclidine dihydrochloride (0.71g, 3.5mmol) and excess TEA (5.0mL, 68.1mmol). After 60h, IN NaOH solution is added. The mixture is extracted with CHC1 , dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (Biotage 40S, 90:9:1 CHCl3/MeOH NH4θH). Example 1(H) is prepared and recrystallized from MeOH/EtOAc to afford 289 mg (25%) of a white solid. HRMS (FAB) calcd for CnHi5BrN4O+H 299.0508, found 299.0516.
Example 2(H): N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-4-iodo-lH-pyrazole-l- carboxamide hydrochloride:
Figure imgf000120_0001
HCl Phenyl chloroformate (0.75mL, 6.0mmol) is added dropwise to a solution of 4- iodopyrazole (1.05g, 5.4mmol) and TEA (0.9mL, 6.5mmol) in 15mL CH2C12. The reaction is stined at RT. After 60h, water is added. The mixture is extracted with CH2C12, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Hexane is added and the solvent is removed in vacuo. A white solid forms on standing to provide 1.6g (95%) of phenyl 4-iodo-lH-pyrazole-l -carboxylate. MS (El) m/z 315.1 (M+).
Phenyl 4-iodo-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate (1.6g, 5.2mmol) and (R)-(+)-3- aminoquinuclidine dihydrochloride (l.Og, 5.2mmol) are suspended in lOmL DMF. DIEA (2.7mL, 15.5mmol) is added dropwise. After 36 h, the solvent is removed and the residue is taken up in IN NaOH and CHCI3. The aqueous layer is extracted with CHCI3, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by chromatography (Biotage 40S, 90:9:1 CHCl3/MeOH/NH4OH) to provide 1.66g (93%) of the product as a white solid. A portion of the material is converted into the hydrochloride salt and recrystallized from MeOH/EtOAc. HRMS (FAB) calcd for C11H15IN4O+H 347.0370, found 347.0357.
Example 3(H): N-r(3R -l-azabicvclor2.2.21oct-3-vll-4-(2-chlorophenvl)-lH- pyrazole- 1 -carboxamide hydrochloride :
Figure imgf000120_0002
HCl Hydrazine hydrate (0.55mL, 11.3mmol) is added to a suspension of 2- chlorophenylmalondialdehyde dissolved in 20mL EtOH. The mixture is heated under reflux for 3 min, then allowed to stir at RT overnight. The solvent is removed in vacuo to provide 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-lH-pyrazole as a yellow solid. MS (ET) m/z 177.0 (M").
4-Nitrophenyl chloroformate (2.3g, 11.5mmol) and 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-lH- pyrazole (2.0g, 1 l.Ommol) are dissolved in 30mL CH C12 and cooled to 0°C. TEA (1.7mL, 12.0mmol) is added, and the reaction is allowed to warm to RT. After 30 min, additional 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (0.25g) and TEA are added. After lh, water is added. The mixture is extracted with CH2C12, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give. a solid. The solid is triturated with hexanes, filtered and dried to provide 1.7g (45%) of the crude 4-nitrophenyl 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-lH-pyrazole-l- carboxylate.
A portion of 4-nitrophenyl 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate (0.34g, l.Ommol) and (R)-(+)-3-aminoquinuclidine dihydrochloride (0.22g, l.lmmol) are suspended in 5mL DMF. TEA (0.4mL, 3.0mmol) is added dropwise. After 18 h, IN NaOH is added, and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in IN NaOH and CHC13. The aqueous layer is extracted with CHC13, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by chromatography (Biotage 40S, 90:9: 1 CHCl3/MeOH/NH4OH). The hydrochloride salt is prepared and recrystallized from MeOH/EtOAc to provide 102 mg (28%) of the product. HRMS (FAB) calcd for Cι7H19ClN4O+H 331.1325, found 331.1312.
Example 4(H): N-[(3E,5i?)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]-4-iodo-lH-pyrazole-l- cai'boxamide:
Figure imgf000121_0001
A solution of 4-iodopyrazole (1.05 g, 5.4 mmol) in 15 mL CH2CI2 is treated with TEA (0.90 mL, 6.5 mmol) and phenylchloroformate (0.75 ml, 6.0 mmol). The mixture is stined for 5h and treated with H2O (1 mL). The aqueous layer is discarded and the organic dried (MgSO4). The mixture is filtered, and evaporated to a yellow oil which solidifies upon evaporation from hexane. A portion of this solid (0.628 g, 2.0 mmol) is added to DMF (10 ml) containing (3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-amine dihydrochloride (0.398 g, 2.0 mmol). Diisopropylethyl amine (1.1 mL, 6.0 mmol) is added and the mixture becomes nearly homogeneous. The mixture is extracted between EtOAc and H2O. The organic layer is washed with H2O (3X), brine, dried (MgSO4), and the mixture is evaporated. The resulting material is taken up in hot EtOAc, filtered through celite, and allowed to stand at RT. The resulting solid is collected and dried to afford Example 4(H) (0.142 g, 20 %) as a white solid: HRMS (ESI) calcd for CnHι5N4OI (MH+) 347.0370, found 347.0370. Anal. Calcd for CiiHi5IN4O: C, 38.17; H, 4.37; N, 16.18. Found: C, 38.43; H, 4.42; N, 16.11.
Materials and Methods for identifying binding constants: Membrane Preparation. Male Sprague-Dawley rats (300-350g) are sacrificed by decapitation and the brains (whole brain minus cerebellum) are dissected quickly, weighed and homogenized in 9 volumes/g wet weight of ice-cold 0.32 M sucrose using a rotating pestle on setting 50 (10 up and down strokes). The homogenate is centrifuged at 1,000 x g for 10 minutes at 4 °C. The supernatant is collected and centrifuged at 20,000 x g for 20 minutes at 4 °C. The resulting pellet is resuspended to a protein concentration of 1-8 mg/mL. Aliquots of 5 mL homogenate are frozen at -80 °C until needed for the assay. On the day of the assay, aliquots are thawed at room temperature and diluted with Kreb's - 20 mM Hepes buffer pH 7.0 (at room temperature) containing 4.16 mM NaHCO3, 0.44 mM KH2PO4, 127 mM NaCl, 5.36 mM KC1, 1.26 mM CaCl2, and 0.98 mM MgCl2, so that 25 - 150 μg protein are added per test tube. Proteins are determined by the Bradford method (Bradford, M.M., Anal. Biochem., 72, 248-254, 1976) using bovine serum albumin as the standard. Binding Assay. For saturation studies, 0.4 mL homogenate are added to test tubes containing buffer and various concentrations of radioligand, and are incubated in a final volume of 0.5 mL for 1 hour at 25 °C. Nonspecific binding was determined in tissues incubated in parallel in the presence of 0.05 ml MLA for a final concentration of 1 μM MLA, added before the radioligand. In competition studies, drugs are added in increasing concentrations to the test tubes before addition of 0.05 ml [3H]-MLA for a final concentration of 3.0 to 4.0 nM [3H]-MLA. The incubations are terminated by rapid vacuum filtration through Whatman GF/B glass filter paper mounted on a 48 well Brandel cell harvester. Filters are pre-soaked in 50 mM Tris HCl pH 7.0 - 0.05 % polyethylenimine. The filters are rapidly washed two times with 5 mL aliquots of cold 0.9% saline and then counted for radioactivity by liquid scintillation spectrometry.
Data Analysis. In competition binding studies, the inhibition constant (Ki) was calculated from the concentration dependent inhibition of [3H]-MLA binding obtained from non-linear regression fitting program according to the Cheng-Prusoff equation (Cheng, Y.C. and Prussoff, W.H., Biochem. Pharmacol, 22, p. 3099-3108, 1973). Hill coefficients were obtained using non-linear regression (GraphPad Prism sigmoidal dose-response with variable slope).

Claims

Claims:
1. Use of an alpha 7 nAChR full agonist for the preparation of a medicament to treat a disease or condition in a mammal in need thereof, wherein the mammal would receive symptomatic relief by decreasing the level of TNF-α.
2. The use of claim 1 , wherein the agonist is a compound of Formula I:
Azabicyclo-N(Rι)-C(=X)-W Formula I wherein Azabicyclo is
Figure imgf000124_0001
VII
X is O, or S;
Ro is H, lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, or lower haloalkyl; Each Ri is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl;
Each R2 is independently F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or R2 is absent;
R2-3 is H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; Each R3 is independently H, alkyl, or substituted alkyl;
R-i is H, alkyl, an amino protecting group, or an alkyl group having 1-3 substituents selected from F, Cl, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), or -N(alkyl)2;
R5 is 5-membered heteroaromatic mono-cyclic moieties containing within the ring 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of -O-, =N-, -N(Rιo)-, and -S-, and having 0-1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, or R5 is 9-membered fused- ring moieties having a 6-membered ring fused to a 5-membered ring and having the formula
Figure imgf000125_0001
wherein Li is O, S, or NRio,
Figure imgf000125_0002
wherein L is CR12 or N, L2 and L3'are independently selected from CR12, C(Rι2)2, O, S, N, or NRio, provided that both 1^ and L are not simultaneously O, simultaneously S, or simultaneously O and S, or
Figure imgf000125_0003
wherein L is CRι2 or N, and L2 and L3 are independently selected from CRι2, O, S, N, or NRio, and each 9-membered fused-ring moiety having 0-1 substituent selected from
R9 and further having 0-3 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, wherein the R5 moiety attaches to other substituents as defined in formula I at any position as valency allows;
Re is 6-membered heteroaromatic mono-cyclic moieties containing within the ring 1-3 heteroatoms selected from =N- and having 0-1 substituent selected from R9 and 0-3 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, or R6 is 10- membered heteroaromatic bi-cyclic moieties containing within one or both rings 1-3 heteroatoms selected from =N-, including, but not limited to, quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl, each 10-membered fused-ring moiety having 0-1 substituent selected from R9 and 0-3 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I, wherein the Re moiety attaches to other substituents as defined in formula I at any position as valency allows; R7 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, -ORn, -CN, -NO2, -N(R8)2;
Each R8 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R13, cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R13, heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rι3, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
R is alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, -OR , -SRM, -N(Rι4)2, -C(O)Ri4, -C(O)N(Rι4)2, -CN, -NRι4C(O)Rι4, -S(O)2N(Rι4)2, -NRι4S(O)2Rι , -NO2, alkyl substituted with 1-4 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or Rι3, cycloalkyl substituted with 1-4 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or Rι3, or heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1-4 substituent(s) independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or Ri3; Rio is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
Each Rn is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl; Each R12 is independently H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, -CN, -NO2, -ORι4, -SRι4, -N(Rι4)2, -C(O)Ri4, -C(O)N(Rι4)2, -NRι C(O)Ri4, -S(O)2N(Rι4)2, -NR14S(O)24, or a bond; R13 is -ORu, -SRu, -N(Rι4)2, -C(O)RM, -C(O)N(Rι4)2, -CN, -CF3, -NRι4C(O)Ri4, -S(O)2N(Rι4)2, -NRι4S(O)24, or -NO2;
Each Rι4 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
wherein W is (A):
Figure imgf000126_0001
(A-1) (A-2) wherein RA- is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, -R5, R6, -ORA-3, -SRA-3, F, Cl, Br, I, -N(RA-3)2, -C(O)RA-3, -CN, -C(O)N(RA-3)2, -NRA-3C(O)RA-3, -S(O)RA-3, -OS(O)2RA-3, -NRA-3S(O)2RA-3, -NO2, and -N(H)C(O)N(H)RA-3;
RA-ib is -O-RA-3, -S-RA-3, -S(O)-RA-3, -C(O)-RA-7, and alkyl substituted on the ω carbon with RA-7;
Each RA-3 is independently selected from H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
RA-4 is selected from cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, or substituted heterocycloalkyl;
Each RA-5 is independently selected from cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
Each RA-6 is independently selected from alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or substituted phenyl; RA-7 is selected from aryl, R5, or R6;
wherein W is (B):
Figure imgf000127_0001
wherein B° is -O-, -S-, or -N(RB-O)-; B1 and B2 are independently selected from =N-, or =C(RB-I)-;
B3 is =N-, or =CH-, provided that when both B1 and B2 are =C(RB-I)- and B3 is =CH-, only one =C(RB-I)- can be =CH-, and further provided that when B° is -O-, B2 is =C(RB-ι)- and B3 is =C(H)-, B1 cannot be =N-,
RB-O is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, or aryl, and provided that when B is (B-2) and B3 is =N- and B° is N(RB-O), RB-O cannot be phenyl or substituted phenyl;
RB-I is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, -ORB-2, -SRB-2, F, Cl, Br, I, -N(RB-2)2, -C(O)RB.2, -C(O)N(RB-2)2, -CN, -NRB-2C(O)RB.4, -S(O)2N(RB-2)2, -OS(O)2RB_4, -S(O)2RB-2, -NRB.2S(O)2RB-2, -N(H)C(O)N(H)RB-2, -NO2, R5, and R6; Each RB-2 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
Each RB-3 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, limited substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl;
RB-4 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
wherein W is (C): (C) is a six-membered heterocyclic ring system having 1-2 nitrogen atoms or a
10-membered bicyclic-six-six-fused-ring system having up to two nitrogen atoms within either or both rings, provided that no nitrogen is at a bridge of the bicyclic-six- six-fused-ring system, and further having 1-2 substitutents independently selected from Rc-i; Each Rc-i is independently H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, -NO2, -CN, -ORC-2, -SRC-2, -SORC-2. -SO2Rc-2, -NRc-2C(O)RC-2, -N(Rc-2)2, -C(O)Rc.2, -C(O)2RC-2, -C(Q)N(Rc-2)2, -SCN, -S(O)N(RC-2)2, -S(O)2N(RC-2)2, -NRc-2S(O)2RC-2, R5, or R6;
Each Rc-2 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rc-5, cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rc-5, heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from Rc-5, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
Each Rc-3 is independently H, alkyl, or substituted alkyl; Rc-4 is H, alkyl, an amino protecting group, or an alkyl group having 1-3 substituents selected from F, Cl, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), or -N(alkyl)2;
Rc-s is -CN, -CF3, -NO2, -ORc-e, -SRC-e, -N(RC-e)2, -C(O)Rc-e, -SORc.6, -SO2Rc-e, -C(O)N(Rc-e)2, -NRc-6C(O)Rc-6, -S(O)2N(Rc-6)2, or -NRC-eS(O)2Rc-6; Each Rc-e is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
wherein W is (D):
Figure imgf000129_0001
provided that the bond between the -C(=X)- group and the W group may be attached at any available carbon atom within the D group as provided in RD-I, RD-3, and RD-4; D°, D1, D2, and D3 are N or C(RD-ι) provided that up to one of D°, D1, D2, or D is N and the others are C(RD-I), further provided that when the core molecule is attached at D2 and D° or D1 is N, D3 is C(H), and further provided that there is only one attachment to the core molecule;
D4— D5— D6 is selected from N(RD-2)-C(RD-3)=C(RD-3),
Figure imgf000129_0002
C(RD-3)=C(RD-3)-N(RD-2), C(RD-3)2-N(RD-2)-C(RD-3)2,
Figure imgf000129_0003
N(RD-2)-C(RD-3)2-C(RD-3)2, C(RD-3)2-C(RD-3)2-N(RD-2), O-C(RD-3)=C(RD-3), O-C(RD-3)2-C(RD-3)2, C(RD-3)2-O-C(RD-3)2, C(RD-3)=C(RD-3)-O, C(RD-3)2-C(RD-3)2-O, S-C(RD-3)=C(RD-3), S-C(RD-3)2-C(RD-3)2, C(RD-3)2-S-C(RD-3)2, C(RD-3)=C(RD-3)-S, or C(RD-3)2-C(RD-3)2-S; provided that when C(X) is attached to W at D2 and D6 is O, N(RD-2), or S, D4— D5 is not CH=CH; and further provided that when C(X) is attached to W at D" and D is O, N(RD-2), or S, D5— D6 is not CH=CH;
Each RD-I is independently H, F, Br, I, Cl, -CN, -CF3, -ORD-5, -SRD-5, -N(RD-5)2, or a bond to -C(X)- provided that only one of RD-I, RD-3, and RD-4 is said bond; Each RD-2 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, or R6;
Each RD-3 is independently H, F, Br, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, -CN, -NO2, -ORD-IO, -C(O)N(RD-n)2, -NRD-ιoCORD-i2, -N(RD-ιo)2, -SRD-io, -S(O)2RD-ιo, -C(O)RD-I2, -CO2RD-IO, aryl, R5, R6, or a bond to -C(X)- provided that only one of RD-I, RD-3, and RD-4 is said bond; Each RD-4 is independently H, F, Br, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, -CN, -NO2, -ORD-ιo, -C(O)N(RD-ii)2, -NRD-IOCORD-12, -N(RD-n)2, -SRD0, -CO2RD-ιo, aryl, R5, Re, or a bond to -C(X)- provided that only one of RD-I, RD-3, and RD-4 is said bond; Each RD-5 is independently H, C1-3 alkyl, or C2-4 alkenyl;
D7 is O, S, or N(RD-2);
D8 and D9 are C(RD-I), provided that when the molecule is attached to the phenyl moiety at D , D is CH;
Each RD-IO is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl;
Each RD-H is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R13, cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R13, heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from R13, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
RD-I2 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl;
wherein W is (E):
Figure imgf000130_0001
E° is CH or N;
RE-O is H, F, Cl, Br, I, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, R5, R6, -ORE-3, -SRE- , -N(RE-3)2, -C(O)RE-3, -CN, -C(O)N(RE.3)2, -NRE-3C(O)RE-3, -S(O)RE.3, -S(O)RE-5, -OS(O)2RE-3, -NRE-3S(O)2RE-3, -NO2, or -N(H)C(O)N(H)RE.3;
E1 is O, CRE-ι-ι, or C(RE-ι-ι)2, provided that when E1 is CRE-ι-ι, one RE-ι is a bond to CRE-I-I, and further provided that at least one of E1 or E2 is O; Each RE-i-i is independently H, F, Br, Cl, CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, -ORE, or -N(RE) , provided that at least one RE-ι-ι is H when E1 is C(RE-ι-ι) ;
Each RE-ι is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or a bond to E1 provided that E1 is CRE-ι-ι; E is O, CRE-2-2, or C(RE.2-2)2, provided that when E is CRE.2-2, one RE-2 is a bond to CRE. -2, and further provided that at least one of E1 or E2 is O;
Each RE-2-2 is independently H, F, Br, Cl, CN, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, -ORE, or -N(RE)2, provided that at least one RE_2-2 is H when E2 is C(RE-2-2)2; Each RE-2 is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, or a bond to E2 provided that E2 is CRE.2.2;
Each RE is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
Each RE-3 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I or substituted phenyl;
RE-4 is H, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, Re, phenyl, or substituted phenyl; Each RE-5 is independently H, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, or R6;
Each RE-6 is independently alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, R5, R6, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or i;
wherein W is (F):
Figure imgf000132_0001
(F-1) (F-2)
F° is C(H) wherein F1— F2— F3 is selected from O-C(RF-2)=N, O-C(RF- )(RF-2)-N(RF-4), O-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-S, O-N=C(RF-3), O-C(RF-2)(RF-3)-O, S-C(RF.2)=N, S-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-N(RF-4), S-N=C(RF-3), N=C(RF-2)-O, N=C(RF-2)-S, N=C(RF-2)-N(RF-4), N(RF-4)-N=C(RF-3), N(RF-4)-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-O, N(RF-4)-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-S, N(RF-4)-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-N(RF-4), C(RF-3)2-O-N(RF-4), C(RF-3)2-N(RF-4)-O, C(RF-3)2-N(RF-4)-S, C(RF-3)=N-O, C(RF-3)=N-S, C(RF-3)=N-N(RF.4), or C(RF-3)2-C(RF-2)(RF-3)-C(RF-3)2;
F° is N wherein F1— F2— F3 is selected from O-C(RF.2)=N, O-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-N(RF-4), O-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-S, O-N=C(RF-3) O-C(RF-2)(RF-3)-O,
S-C(RF-2)=N, S-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-N(RF-4), S-N=C(RF-3), N=C(RF-2)-O, N=C(RF-2)-S, N=C(RF.2)-N(RF-4), N(RF-4)-N=C(RF-3), N(RF-4)-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-O, N(RF-4)-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-S, N(RF-4)-C(RF-3)(RF-2)-N(RF.4 ), C(RF-3)2-O-N(RF-4), C(RF-3)2-N(RF-4)-O, C(RF-3)2-N(RF-4)-S, C(RF-3)=N-O, C(RF.3)=N-S, C(RF-3)=N-N(RF-4), C(RF.3)=C(RF-2)-C(RF-3)2, or C(RF-3)2-C(RF-2)(RF-3)-C(RF-3)2;
F4 is N(RF-7), O, or S;
RF-ι is H, F, Cl, Br, I, -CN, -CF3, -ORF-8, -SRF-8, or -N(RF-8)2;
RF-2 is H, F, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, R5, R6, -N(RF-4)-aryl, -N(RF-4)-substituted phenyl, -N(RF-4)-substituted naphthyl, -O-substituted phenyl, -O-substituted naphthyl, -S-substituted phenyl, -S-substituted naphthyl, or alkyl substituted on the ω carbon with RF- ;
RF.3 is H, F, Br, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, -CN, -NO2, -ORE-8, -C(O)N(RF-8)2, -NHRF-8, -NRF-8CORF-8, -N(RF-8)2, -SRF-8, -C(O)RF-8, -CO2RF-8, aryl, R5, or R6;
RF-4 is H, or alkyl; Each Rp-5 is independently F, Br, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, -CF , -ORp-8, -C(O)NH2, -NHRF-8, -SRF-8, -CO2RF.8, aryl, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy, heteroaryl, -N(RF-4)-aryl, or -O-substituted aryl;
One of RF-6 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, F, Br, Cl, I, -ORp-8, -C(O)NH2, -NHRF-8, -SRF-8, -CO2RF-8, aryl, R5, or R6, and each of the other two RF-6 is independently selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, F, Br, Cl, I, -ORF-S, -C(O)NH2, -NHRF-8, -SRF-8, -CO2RF-8, aryl, R5, or R6; Rp-7 is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl having 1 substituent selected from R9 and further having 0-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, or I;
RF-8 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted phenyl, or substituted naphthyl; RF- is aryl, R5, or R6;
wherein W is (G):
Figure imgf000133_0001
G1 is N or CH; Each G2 is N or C(RG-I), provided that no more than one G2 is N; Each RQ-I is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, haloalkynyl, -CN, -NO2, F, Br, Cl, I, -C(O)N(RG.3)2, -N(RG-3)2, -SRG-6, -S(O)2RG-6, -ORG-6, -C(O)RG-6, -CO2RG-6, aryl, R5, R6, or two RG-ι on adjacent carbon atoms may combine for W to be a 6-5-6 fused-tricyclic-heteroaromatic-ring system optionally substituted on the newly formed ring where valency allows with 1-2 substitutents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, and RG.2;
RG-2 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, -ORG-8, -SRG.8, -S(O)2RG-8, -S(O)RG-8, -OS(O)2RG-8, -N(RG-8)2, -C(O)RG-8, -C(S)RG-8, -C(O)ORG-8, -CN, -C(O)N(RG-8)2, -NRG-8C(O)RG-8, -S(O)2N(RG-8)2, -NRG-8S(O)2RG-8, -NO2, -N(RG-8)C(O)N(RG.8)2, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl having 0-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I and RG- , naphthyl, or naphthyl having 0-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or RG.7; provided that when G2 adjacent to the bridge N is C(RG-ι) and the other G2 are CH, that RG-ι is other than H, F, Cl, I, alkyl, substituted alkyl or alkynyl;
Each RG-3 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from RG-4, cycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from RG-4, heterocycloalkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from RG-4, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or substituted phenyl;
RG-4 is -ORG-5, -SRG-5, -N(RG-5)2, -C(O)RG-5, -SORG-5, -SO2RG-5, -C(O)N(RG-5)2, -CN, -CF3, -NRG-5C(O)RG-5, -S(O)2N(RG-5)2, -NRG-5S(O)2RG-5, or -NO2;
Each RG-5 is independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, or haloheterocycloalkyl;
RG-e is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl having 0-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, and RG-7;
RG.7 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, -ORG.5, -CN, -NO2, -N(RG-3)2; Each RG-s is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with 0-4 independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or RG- ;
wherein W is (H)
Figure imgf000135_0001
H' is N or CH;
Each RH-I is independently F, Cl, Br, I, -CN, -NO , alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocyclcoalkyl, aryl, R5, R6, -OR8, -SR8, -SOR8, -SO2R8, -SCN, -S(O)N(R8)2, -S(O)2N(R8)2, -C(O)R8, -C(O)2R8, -C(O)N(R8)2, C(R8)=N-OR8, -NC(O)R5, -NC(O)RH-3, -NC(O)R6, -N(R8)2, -NR8C(O)R8, -NR8S(O)2R8, or two RH-ι on adjacent carbon atoms may fuse to form a 6-membered ring to give a 5-6 fused, bicyclic moiety where the 6-membered ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 substitutents selected from RH-2; mπ is O, 1, or 2; RH-2 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, halocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, -ORH-3, -SRH-3, -S(O)2RH-3, -S(O)RH-3, -OS(O)2RH-3, -N(RH-3)2, -C(O)RH-3, -C(S)RH-3, -C(O)ORH-3, -CN, -C(O)N(RH-3)2, -NRH-3C(O)RH-3, -S(O)2N(RH-3)2, -NRH-3S(O)2RH-3, -NO2, -N(RH-3)C(O)N(RH-3)2, substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, lactam heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, phenyl having 0-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I and R7, naphthyl, naphthyl having 0-4 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or R , or two RH-2 on adjacent carbon atoms may combine to form a three-ring-fused-5- 6-6 system optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from Br, Cl, F, I, -CN, -NO2, -CF3, -N(RH-3)2, -N(RH-3)C(O)RH-3, alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl; Each RH-3 is independently H, alkyl, haloalkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, halocycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, haloheterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with 0-4 independently selected from F, Cl, Br, I, or R ; or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, racemic mixture, or pure enantiomer thereof.
The use of claim 2, wherein the agonist is
N-[(3R)- -azabicyclo[2 2] oct-3-yl] -4-chlorobenzamide ; N-[(3R)- -azabicyclo [2 2] oct-3 -yl] dibenzo [b ,d] thiophene-2-carboxamide ; N-[(3R)- -azabicyclo [2 2]oct-3-yl]isoquinoline-3-carboxamide; N-[(3R)- -azabicyclo[2 2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)- -azabicyclo [2 2]oct-3-yl]- 1 ,3-benzodioxole-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)- -azabicyclo [2 2] oct-3-yl] -2-methylfuro [2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)- -azabicyclo [2 2]oct-3-yl]-2,3-dihydro- 1 ,4-benzodioxine-6-carboxamide; N-[(3R)- -azabicyclo [2 2]oct-3-yl]-3-methylraro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]isoquinoline-3-carboxamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-methylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l,3-benzoxazole-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-methyl-l,3-benzoxazole-5-carboxamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-ethylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-isopropylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide; 5-{ [(2R)-7-azoniabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ylamino]carbonyl}-3-ethylfuro[2,3-c]pyridin- 6-ium dichloride;
5-{[(2R)-7-azoniabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ylamino]carbonyl}-3-isopropylfuro[2,3- c]pyridin-6-ium dichloride;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl[l]benzothieno[3,2-c]pyridine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l,3-benzothiazole-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-ylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]thieno[3,4-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]-3-methylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-3-methylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2,3-dihydro-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]furo[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]3-ethylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]3-isopropylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]3-chlorofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]-4-chlorobenzamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]thieno[3,4-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N- [( 1 S ,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo [2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl] dibenzo [b,d] thiophene-2-carboxamide ;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl][l]benzothieno[2,3-c]pyridine-3-carboxamide;
N- [( 1 S ,2R,4 R)-7-azabicyclo [2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl] [ 1 ]benzothieno [2,3-c]pyridine-3- carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N- [( 1 S ,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo [2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl] dibenzo [b,d]furan-2-carboxamide; N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N- [(3R,5R)- 1 -azabicyclo [3.2.1] oct-3-yl]- 1 -benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-6-carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-naphthamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]pynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-lH-indole-6-carboxamide; N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]thieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
3-methyl-N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide; N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-6- carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]pynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3- carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l,3-benzothiazole-6-carboxamide; N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]pynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzothiophene-5-carboxamide;
N- [( 1 S ,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl]pynolo [ 1 ,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-1 -azabicyclo [2.2. l]hept-3-yl]pynolo[l,2-c]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-3-bromofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-l,3-benzodioxole-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-bromo-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-bromo-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-bromothieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-bromothieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-l-benzothiophene-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-methyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide; N-[( 1 S ,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo [2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl]-3-methyl- 1 -benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-methyl-l-benzofuran-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-6-carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-6-carboxamide; N- [(2S ,3R)-2-methyl- 1 -azabicyclo [2.2.2]oct-3-yl] - 1 -benzothiophene-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzothiophene-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]pynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-l-benzothiophene-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-methyl-lH-indole-6-carboxamide; N-[(3S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-isσpropyl-l-benzofuranr5-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-isopropyl-l-benzofuran-5- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-ethynylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-lH-indazole-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-methyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N- [( 1 S ,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo [2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl] -2-methyl- 1 -benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]pyrazino[l,2-a]indole-3-carboxamide;
3-bromo-N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]furo[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]pyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-7-methoxy-2-naphthamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]pynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R,5R)-l-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl]-l,3-benzothiazole-6-carboxamide; N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl]-3-bromo-l-benzofuran-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl][l]benzofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl][l]benzofuro[2,3-c]pyridine-3- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-ethynyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide; N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-ethynyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2H-chromene-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-prop-l-ynyl-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-phenyl-l,3-benzodioxole-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-6-bromopynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-prop-l-ynylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]pynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]indolizine-6-carboxamide;
2-amino-N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-l,3-benzothiazole-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-6-ethynylpynolo[l,2-a]pyrazine-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-8-methoxy-2-naρhthamide; N-[(2S,3R)-2-methyl-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]indolizine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3'-yl][l,3]dioxolo[4,5-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N- [( 1 S,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo [2.2.1 ]hept-2-yl] [ 1 ,3] dioxolo [4,5-c]pyridine-6- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-cyano-l-benzofuran-5-carboxamide; N-[(3R,4S)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-3-yl][l,3]dioxolo[4,5-c]pyridine-6-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-ethyl-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-7-hydroxy-2-naphthamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-3-ethynylfuro[2,3-c]pyridine-5- carboxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-6-chloroisoquinoline-3-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-ethyl-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-3-ethyl-2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzodioxine-6- carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-6-methylisoquinoline-3-cai"boxamide;
N-[(lS,2R,4R)-7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]-6-methylisoquinoline-3-carboxamide;
N- [(3R)- 1 -azabicyclo [2.2.2] oct-3-yl] -3-cyanofuro [2,3-c] pyridine-5-carboxamide;
N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]-2-naphthamide; and N-[(3R)-l-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-3-yl]dibenzo[b,d]furan-2-carboxamide; provided that the agonist is the free base or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. The use of any one of claims 1-3, wherein the medicament is used to treat the mammal for pain, inflammation, cancer, or diabetes.
5. The use of claim 4, wherein pain or inflammation is caused by rheumatoid arthritis; rheumatoid spondylitis; muscle degeneration; osteoporosis; osteoarthritis; psoriasis; contact dermatitis; bone resorption diseases; atherosclerosis; Paget's disease; uveititis; gouty arthritis; inflammatory bowel disease; adult respiratory distress syndrome; Crohn's disease; rhinitis; ulcerative colitis; anaphylaxis; asthma; Reiter's syndrome; tissue rejection of a graft; ischemia reperfusion injury; brain trauma; stroke; multiple sclerosis; cerebral malaria; sepsis; septic shock; toxic shock syndrome; fever and myalgias due to infection; HLV-1, H1N-2, HIV-3; cytomegalo virus; influenza; adenovirus; a herpes virus; or herpes zoster.
6. The use of claim 5, wherein the medicament containing the agonist also contains a therapeutically effective amount of an antiviral or antibacterial agent or a second medicament contains the antiviral or antibacterial agent.
7. The use of claim 4, wherein cancer is multiple myeloma; acute and chronic myelogenous leukemia; or cancer-associated cachexia.
8. The use of claim 7, wherein the medicament containing the agonist also comprises a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of an anticancer agent or antiemetic agent or a second medicament contains the anticancer agent or antiemetic agent.
9. The use of claim 4, wherein diabetes is type I and type II diabetes.
10. The use of claim 4, wherein diabetes is associated with pancreatic beta cell destruction.
11. The use of claim 9 or 10, wherein the medicament containing the agonist also comprises a therapeutically effective amount of at least one agent for the treatment of diabetes or a second medicament contains at least one diabetic agent.
12. Use of an alpha-7 nAChR full agonist for the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition in a mammal in need thereof, wherein the mammal would receive symptomatic relief by stimulating vascular angiogensis.
13. The use of claim 12, wherein the disease or condition is wound healing, healing bone fracture, ischemic heart disease, or stable angina pectoris.
14. The use of claim 13, wherein the wound is from surgery or bum.
15. The use of any one of claims 12-14, wherein the agonist is a compound of Formula I according to claim 2 or 3.
PCT/IB2004/000115 2003-01-22 2004-01-12 Treatment of diseases with alpha-7 nach receptor full agonists WO2004064836A2 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA002513433A CA2513433A1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-12 Treatment of diseases with alpha-7 nach receptor full agonists
AU2004206107A AU2004206107A1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-12 Treatment of diseases with alpha-7 nach receptor full agonists
BR0406834-3A BRPI0406834A (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-12 Treatment of disease with nach alfa-7 total receptor agonists
MXPA05007689A MXPA05007689A (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-12 Treatment of diseases with alpha-7 nach receptor full agonists.
EP04701414A EP1587511A2 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-12 Treatment of diseases with alpha-7 nach receptor full agonists
JP2005518724A JP2006515023A (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-12 Disease treatment with α-7 nACh receptor full agonist

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US44180103P 2003-01-22 2003-01-22
US60/441,801 2003-01-22

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004064836A2 true WO2004064836A2 (en) 2004-08-05
WO2004064836A3 WO2004064836A3 (en) 2004-12-23

Family

ID=32771977

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2004/000115 WO2004064836A2 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-01-12 Treatment of diseases with alpha-7 nach receptor full agonists

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (1) US20060019984A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1587511A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2006515023A (en)
KR (1) KR20050092777A (en)
CN (1) CN1764456A (en)
AU (1) AU2004206107A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0406834A (en)
CA (1) CA2513433A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA05007689A (en)
PL (1) PL378026A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200425893A (en)
WO (1) WO2004064836A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200505880B (en)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7094572B2 (en) 2003-03-14 2006-08-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Polynucleotide encoding a novel human G-protein coupled receptor variant of HM74, HGPRBMY74
WO2008079570A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-07-03 Abbott Laboratories Spirocyclic azaadamantane derivatives and methods of use
JP2009509964A (en) * 2005-09-23 2009-03-12 メモリー・ファーマシューティカルズ・コーポレイション Indazoles, benzothiazoles, benzisoxazoles, pyrazolopyridines, isothiazolopyridines, and their production and use
US8048885B2 (en) 2005-12-16 2011-11-01 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8173667B2 (en) 2005-10-21 2012-05-08 Novartis Ag 1-aza-bicycloalkyl derivatives
US8236803B2 (en) 2002-09-04 2012-08-07 Novartis Ag Aza-bicycloalkyl ethers and their use as alpha7-nAChR agonists
US8609662B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2013-12-17 Novartis Ag 3-(heteroaryl-oxy)-2-alkyl-1-aza-bicycloalkyl derivatives as alpha. 7-nachr ligands for the treatment of CNS diseases
US8759346B2 (en) 2005-12-16 2014-06-24 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8884017B2 (en) 2001-12-27 2014-11-11 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh 2-heteroarylcarboxylic acid amides
US8933090B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2015-01-13 Novartis Ag 1-aza-bicyclo[3.3.1]nonanes
WO2016054491A1 (en) 2014-10-03 2016-04-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2017214269A1 (en) 2016-06-08 2017-12-14 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU2391341C2 (en) 2002-09-25 2010-06-10 Мемори Фармасьютиклз Корпорейшн Indazoles, bentothiazoles, benzoisothiazoles, production and use thereof
GB0310867D0 (en) * 2003-05-12 2003-06-18 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
NZ550534A (en) 2004-03-25 2009-07-31 Memory Pharm Corp Indazoles, benzothiazoles, benzoisothiazoles, benzisoxazoles, and preparation and uses thereof
US8106066B2 (en) 2005-09-23 2012-01-31 Memory Pharmaceuticals Corporation Indazoles, benzothiazoles, benzoisothiazoles, benzisoxazoles, pyrazolopyridines, isothiazolopyridines, and preparation and uses thereof
ES2746850T3 (en) 2010-05-17 2020-03-09 Forum Pharmaceuticals Inc Pharmaceutical formulations comprising crystalline forms of (R) -7-chloro-N- (quinuclidin-3-yl) benzo (b) thiophene-2-carboxamide monohydrate hydrochloride
WO2012177263A1 (en) 2011-06-24 2012-12-27 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Compounds and methods of prophylaxis and treatment regarding nictonic receptor antagonists
CN102558139B (en) * 2011-12-30 2013-12-25 南京工业大学 Method for synthesizing 3,4-thiophene diformaldehyde
MX358512B (en) 2012-05-08 2018-08-24 Forum Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods of maintaining, treating or improving cognitive function.
US11491150B2 (en) 2017-05-22 2022-11-08 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US20220401453A1 (en) * 2019-11-06 2022-12-22 Children's National Medical Center Methods and compositions for the prevention and treatment of ischemia reperfusion injury and infection
CN111233873B (en) * 2020-01-20 2023-01-24 潍坊医学院 Application of methyl taurocten in preparation of drugs for inhibiting proliferation and inducing differentiation of leukemia cells and leukemia stem cells
CN111732558B (en) * 2020-07-31 2021-02-26 南昌大学 Method for synthesizing 1-azabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane and derivatives thereof
CN112625057B (en) * 2020-12-25 2022-12-09 山东金城柯瑞化学有限公司 Synthetic method of methyl 3-hydroxy-4- ((trimethylsilyl) ethynyl) benzoate

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001060821A1 (en) * 2000-02-18 2001-08-23 Astrazeneca Ab Novel biarylcarboxamides
WO2001062272A2 (en) * 2000-02-25 2001-08-30 Immunex Corporation Soluble tumor necrosis factor receptor and il-4 inhibitor for the treatment of medical disorders
WO2002015662A2 (en) * 2000-08-21 2002-02-28 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Quinuclidine-substituted heteroaryl moieties for treatment of disease (nicotinic acetylcholine receptor antagonists
WO2002016355A2 (en) * 2000-08-21 2002-02-28 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Quinuclidine-substituted heteroaryl moieties for treatment of disease (nicotinic) acetylcholine receptor ligands
WO2002017358A2 (en) * 2000-08-21 2002-02-28 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Quinuclidine-substituted heteroaryl moieties for treatment of disease (nicotinic acetylcholine receptor antagonists)
WO2002085901A1 (en) * 2001-04-19 2002-10-31 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Substituted azabicyclic moieties for the treatment of disease (nicotinic acethylcholine receptor agonists)
WO2002100858A2 (en) * 2001-06-12 2002-12-19 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Quinuclidine-substituted heteroaromatic compounds as ligands at nicotinic acetylcholine receptors
WO2002100857A1 (en) * 2001-06-12 2002-12-19 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Quinuclidines-substituted-multi-cyclic-heteroaryls for the treatment of disease

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030008892A1 (en) * 2001-07-09 2003-01-09 Pfizer Inc. Pharmaceutical composition and method of modulating cholinergic function in a mammal

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001060821A1 (en) * 2000-02-18 2001-08-23 Astrazeneca Ab Novel biarylcarboxamides
WO2001062272A2 (en) * 2000-02-25 2001-08-30 Immunex Corporation Soluble tumor necrosis factor receptor and il-4 inhibitor for the treatment of medical disorders
WO2002015662A2 (en) * 2000-08-21 2002-02-28 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Quinuclidine-substituted heteroaryl moieties for treatment of disease (nicotinic acetylcholine receptor antagonists
WO2002016355A2 (en) * 2000-08-21 2002-02-28 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Quinuclidine-substituted heteroaryl moieties for treatment of disease (nicotinic) acetylcholine receptor ligands
WO2002017358A2 (en) * 2000-08-21 2002-02-28 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Quinuclidine-substituted heteroaryl moieties for treatment of disease (nicotinic acetylcholine receptor antagonists)
WO2002085901A1 (en) * 2001-04-19 2002-10-31 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Substituted azabicyclic moieties for the treatment of disease (nicotinic acethylcholine receptor agonists)
WO2002100858A2 (en) * 2001-06-12 2002-12-19 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Quinuclidine-substituted heteroaromatic compounds as ligands at nicotinic acetylcholine receptors
WO2002100857A1 (en) * 2001-06-12 2002-12-19 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Quinuclidines-substituted-multi-cyclic-heteroaryls for the treatment of disease

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HEESCHEN CHRISTOPHER ET AL: "A novel angiogenic pathway mediated by non-neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptors" JOURNAL OF CLINICAL INVESTIGATION, vol. 110, no. 4, August 2002 (2002-08), pages 527-536, XP002279081 ISSN: 0021-9738 *

Cited By (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8884017B2 (en) 2001-12-27 2014-11-11 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh 2-heteroarylcarboxylic acid amides
US9849117B2 (en) 2002-09-04 2017-12-26 Novartis Ag Aza-bicycloalkyl ethers and their use as alpha7-nachr agonists
US9012451B2 (en) 2002-09-04 2015-04-21 Novartis Ag Aza-bicycloalkyl ethers and their use as ALPHA7-nachr agonists
US8236803B2 (en) 2002-09-04 2012-08-07 Novartis Ag Aza-bicycloalkyl ethers and their use as alpha7-nAChR agonists
US9567343B2 (en) 2002-09-04 2017-02-14 Novartis Ag Aza-bicyloalkyl ethers and their use as alpha7-nachr agonists
US7371822B2 (en) 2003-03-14 2008-05-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Human G-protein coupled receptor variant of HM74, HGPRBMY74
US7094572B2 (en) 2003-03-14 2006-08-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Polynucleotide encoding a novel human G-protein coupled receptor variant of HM74, HGPRBMY74
US9475811B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2016-10-25 Novartis Ag 1-aza-bicyclo[3.3.1]nonanes
US8933090B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2015-01-13 Novartis Ag 1-aza-bicyclo[3.3.1]nonanes
US8609662B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2013-12-17 Novartis Ag 3-(heteroaryl-oxy)-2-alkyl-1-aza-bicycloalkyl derivatives as alpha. 7-nachr ligands for the treatment of CNS diseases
US9657010B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2017-05-23 Novartis Ag Substituted quinuclidines as alpha 7-nicotinic acetylcholine receptor activity modulators
JP2009509964A (en) * 2005-09-23 2009-03-12 メモリー・ファーマシューティカルズ・コーポレイション Indazoles, benzothiazoles, benzisoxazoles, pyrazolopyridines, isothiazolopyridines, and their production and use
US8173667B2 (en) 2005-10-21 2012-05-08 Novartis Ag 1-aza-bicycloalkyl derivatives
US8759346B2 (en) 2005-12-16 2014-06-24 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8637517B2 (en) 2005-12-16 2014-01-28 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8048885B2 (en) 2005-12-16 2011-11-01 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US9206181B2 (en) 2005-12-16 2015-12-08 Novartis Ag 1-aza-bicyclo[3.3.1] non-4-yl)-[5-(1H-indol-5-yl)-heteroaryl]-amines as cholinergic ligands of the n-AChR for the treatment of psychotic and neurodegenerative disorders
US8076350B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2011-12-13 Abbott Laboratories Spirocyclic azaadamantane derivatives and methods of use
WO2008079570A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-07-03 Abbott Laboratories Spirocyclic azaadamantane derivatives and methods of use
WO2016054491A1 (en) 2014-10-03 2016-04-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2017214269A1 (en) 2016-06-08 2017-12-14 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1587511A2 (en) 2005-10-26
MXPA05007689A (en) 2005-09-30
KR20050092777A (en) 2005-09-22
JP2006515023A (en) 2006-05-18
WO2004064836A3 (en) 2004-12-23
AU2004206107A1 (en) 2004-08-05
PL378026A1 (en) 2006-02-20
US20060019984A1 (en) 2006-01-26
CA2513433A1 (en) 2004-08-05
TW200425893A (en) 2004-12-01
BRPI0406834A (en) 2005-12-27
ZA200505880B (en) 2006-04-26
CN1764456A (en) 2006-04-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2004064836A2 (en) Treatment of diseases with alpha-7 nach receptor full agonists
WO2004052348A2 (en) Treatment of diseases with combinations of alpha 7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor agonists and other compounds
HRP20050522A2 (en) Combination for the treatment of adhd
EP1432707B1 (en) Azabicyclic-substituted fused-heteroaryl compounds for the treatment of disease
EP1476449A1 (en) Fused bicyclic-n-bridged-heteroaromatic carboxamides for the treatment of disease
EP1425286A1 (en) Substituted 7-aza[2.2.1]bicycloheptanes for the treatment of diseases
WO2004039366A1 (en) Nicotinic acetylcholine agonists in the treatment of glaucoma and retinal neuropathy
JP2004537532A (en) Quinuclidine-substituted polycyclic heteroaryls for the treatment of disease
JP2006506395A (en) Compounds having α7 nicotine agonist activity and 5HT3 antagonist activity for the treatment of CNS disease
AU2002339957A1 (en) Azabicyclic-substituted fused-heteroaryl compounds for the treatment of disease

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DPEN Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 169528

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004206107

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2513433

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1-2005-501303

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2005/007689

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 541331

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005/05880

Country of ref document: ZA

Ref document number: 378026

Country of ref document: PL

Ref document number: 200505880

Country of ref document: ZA

Ref document number: 2005518724

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020057013589

Country of ref document: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2004206107

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20040112

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004701414

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004206107

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 20048078299

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020057013589

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004701414

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0406834

Country of ref document: BR

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2004701414

Country of ref document: EP